WO2014126036A1 - Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014126036A1
WO2014126036A1 PCT/JP2014/053026 JP2014053026W WO2014126036A1 WO 2014126036 A1 WO2014126036 A1 WO 2014126036A1 JP 2014053026 W JP2014053026 W JP 2014053026W WO 2014126036 A1 WO2014126036 A1 WO 2014126036A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
component
acid
photosensitive resin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/053026
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
藤本　進二
中村　秀之
史絵 山下
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2015500223A priority Critical patent/JPWO2014126036A1/en
Publication of WO2014126036A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014126036A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D133/00—Coating compositions based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D133/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C09D133/06—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, the oxygen atom being present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • C09D133/062—Copolymers with monomers not covered by C09D133/06
    • C09D133/068—Copolymers with monomers not covered by C09D133/06 containing glycidyl groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10—Esters
    • C08F220/26—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • C08F220/32—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing epoxy radicals
    • C08F220/325—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing epoxy radicals containing glycidyl radical, e.g. glycidyl (meth)acrylate
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0047—Photosensitive materials characterised by additives for obtaining a metallic or ceramic pattern, e.g. by firing
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G03F7/0397—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40—Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/10—OLED displays
    • H10K59/12—Active-matrix OLED [AMOLED] displays
    • H10K59/124—Insulating layers formed between TFT elements and OLED elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention”). Moreover, the hardened
  • the present invention solves the above-mentioned problems, that is, provides a photosensitive resin composition containing metal oxide particles in which generation of a residue after development on a substrate, particularly an ITO substrate, is suppressed.
  • the purpose is to do.
  • a further object of the present invention is to provide a cured product using the photosensitive resin composition, a manufacturing method thereof, a resin pattern manufacturing method, a liquid crystal display device having the cured product, an organic EL display device, and a touch panel display device. Is to provide.
  • Component A A polymer component containing a polymer satisfying at least one of the following (1) and (2), (Component B) a photoacid generator, (Component C) metal oxide particles, (Component D) A photosensitive resin composition comprising a solvent, (Component E) a dispersant, and (Component F) a polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant, (1) (a1) a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected with an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (2) (a1) an acid group having an acid-decomposable group And (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group ⁇ 2> of the benzene ring in the molecule of the polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 1> wherein the total number is in the range of 1 to 4, ⁇ 3>
  • Component G further contains a fluorine-based surfactant and / or a silicone-based surfactant, ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3 >
  • the photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of> ⁇ 5> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein component C is titanium oxide particles or zirconium oxide particles, ⁇ 6>
  • Component H The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, further comprising a heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms, ⁇ 7>
  • Component I The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, further including a crosslinking agent, ⁇ 8>
  • a method for producing a cured product comprising at least steps (a) to (c) in this order, (A) Application step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a photosensitive resin composition containing metal oxide particles in which generation of a residue after development on a substrate, particularly an ITO substrate, is suppressed. Furthermore, according to this invention, the hardened
  • 1 is a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the schematic sectional drawing of the active matrix substrate in a liquid crystal display device is shown, and it has the cured film 17 which is an interlayer insulation film.
  • 1 shows a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of an organic EL display device.
  • a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device is shown, and a planarizing film 4 is provided.
  • It is sectional drawing which shows the structure of an electrostatic capacitance type input device.
  • the description which does not describe substitution and unsubstituted includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • “parts by mass” and “% by mass” are synonymous with “parts by weight” and “% by weight”, respectively.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also simply referred to as “resin composition”) comprises (Component A) a polymer component containing a polymer satisfying at least one of the following (1) and (2), (Component B) containing a photoacid generator, (component C) metal oxide particles, (component D) solvent, (component E) dispersant, and (component F) polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a positive resist composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably a resin composition having a property of being cured by heat.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably a positive photosensitive resin composition, and is a chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition (chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition). Is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains no 1,2-quinonediazide compound as a photoacid generator sensitive to actinic rays. A 1,2-quinonediazide compound generates a carboxyl group by a sequential photochemical reaction, but its quantum yield is always 1 or less.
  • (Component B) photoacid generator used in the present invention is such that an acid generated in response to actinic light acts as a catalyst for deprotection of the protected acid group in Component A. Therefore, the acid generated by the action of one photon contributes to a number of deprotection reactions, and the quantum yield exceeds 1, for example, a large value such as the power of 10, which is a result of so-called chemical amplification. As a result, high sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition for optical members such as microlenses, optical waveguides, antireflection films, LED sealing materials, and LED chip coating materials, or wiring used for touch panels.
  • a resin composition for reducing the visibility of an electrode is preferable.
  • the composition for reducing the visibility of the wiring electrode used for the touch panel is a composition for a member that reduces the visibility of the wiring electrode used for the touch panel, that is, makes the wiring electrode difficult to see. Examples thereof include an interlayer insulating film between ITO (indium tin oxide) electrodes, and the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used for the application.
  • a chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition is exposed to an action with a photoacid generator to remove a leaving group of a polymer contained therein and dissolve in a developing solution, and an unexposed portion becomes a pattern. It is formed.
  • a resin composition containing metal oxide particles, a dispersant and a polymer containing a leaving group and a crosslinking group is used as a positive photosensitive resin composition, the metal oxide particles are used at a high concentration as described above. Then, there is a problem that a residue is easily generated after development, and the residue contains metal oxide particles, so that it is difficult to remove by oxygen ashing or the like. In particular, there is a problem that a residue is easily generated on a substrate coated with ITO.
  • Component A Polymer component containing a polymer satisfying at least one of (1) and (2)
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention satisfies (Component A) at least one of the following (1) and (2).
  • the composition of the present invention may further contain a polymer other than these. .
  • Component A in the present invention means, in addition to the above (1) and / or (2), including other polymers added as necessary, unless otherwise specified. It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains the component which satisfy
  • a polymer having a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and / or (a2) cross-linking A polymer having a structural unit having a functional group may be contained. Moreover, even when it contains a component satisfying the above (2), it has (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group. When it contains at least what corresponds to a polymer, it corresponds when it contains the component which satisfy
  • Component A is preferably an addition polymerization type resin, and more preferably a polymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof.
  • a polymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof you may have structural units other than the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester, for example, the structural unit derived from styrene, the structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, etc.
  • the “structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester” is also referred to as “acrylic structural unit”.
  • (meth) acrylic acid” means “methacrylic acid and / or acrylic acid”.
  • Component A includes (a1) a polymer having at least a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group.
  • component A contains a polymer having the structural unit (a1), a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition can be obtained.
  • group in which the acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group those known as an acid group and an acid-decomposable group can be used, and are not particularly limited.
  • Specific examples of the acid group preferably include a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • the acid-decomposable group is a group that is relatively easily decomposed by an acid (for example, an acetal functional group such as a group represented by the formula (a1-10) described later, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl group). ) Or a group that is relatively difficult to be decomposed by an acid (for example, a tertiary alkyl group such as a tert-butyl group or a tertiary alkyl carbonate group such as a tert-butyl carbonate group).
  • an acid for example, an acetal functional group such as a group represented by the formula (a1-10) described later, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl group.
  • a group that is relatively difficult to be decomposed by an acid for example, a tertiary alkyl group such as a tert-butyl group or a
  • a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group is a structural unit having a protected carboxyl group in which a carboxyl group is protected with an acid-decomposable group (“protection protected with an acid-decomposable group” Or a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group (having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected by an acid-decomposable group). It is also preferably referred to as a “structural unit”.
  • the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is a protected carboxyl in which the carboxyl group of the structural unit having a carboxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group described in detail below.
  • a structural unit having a group is not particularly limited, and a known structural unit can be used.
  • a structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule, such as an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, or an unsaturated tricarboxylic acid
  • a structural unit (a1-1-2) having both an ethylenically unsaturated group and a structure derived from an acid anhydride.
  • the structural units having both the unsaturated group and the structure derived from the acid anhydride will be described in order.
  • ⁇ (a1-1-1) Structural Unit Derived from Unsaturated Carboxylic Acid etc. Having at least One Carboxyl Group in the Molecule >>>
  • the unsaturated carboxylic acid used in the present invention as the structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule include those listed below. . That is, examples of the unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, ⁇ -chloroacrylic acid, cinnamic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, and 2- (meth) acryloyl.
  • Examples include loxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid and 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid.
  • Examples of the unsaturated dicarboxylic acid include maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, and mesaconic acid.
  • the acid anhydride may be sufficient as unsaturated polyhydric carboxylic acid used in order to obtain the structural unit which has a carboxyl group. Specific examples include maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and the like.
  • the unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid may be a mono (2- (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl) ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid, such as succinic acid mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl), succinic acid.
  • a polyvalent carboxylic acid such as succinic acid mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl), succinic acid.
  • examples thereof include mono (2-methacryloyloxyethyl), mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl) phthalate, and mono (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) phthalate.
  • the unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid may be a mono (meth) acrylate of a dicarboxy polymer at both ends, and examples thereof include ⁇ -carboxypolycaprolactone monoacrylate and ⁇ -carboxypolycaprolactone monomethacrylate.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acid acrylic acid-2-carboxyethyl ester, methacrylic acid-2-carboxyethyl ester, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid monoalkyl ester, 4-carboxystyrene and the like can also be used.
  • the structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, anhydride of unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid, etc. It is preferable to use acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid.
  • the structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid or the like having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule may be composed of one kind alone or two or more kinds. May be.
  • a structural unit having both an ethylenically unsaturated group and a structure derived from an acid anhydride is obtained by reacting a hydroxyl group present in the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group with an acid anhydride.
  • a unit derived from the obtained monomer is preferred.
  • the acid anhydride known ones can be used, and specifically, maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, etc.
  • phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, or succinic anhydride is preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the reaction rate of the acid anhydride with respect to the hydroxyl group is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the above-mentioned acid-decomposable groups can be used.
  • these acid-decomposable groups it is a protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal. It is preferable from the viewpoint of the storage stability of the composition.
  • the carboxyl group is more preferably a protected carboxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the following formula (a1-10) from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
  • the carboxyl group is a protected carboxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the following formula (a1-10)
  • the entire protected carboxyl group is — (C ⁇ O) —O—CR 101 R
  • the structure is 102 (OR 103 ).
  • R 101 and R 102 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, except that R 101 and R 102 are both hydrogen atoms.
  • 103 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 101 or R 102 and R 103 may be linked to form a cyclic ether.
  • R 101 and R 102 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • both R 101 and R 102 do not represent a hydrogen atom, and at least one of R 101 and R 102 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 103 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the linear or branched alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, neopentyl group, n examples include -hexyl group, texyl group (2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl group), n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group and the like.
  • the cyclic alkyl group preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 4 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cyclic alkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, and an isobornyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 When it has a halogen atom as a substituent, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 become a haloalkyl group, and when it has an aryl group as a substituent, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 become an aralkyl group.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and among these, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples include a phenyl group, an ⁇ -methylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, and examples of the entire alkyl group substituted with an aryl group, that is, an aralkyl group include a benzyl group, an ⁇ -methylbenzyl group, a phenethyl group, A naphthylmethyl group etc. can be illustrated.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
  • the alkyl group is a cycloalkyl group
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms as a substituent, and the alkyl group is a linear chain. Or a branched alkyl group, it may have a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms as a substituent. These substituents may be further substituted with the above substituents.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent an aryl group
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a cumenyl group, and a 1-naphthyl group.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 can be bonded together to form a ring together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded.
  • Examples of the ring structure when R 101 and R 102 , R 101 and R 103 or R 102 and R 103 are bonded include, for example, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an adamantyl group, and a tetrahydropyrani group. And the like.
  • any one of R 101 and R 102 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 103 is preferably an alkyl group.
  • radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group represented by the above formula (a1-10) a commercially available one may be used, or one synthesized by a known method Can also be used. For example, it can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in paragraphs 0037 to 0040 of JP2011-212494A.
  • the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group. Or an aryl group, R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X is a single group. Represents a bond or an arylene group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are alkyl groups, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred. When R 1 and R 2 are aryl groups, a phenyl group is preferred. R 1 and R 2 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • X represents a single bond or an arylene group, and a single bond is preferable.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is a protected phenolic group in which the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group described in detail below.
  • ⁇ (a1-2-1) Structural unit having phenolic hydroxyl group Examples of the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group include a hydroxystyrene-based structural unit and a structural unit in a novolac-based resin. Among these, a structural unit derived from hydroxystyrene or ⁇ -methylhydroxystyrene is sensitive. From the viewpoint of In addition, as a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, a structural unit represented by the following formula (a1-20) is also preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
  • R 220 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 221 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 222 represents a halogen atom or a linear or branched group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 220 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a methyl group.
  • R 221 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A single bond is preferable because the sensitivity can be improved and the transparency of the cured film can be further improved.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group for R 221 include an alkylene group, and the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. .
  • R 221 is an alkylene group
  • R 221 is an alkylene group
  • R 221 is preferably a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylene group, or a propylene group.
  • the said bivalent coupling group may have a substituent and a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • A represents an integer of 1 to 5, but a is preferably 1 or 2 and more preferably 1 from the viewpoint of the effects of the present invention and the ease of production.
  • the bonding position of the hydroxyl group in the benzene ring is preferably bonded to the 4-position when the carbon atom bonded to R 221 is defined as the reference (first position).
  • R 222 each independently represents a halogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production.
  • B represents 0 or an integer of 1 to 4;
  • the acid-decomposable group that can be used in the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group includes a structure having a protected carboxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group Similar to the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the unit (a1-1), known ones can be used and are not particularly limited.
  • a structural unit having a tertiary alkyl group such as a tert-butyl group or a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acetal is a basic physical property of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly sensitivity and From the viewpoint of pattern shape, storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition, and formability of contact holes, it is preferable.
  • the phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferably a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the above formula (a1-10) from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
  • the entire protected phenolic hydroxyl group is —Ar—O—CR 101 R 102.
  • the structure is (OR 103 ).
  • Ar represents an arylene group.
  • Examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used to form a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal include, for example, paragraph 0042 of JP2011-215590A And the like.
  • a 1-alkoxyalkyl protector of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate and a tetrahydropyranyl protector of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate are preferable from the viewpoint of transparency.
  • acetal protecting group for the phenolic hydroxyl group examples include a 1-alkoxyalkyl group, such as a 1-ethoxyethyl group, a 1-methoxyethyl group, a 1-n-butoxyethyl group, and a 1-isobutoxyethyl group.
  • 1- (2-chloroethoxy) ethyl group, 1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) ethyl group, 1-n-propoxyethyl group, 1-cyclohexyloxyethyl group, 1- (2-cyclohexylethoxy) ethyl group, 1 -A benzyloxyethyl group etc. can be mentioned, These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group a commercially available one may be used, or a known method may be used. What was synthesize
  • combined by can also be used. For example, it can be synthesized by reacting a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group with vinyl ether in the presence of an acid catalyst. In the above synthesis, a monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group may be previously copolymerized with another monomer, and then reacted with vinyl ether in the presence of an acid catalyst.
  • the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group include t-butoxystyrene and the following structural units. It is not limited.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • structural unit (a1) having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group a structural unit represented by the following formula is exemplified as a particularly preferred embodiment.
  • R 121 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • L 1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group
  • R 122 to R 128 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Represents an alkyl group of
  • R 121 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
  • L 1 is preferably a carbonyl group.
  • R 122 to R 128 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • the structural unit (a1) is 20 to 100 mol% in the polymer having the structural unit (a1). Preferably, 30 to 90 mol% is more preferable.
  • the structural unit (a1) is a viewpoint of sensitivity in the polymer having the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). 3 to 70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
  • the structural unit (a1) is a structural unit having a protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal, 20 to 50 mol% is preferable.
  • the “structural unit” is synonymous with the “monomer unit”.
  • the “monomer unit” may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
  • the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is more developed than the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with the acid-decomposable group. Is characterized by being fast. Therefore, when it is desired to develop quickly, the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is preferred. Conversely, when it is desired to delay the development, it is preferable to use the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group.
  • Component A contains a polymer having a structural unit (a2) having a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that causes a curing reaction by heat treatment.
  • Preferred embodiments of the structural unit having a crosslinkable group are represented by an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and —NH—CH 2 —O—R (R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • the component A includes a structural unit containing at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • Component A preferably contains a polymer having a structural unit (structural unit (a2-1)) having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group.
  • structural unit (a2-1) having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group.
  • a 3-membered cyclic ether group is also called an epoxy group, and a 4-membered cyclic ether group is also called an oxetanyl group.
  • the structural unit (a2-1) having an epoxy group and / or oxetanyl group may have at least one epoxy group or oxetanyl group in one structural unit, one or more epoxy groups and one It may have an oxetanyl group, two or more epoxy groups, or two or more oxetanyl groups, and is not particularly limited, but preferably has a total of 1 to 3 epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups, It is more preferable to have one or two epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups in total, and it is even more preferable to have one epoxy group or oxetanyl group.
  • radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having an epoxy group include, for example, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl ⁇ -ethyl acrylate, and glycidyl ⁇ -n-propyl acrylate.
  • radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having an oxetanyl group include, for example, a (meth) acryl having an oxetanyl group described in paragraphs 0011 to 0016 of JP-A No. 2001-330953. Acid esters, and the like, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (a2-1) having the epoxy group and / or oxetanyl group include a monomer having a methacrylic ester structure and an acrylic ester structure. It is preferable that it is a monomer to contain.
  • These structural units can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • (a2-2) Structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group is a structural unit (a2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group (hereinafter also referred to as “structural unit (a2-2)”).
  • the structural unit (a2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, having an ethylenically unsaturated group at the terminal, and having 3 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • a structural unit having a side chain is more preferred.
  • R is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group.
  • the structural unit (a2-3) is more preferably a structural unit having a group represented by the following formula (a2-30).
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 32 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 32 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group.
  • Specific examples of R 32 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, cyclohexyl group, and n-hexyl group. Of these, i-butyl group, n-butyl group and methyl group are preferable.
  • the structural unit (a2) is 5 to 90 mol% in the polymer having the structural unit (a2). 20 to 80 mol% is more preferable.
  • the structural unit (a2) is a chemical resistant viewpoint in the polymer having the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). 3 to 70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
  • the structural unit (a2) is preferably contained in an amount of 3 to 70 mol%, more preferably 10 to 60 mol%, in all the structural units of Component A, regardless of any embodiment.
  • the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition has good transparency and chemical resistance.
  • component A may have another structural unit (a3) in addition to the structural units (a1) and / or (a2). These structural units may be contained in the polymer component (1) and / or (2).
  • the polymer component has another structural unit (a3) substantially free from the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). It may be.
  • the blending amount of the polymer component is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less in all polymer components. Moreover, it is preferable that it is 1 mass% or more, and it is more preferable that it is 5 mass% or more.
  • a monomer used as another structural unit (a3) For example, styrenes, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid cyclic alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester, unsaturated Dicarboxylic acid diesters, bicyclounsaturated compounds, maleimide compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid anhydrides, and other unsaturated compounds be able to.
  • the monomer which becomes another structural unit (a3) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the other structural unit (a3) include styrene, methylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, acetoxystyrene, methoxystyrene, ethoxystyrene, chlorostyrene, methyl vinylbenzoate, ethyl vinylbenzoate, 4 -Hydroxybenzoic acid (3-methacryloyloxypropyl) ester, (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, ( Constitutional unit composed of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, acrylonitrile, ethylene glycol monoacetoacetate mono
  • a structural unit derived from a monomer having a styrene or an aliphatic cyclic skeleton is preferable from the viewpoint of electrical characteristics.
  • Specific examples include styrene, methylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, and benzyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the other structural unit (a3) a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion.
  • Specific examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and methyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, and still more preferably 40 mol% or less.
  • 0 mol% may be sufficient, it is preferable to set it as 1 mol% or more, for example, and it is more preferable to set it as 5 mol% or more.
  • various properties of the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition are improved.
  • the polymer contained in Component A preferably has a structural unit having an acid group as the other structural unit (a3).
  • the acid group in the present invention means a proton dissociable group having a pKa of less than 10.5.
  • the acid group is usually incorporated into the polymer as a structural unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group. By including such a structural unit containing an acid group in the polymer, the polymer tends to be easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
  • Examples of the acid group used in the present invention include a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a phosphonic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, and acid anhydride groups of these acid groups, And the group etc. which neutralized these acid groups and made it into salt structure are illustrated, and a carboxylic acid group and / or a phenolic hydroxyl group are preferable.
  • An alkali metal salt, alkaline-earth metal salt, and organic ammonium salt can illustrate preferably.
  • the structural unit containing an acid group used in the present invention is more preferably a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof.
  • a structural unit derived from styrene a structural unit derived from a vinyl compound
  • a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof .
  • compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0023 and paragraphs 0029 to 0044 of JP2012-88459A can be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • structural units derived from p-hydroxystyrene, (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, and maleic anhydride are preferred.
  • a polymer having another structural unit (a3) substantially not including the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2) is included. You may go out.
  • a resin having a carboxyl group in the side chain is preferable.
  • methacrylic acid copolymer acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc.
  • side chain examples thereof include acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group, those obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, and high molecular polymers having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain.
  • benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, described in JP-A-7-140654 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2 -Hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid
  • Known polymer compounds described in JP-A-2003-233179, JP-A-2009-52020, and the like can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. These polymers may contain only 1 type and may contain 2 or more types.
  • SMA 1000P, SMA 2000P, SMA 3000P, SMA 1440F, SMA 17352P, SMA 2625P, SMA 3840F (above, manufactured by Sartomer), ARUFON UC-3000, ARUFON UC-3510, ARUFON UC-3900, ARUFON UC-3910, ARUFON UC-3920, ARUFON UC-3080 (above, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), JONCRYL 690, JONCRYL 678, JONCRYL 67, JONCRYL 586 (above, manufactured by BASF), etc. are used. You can also.
  • the structural unit containing an acid group is preferably from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 40 mol%, particularly preferably from 5 to 30 mol%, based on the structural units of all polymer components. Most preferred is 5 to 20 mol%.
  • any polymer includes a structural unit containing at least an acid group as the other structural unit (a3).
  • -Fifth embodiment- In addition to the polymer component (1) or (2), an embodiment having a polymer having another structural unit (a3) substantially not having the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). .
  • -Sixth embodiment- A mode comprising a combination of two or more of the first to fifth embodiments.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer in Component A is a polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight, preferably in the range of 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000. Various characteristics are favorable in the range of said numerical value.
  • the ratio (dispersity, Mw / Mn) between the number average molecular weight Mn and the weight average molecular weight Mw is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.5 to 3.5.
  • radicals used to form at least the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a3) can be synthesized by polymerizing a radical polymerizable monomer mixture containing a polymerizable monomer in an organic solvent using a radical polymerization initiator. It can also be synthesized by a so-called polymer reaction.
  • the content of component A in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20 to 99.9% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition excluding component C, and is preferably 50 to 98. More preferably, it is more preferably 70% to 95% by weight. When the content is within this range, the pattern formability during development is good, and a cured product having a higher refractive index can be obtained.
  • the solid content amount of the photosensitive resin composition represents an amount excluding volatile components such as a solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (Component B) a photoacid generator.
  • the photoacid generator (also referred to as “component B”) used in the present invention is preferably a compound that generates an acid in response to an active ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300 to 450 nm.
  • the structure is not limited.
  • a photoacid generator that is not directly sensitive to an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more can also be used as a sensitizer if it is a compound that reacts with an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. It can be preferably used in combination.
  • the photoacid generator used in the present invention is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less, and a pKa of 2 or less. Most preferred is a photoacid generator that generates an acid. Further, pKa is preferably ⁇ 15 or more.
  • photoacid generator examples include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, sulfonium salts and iodonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. Among these, it is preferable to use an oxime sulfonate compound from the viewpoint of insulation and sensitivity.
  • photoacid generators can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • trichloromethyl-s-triazines diaryliodonium salts, triarylsulfonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and diazomethane derivatives include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP2011-212494A. These can be illustrated and their contents are incorporated herein.
  • Preferred examples of the oxime sulfonate compound that is, a compound having an oxime sulfonate structure include compounds having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the following formula (B1).
  • R 21 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and a wavy line represents a bonding site with another group.
  • the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group of R 21 is an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group (7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornyl group or other bridged alicyclic ring). It may be substituted with a formula group, preferably a bicycloalkyl group or the like.
  • aryl group for R 21 an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable, and a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group of R 21 may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
  • the above compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (B2).
  • R 42 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • X represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom
  • m4 represents an integer of 0 to 3
  • m4 is 2 or 3. In some cases, multiple Xs may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the halogen atom as X is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
  • m4 is preferably 0 or 1. In the above formula (B2), m4 is 1, X is a methyl group, the substitution position of X is the ortho position, R 42 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl A compound having a -2-oxonorbornylmethyl group or a p-toluyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (B3).
  • R 43 has the same meaning as R 42 in the formula (B2), and X 1 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cyano Represents a group or a nitro group, and n4 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R 43 in the above formula (B3) is methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-octyl group, trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, perfluoro-n-propyl group, A perfluoro-n-butyl group, a p-tolyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group or a pentafluorophenyl group is preferred, and an n-octyl group is particularly preferred.
  • X 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methoxy group.
  • n4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.
  • the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-1).
  • R 101 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyl group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, sulfo group, cyano group, aryl group, or hetero Represents an aryl group.
  • R102 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • X 101 represents —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR 105 —, —CH 2 —, —CR 106 H—, or —CR 105 R 107 —, wherein R 105 to R 107 are alkyl groups. Or an aryl group.
  • R 121 to R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, or Represents an aryl group.
  • Two of R 121 to R 124 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 121 to R 124 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and an embodiment in which at least two of R 121 to R 124 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group is also preferable. Can be mentioned. Among these, an embodiment in which R 121 to R 124 are all hydrogen atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Any of the aforementioned functional groups may further have a substituent.
  • the compound represented by the formula (OS-1) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-2) described in paragraphs 0087 to 0089 of JP2012-163937A, for example. This content is incorporated herein.
  • the compound having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is represented by the following formula (OS-3), the following formula (OS-4) or the following formula (OS-5). It is preferably an oxime sulfonate compound.
  • R 22 , R 25 and R 28 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • R 23 , R 26 and R 29 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom
  • R 24 , R 27 and R 30 each independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxy group.
  • X 1 to X 3 each independently represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • n 1 to n 3 each independently represents 1 or 2
  • m 1 and m 2 each independently represents 0
  • the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is represented by, for example, general formulas (OS-6) to (OS-11) described in paragraph 0117 of JP2012-163937A. It is particularly preferred that the compound is represented by any of the above), the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the above formulas (OS-3) to (OS-5) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0120 of JP2011-221494A. The invention is not limited to these.
  • the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (B1-4).
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R 3 to R 6 are each a hydrogen atom, Represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom, provided that R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 may combine to form an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring, Represents -O- or -S-.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a branched alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms. In particular, when the alkyl group has a branched structure, an alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and when the alkyl group has a cyclic structure, an alkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • alkyl group examples include propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, s-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1,1-dimethylpropyl group, hexyl group. 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, octyl group and the like, preferably isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and a phenyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group (eg, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, Aryl group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, cyano group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, amino group, A nitro group, a hydrazino group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. Further, these groups may be further substituted. Preferably, they are a halogen atom and a methyl group.
  • R 1 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of transparency, and R 1 has a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and sensitivity.
  • An alkyl group, an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group having a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is more preferable. .
  • an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group are preferable, and a tert-butyl group and a cyclohexyl group are more preferable.
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 2 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. It is a group.
  • As the aryl group an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a p-toluyl group (p-methylphenyl group), and a phenyl group and a p-toluyl group are preferable.
  • Examples of the heteroaryl group include a pyrrole group, an indole group, a carbazole group, a furan group, and a thiophene group.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent. As a substituent, it is synonymous with the substituent which the alkyl group and aryl group which R ⁇ 1 > may have.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • As the substituent for the phenyl group a methyl group is preferred.
  • R 3 to R 6 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom).
  • the alkyl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R 2 , and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the aryl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 3 to R 6 may combine to form a ring, and the ring forms an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring And a benzene ring is more preferable.
  • R 3 to R 6 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom), or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 bonded together.
  • a benzene ring is preferably formed, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are bonded to each other. More preferably, it constitutes a benzene ring.
  • Preferred embodiments of R 3 to R 6 are as follows. (Aspect 1) At least two are hydrogen atoms. (Aspect 2) The number of alkyl groups, aryl groups, or halogen atoms is one or less. (Aspect 3) R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are combined to form a benzene ring. (Aspect 4) An aspect satisfying the above aspects 1 and 2 and / or an aspect satisfying the above aspects 1 and 3.
  • X represents -O- or -S-.
  • Ts represents a tosyl group (p-toluenesulfonyl group)
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of Component A in the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferable to use 5 to 10 parts by mass.
  • the component B may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
  • Component C Metal oxide particles
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains metal oxide particles for the purpose of adjusting the refractive index and light transmittance. Since the metal oxide particles have high transparency and light transmittance, a positive photosensitive resin composition having a high refractive index and excellent transparency can be obtained.
  • Component C preferably has a refractive index higher than that of the resin composition made of the material excluding the particles. Specifically, the refractive index in light having a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm is 1.50.
  • the above particles are more preferable, particles having a refractive index of 1.70 or more are further preferable, and particles having a refractive index of 1.90 or more are particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3.00 or less from the viewpoint of availability.
  • the refractive index of light having a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm being 1.50 or more means that the average refractive index of light having a wavelength in the above range is 1.50 or more. It is not necessary that the refractive index of all light having a wavelength is 1.50 or more.
  • the average refractive index is a value obtained by dividing the sum of the measured values of the refractive index for each light having a wavelength in the above range by the number of measurement points.
  • the metal of the metal oxide particles in the present invention includes semimetals such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
  • the light-transmitting and high refractive index metal oxide particles include Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Sc, Y, La, Ce, Gd, Tb, Dy, Yb, Lu, Ti, Zr, Hf, and Nb.
  • Oxide particles containing atoms such as Mo, W, Zn, B, Al, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb, Bi, and Te are preferable.
  • Titanium oxide, titanium composite oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium / Tin oxide and antimony / tin oxide are more preferable, titanium oxide, titanium composite oxide and zirconium oxide are more preferable, titanium oxide and zirconium oxide are particularly preferable, and titanium oxide is most preferable.
  • Titanium oxide is particularly preferably a rutile type having a high refractive index. The surface of these metal oxide particles can be treated with an organic material in order to impart dispersion stability.
  • the average primary particle size of Component C is preferably 1 to 200 nm, particularly preferably 3 to 80 nm.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the particles refers to an arithmetic average obtained by measuring the particle diameter of 200 arbitrary particles with an electron microscope. When the particle shape is not spherical, the longest side is the diameter.
  • Component C may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the metal oxide particles in the resin composition of the present invention may be appropriately determined in consideration of the refractive index required for the optical member obtained from the resin composition, light transmittance, etc.
  • the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 65% by mass.
  • the particles can be used as a dispersion prepared by mixing and dispersing in a suitable dispersant and solvent using a mixing device such as a ball mill or a rod mill.
  • a suitable dispersant and solvent such as 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, in addition to the (Component D) solvent described below.
  • -Alcohols such as pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, neopentanol, cyclopentanol, 1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • These solvents can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (Component D) a solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which the essential components of the present invention and optional components described below are further dissolved in (Component D) solvent.
  • solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention known solvents can be used, such as ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl.
  • Ethers propylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether Examples include acetates, esters, ketones, amides, lactones and the like.
  • Specific examples of the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described in paragraphs 0174 to 0178 of JP2011-221494A, and the paragraphs 0167 to 0168 of JP2012-194290A. The solvents described are also included, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Component D is preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C., a solvent having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher, or a mixture thereof.
  • Solvents having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C. include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (boiling point 146 ° C.), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (boiling point 158 ° C.), propylene glycol methyl-n-butyl ether (boiling point 155 ° C.), propylene glycol An example is methyl-n-propyl ether (boiling point 131 ° C.).
  • Solvents having a boiling point of 160 ° C or higher include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (boiling point 170 ° C), diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether (boiling point 176 ° C), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate (boiling point 160 ° C), dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
  • the content of the (component D) solvent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 50 to 95 parts by mass, more preferably 60 to 90 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive resin composition. preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (Component E) a dispersant.
  • a dispersant By containing a dispersing agent, the dispersibility in the resin composition of the component C can be improved more.
  • a known dispersant can be used.
  • a known pigment dispersant can be appropriately selected and used.
  • a polymer dispersant can be preferably used.
  • the polymer dispersant is a dispersant having a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight) of 1,000 or more.
  • a dispersing agent may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used together 2 or more types.
  • the content of the dispersant in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 5 to 70% by mass and more preferably in the range of 10 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (Component F) a polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant.
  • Component F is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (F).
  • R represents an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 50
  • R ′ represents a monovalent substituent
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 5
  • m is 2 or more.
  • a plurality of R's may be the same or different, and when n is 2 or more, the plurality of R's may be the same or different.
  • R represents an alkylene group. That is, (RO) represents an alkyleneoxy group.
  • R is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an ethylene group Or it is especially preferable that it is a propylene group.
  • R ′ represents a monovalent substituent. Examples of R ′ include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, and the above substituent may be further substituted.
  • R ′ has a total carbon number of preferably 1 to 50, and more preferably 1 to 20.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted as R ′ as in polyoxyalkylene alkylphenyl ether, but R ′ is preferably a monovalent group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • Component F is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (F-1).
  • R represents an alkylene group
  • X represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • Q represents an alkyl group
  • x represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • m represents N represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 50
  • x is 2 or more
  • a plurality of Qs may be the same or different
  • m is 2 or more
  • a plurality of X And Q may be the same or different
  • n is 2 or more, a plurality of R may be the same or different.
  • R represents an alkylene group. That is, (RO) represents an alkyleneoxy group.
  • R is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an ethylene group Or it is especially preferable that it is a propylene group. That is, it is particularly preferable to have a polyalkyleneoxy group having an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group as a repeating unit.
  • the polyethyleneoxy group and the polypropyleneoxy group may be a block copolymer.
  • a random copolymer may be used, and both a block copolymer portion and a random copolymer portion may be present, and are not particularly limited.
  • X represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group is preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (alkanediyl group). ), Preferably an alkenediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and an alkenediyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • X is particularly preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkenediyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group and alkenediyl group may be linear or branched.
  • Q is a substituent for the benzene ring, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methyl group, an ethyl group, More preferred is a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the group (—X—Ph—Qx) substituted on the benzene ring to which the alkyleneoxy group is bonded includes a phenyl group (—Ph), a benzyl group (—CH 2 —Ph), 2- Examples thereof include a phenylpropan-2-yl group (—C (CH 3 ) 2 —Ph), a styryl group (—CH ⁇ CH—Ph), and a 1-phenylethyl group (—CH (CH 3 ) —Ph).
  • Ph represents a benzene ring
  • a monovalent represents a phenyl group
  • a divalent represents a phenylene group.
  • x represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and still more preferably 0 or 1.
  • 0 is particularly preferable.
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 50, preferably an integer of 3 to 40, more preferably an integer of 5 to 35, and an integer of 8 to 30. Is particularly preferred.
  • the compound represented by the formula (F-1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (F-2).
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • n1 and n2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 50
  • n1 + n2 is 1
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 5, except when R 1 and R 2 are the same.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, except when R 1 and R 2 are the same.
  • R 1 and R 2 are a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (F-1) particularly preferably has an ethyleneoxy group, a propyleneoxy group, or an ethyleneoxy group and a propyleneoxy group.
  • the polyethyleneoxy group and the polypropyleneoxy group may be a block copolymer, a random copolymer, or a block copolymer. Both the polymer portion and the random copolymer portion may be present, and are not particularly limited.
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, Or it is more preferable that it is a methyl group. It is further preferred that R 3 and R 4 are both methyl groups, or one is a hydrogen atom and the other is a methyl group, and one is a hydrogen atom and the other is particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • n1 and 2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 50, and n1 + n2 represents an integer of 1 to 50.
  • n1 + n2 is preferably an integer of 3 to 40, more preferably an integer of 5 to 35, and still more preferably an integer of 8 to 30.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the total number of benzene rings in one molecule of component F is preferably in the range of 1 to 4. It is preferable for the total number of benzene rings to be within the above range because the generation of residues can be suppressed.
  • the HLB value of component F is preferably 5 to 18, more preferably 8 to 16, and particularly preferably 12 to 16. It is preferable for the HLB value to be within the above range since the generation of residues is further suppressed.
  • the HLB value is an abbreviation for hydrophilic-lipophile balance, and is one of the indices representing the effect of the surfactant. The larger the HLB value, the higher the hydrophilicity.
  • the HLB value can be calculated from the molecular structure.
  • the HLB value is preferably calculated by the Griffin method. In the Griffin method, the HLB value is defined by the following equation.
  • HLB value 20 ⁇ sum of formula weight (molecular weight) of hydrophilic portion / molecular weight
  • HLB value 20 ⁇ (sum of formula weights of polyoxyalkylene moieties) / molecular weight
  • a synthetic product may be used, or a commercial product may be used, and it is not particularly limited.
  • the products on the market are Pionein D-6112, Pionein D-6115, Pionein D-6112-W, Pionein D-6108-W, Pionein D-6115X, Pionein D-6120X, D-6414, Pionein D-6512 Pionein D-6310, Pionein D-6315, Pionein D-6320 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), New Coal CMP6, New Coal CMP-11, New Coal 610, New Coal 710, New Coal 710-F, New Coal 2609, New Coal 2600-FB (Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.). Of these, Pionein D-6112-W and Pionein D-6512 are preferable.
  • the component F may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the component F in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content. More preferably, it is 0.5 to 3 parts by mass. It is preferable for the content of component F to be in the above range since the generation of residues is further suppressed.
  • Component F only needs to be added to the photosensitive resin composition, and the timing of addition is not particularly limited, but the addition of the metal oxide particles in the dispersion step of the metal oxide particles It is preferable to add in the step of mixing with other components.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention further comprises (Component G) a fluorosurfactant and / or a silicone surfactant. It is preferable to contain. By containing the component G, generation
  • the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably a fluorine-containing nonionic surfactant, and preferably contains a perfluoroalkyl group (C n F 2n + 1 —, n is a positive integer).
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in suppressing the generation of residues and has good solubility in the photosensitive resin composition.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include MEGAFACE F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, and F-142. F-143, F-144, R-30, F-437, F-475, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-780, F-781 (and above) Manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171, FC171 (Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC -104, SC-105, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include those having a substituent at the terminal end and / or side chain of a compound chain containing a plurality of dimethylsilyloxy units as repeating units.
  • the compound chain containing dimethylsilyloxy as a repeating unit may contain a structural unit other than dimethylsilyloxy.
  • the substituents may be the same or different, and a plurality of substituents are preferable.
  • substituents examples include polyether groups, alkyl groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups, aryl groups, cinnamoyl groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, hydroxyl groups, fluoroalkyl groups, polyoxy groups. Examples thereof include an alkylene group, a carboxyl group, an amino group and the like.
  • the molecular weight is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, further preferably 1,000 to 30,000, and 1,000 to 20,000. It is particularly preferred.
  • the silicone atom content of the silicone-based surfactant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 18.0% by mass or more, particularly preferably 25.0 to 37.8% by mass, and 30.0 to 37. Most preferably, it is 0.0 mass%.
  • silicone surfactants examples include X-22-174DX, X-22-2426, X-22-164B, X22-164C, X-22-170DX, X-22 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. -176D, X-22-1821 (trade name); FM-0725, FM-7725, FM-4421, FM-5521, FM-6621, FM-1121 (trade name) manufactured by Chisso Corporation; Gelest DMS-U22, RMS-033, RMS-083, UMS-182, DMS-H21, DMS-H31, HMS-301, FMS121, FMS123, FMS131, FMS141, FMS221 (named above); Toray Dow Corning ( SH200, DC11PA, SH28PA, ST80PA, ST86PA, ST9 PA, SH550, SH710, L7604, FZ-2105, FZ2123, FZ2162, FZ-2191, FZ2203, FZ-2207, FZ-3704, FZ-
  • Component G may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the component G in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass and preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. More preferred is 0.02 to 0.3% by mass.
  • the content of component G is within the above range, wetting and spreading to the substrate is good, and occurrence of unevenness due to repelling or liquid return due to foreign matter on the coated surface can be suppressed.
  • the wettability with respect to the developer is improved, and a uniform and good pixel pattern can be obtained, which is preferable.
  • Component H Heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component H) a heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms.
  • Component H adsorbs on the surface of the metal oxide particles to cause electrostatic repulsion and steric repulsion between the metal oxide particles, and in particular to prevent aggregation of the metal oxide when the composition is applied and dried. It is estimated that haze is reduced.
  • Component H is also referred to as “specific surface modifier”.
  • Component H is not particularly limited except that it has two or more nitrogen atoms, but is preferably a heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms as a ring member of the heterocyclic ring, and nitrogen at the 1,3-position.
  • a compound having a heterocyclic structure having at least an atom is more preferable, and a compound having a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic structure having at least a nitrogen atom at the 1,3-positions is more preferable. If it is the said aspect, the hardened
  • the “heterocyclic structure having at least a nitrogen atom at positions 1 and 3” may be a structure in which nitrogen atoms are bonded to both sides of a carbon atom in the heterocyclic ring. It does not have to be in the third or third place.
  • the ring member of the heterocyclic ring in Component H is preferably composed of at least a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom, and may further contain an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom as a ring member, but is composed of a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom. Is particularly preferred.
  • the number of nitrogen atoms contained in component H is 2 or more, preferably 2 to 6, and more preferably 2 to 4.
  • Component H preferably has 2 to 4 nitrogen atoms as ring members of the heterocyclic ring, more preferably 2 or 3, and preferably 2 Further preferred.
  • the heterocyclic ring in component H may be a saturated heterocyclic ring, an unsaturated heterocyclic ring, or an aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring in Component H may be further condensed with another ring.
  • as said other ring not only a heterocyclic ring but an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be sufficient.
  • Component A may have a nitrogen atom other than the ring member of the heterocyclic ring, but the number of nitrogen atoms other than the ring member of the heterocyclic ring is preferably 0 to 3, preferably 0 to 2. It is preferably 0, more preferably 0, and particularly preferably no nitrogen atoms other than the ring members of the heterocyclic ring.
  • heterocyclic structure of component H include imidazole structure, benzimidazole structure, 1,2,4-triazole structure, 4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-triazole structure, tetrazole structure, 2-imidazoline Preferred examples thereof include a ring structure selected from the group consisting of a structure, 4-imidazoline structure (2,3-dihydroimidazole structure), imidazolidine structure, pyrimidine structure, quinoxaline structure, purine structure, pteridine structure, and peridimine structure, Imidazole structure, benzimidazole structure, 1,2,4-triazole structure, 4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-triazole structure, tetrazole structure, 2-imidazoline structure, 4-imidazoline structure, imidazolidine structure, and A ring structure selected from the group consisting of pyrimidine structures Mentioned
  • benzimidazole structure or imidazolidine structure are exemp
  • Component H preferably has a mercapto group (—SH) or a thioxo group ( ⁇ S). If it is the said aspect, the hardened
  • Component H is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1).
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to form a divalent organic group.
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group forming a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring
  • R 3 or R 4 L 1 may be bonded to form a ring
  • the dotted bond represents that when the nitrogen-containing double bond described by the dotted line is present, R 2 and R 4 are not present, (If the nitrogen-containing double bond indicated by the dotted line is not present, it represents that R 2 and R 4 are present.)
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group in R 1 to R 4 include an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group and a tricycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group and a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, Aryl group, heterocyclic group (also called heterocyclic group), cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group , Alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group (including alkylamino group, arylamino group, heterocyclic amino group), ammonio group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonyl Amino group, sulf Moy
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a mercapto group, and preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 To 20, more preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or a mercapto group.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group and aryl group may be further substituted with a substituent, for example, an aralkyl group in which the alkyl group is substituted with an aryl group.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20 More preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), Alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms) aryl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16 carbon
  • alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group may be further substituted with a substituent, for example, an aralkyl group in which the alkyl group is substituted with an aryl group.
  • a mercapto group is particularly preferable as the monovalent organic group for R 1 and R 2 .
  • the carbon number of the monovalent organic group in R 1 and R 2 is preferably 0 to 20, more preferably 0 to 8, and particularly preferably 0.
  • the divalent organic group formed by combining R 1 and R 2 include an oxo group, a thioxo group, and an alkylidene group. Of these, a thioxo group is particularly preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a mercapto group, and when R 1 and R 2 are combined to form a divalent organic group, they are thioxo groups. Is particularly preferred.
  • the monovalent organic group in R 3 and R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably a morpholinomethyl group or a phenyl group.
  • the alkyl group or aryl group may be substituted with a substituent.
  • the carbon number of the monovalent organic group in R 3 and R 4 is preferably 0 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and still more preferably 4 to 8.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a morpholinomethyl group or a phenyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a phenyl group. Further preferred.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group that forms a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and forms a heterocyclic ring together with the carbon atom and the two nitrogen atoms in the formula (1).
  • the divalent linking group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that forms a 5-membered heterocyclic ring or a 6-membered heterocyclic ring together with the carbon atom and the two nitrogen atoms in the formula (1).
  • a group formed from a carbon atom and / or a nitrogen atom is preferable, and a group forming a specific example of the heterocyclic structure described above is more preferable.
  • a group that forms a benzimidazole structure that is, a 1,2-phenylene group, a group that forms an imidazolidine structure, or a 1,2-ethylene group is particularly preferable.
  • component H is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1-1) or formula (1-2).
  • R 6 to R 8 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • L 2 and L 3 each independently represents a 5-membered ring.
  • it represents a divalent linking group that forms a 6-membered ring
  • R 6 and L 2 may combine to form a ring
  • R 7 or R 8 and L 3 combine to form a ring. You may do it.
  • R 6 to R 8 in formula (1-1) or formula (1-2) have the same meanings as R 3 and R 4 in formula (1), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • L 2 and L 3 in formula (1-1) or formula (1-2) have the same meaning as L 1 in formula (1), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Preferred specific examples (h-1 to h-11) of Component H are shown below. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
  • h-3 to h-11 are preferable, h-3, h-5, h-6 or h-9 is more preferable, and h-5 or h-9 is particularly preferable.
  • component H may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of component H in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 15%, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. When it is in the above range, a cured product having excellent dispersibility of the metal oxide particles and smaller haze can be obtained.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes (Component I) a crosslinking agent, (Component J) an antioxidant, (Component K) a sensitizer, and (Component L) an alkoxy as necessary. Silane compounds, (Component M) basic compounds, (Component N) and other surfactants can be preferably added.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes an ultraviolet absorber, a metal deactivator, an acid multiplier, a development accelerator, a plasticizer, a thermal radical generator, a thermal acid generator, a thickener, and Known additives such as organic or inorganic suspending agents can be added. As these compounds, for example, the descriptions in paragraphs 0201 to 0224 of JP2012-8859A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component I) a crosslinking agent, if necessary.
  • a crosslinking agent By adding a crosslinking agent, the cured film obtained by the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be made a stronger film.
  • the crosslinking agent is not limited as long as it causes a crosslinking reaction by heat (excluding component A). That is, a thermal crosslinking agent is preferably used as the crosslinking agent.
  • the addition amount of the crosslinking agent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, and preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the amount is more preferably part by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass.
  • a plurality of crosslinking agents may be used in combination. In that case, the content is calculated by adding all the crosslinking agents.
  • JER152, JER157S70, JER157S65, JER806, JER828, JER1007 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Co., Ltd.
  • ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S aboveve, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation
  • NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN- 502 aboveve, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation
  • bisphenol A type epoxy resins bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins and aliphatic epoxy resins are more preferable, and bisphenol A type epoxy resins are particularly preferable.
  • Aron oxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the compound containing an oxetanyl group individually or in mixture with the compound containing an epoxy group.
  • alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agents described in paragraphs 0107 to 0108 of JP2012-8223A, compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and the like are also preferably used. be able to.
  • alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent alkoxymethylated glycoluril is preferable.
  • a blocked isocyanate compound can also be preferably employed as a crosslinking agent.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a blocked isocyanate group, but is preferably a compound having two or more blocked isocyanate groups in one molecule from the viewpoint of curability.
  • the blocked isocyanate group in this invention is a group which can produce
  • the group which reacted the blocking agent and the isocyanate group and protected the isocyanate group can illustrate preferably.
  • the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 ° C. to 250 ° C.
  • the skeleton of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited and may be any as long as it has two isocyanate groups in one molecule, and is aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic.
  • Polyisocyanates may be used, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3-trimethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene Diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,9-nonamethylene diisocyanate, 1,10-decamethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 2, '-Diethyl ether diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, o-xylene diisocyanate, m-xylene diisocyanate, p-xylene diisocyanate, methylene bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), cyclohexane-1,3
  • TDI tolylene diisocyanate
  • MDI diphenylmethane diisocyanate
  • HDI hexamethylene diisocyanate
  • IPDI isophorone diisocyanate
  • Examples of the matrix structure of the blocked isocyanate compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include biuret type, isocyanurate type, adduct type, and bifunctional prepolymer type.
  • Examples of the blocking agent that forms the block structure of the blocked isocyanate compound include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, and imide compounds. be able to.
  • a blocking agent selected from oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, and pyrazole compounds is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the oxime compound include aldoxime and ketoxime, and specific examples include acetoxime, formaldoxime, cyclohexane oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, benzophenone oxime, and acetoxime.
  • Examples of the lactam compound include ⁇ -caprolactam and ⁇ -butyrolactam.
  • Examples of the phenol compound include phenol, naphthol, cresol, xylenol, and halogen-substituted phenol.
  • Examples of the alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and alkyl lactate.
  • amine compound a primary amine and a secondary amine are mentioned, Any of an aromatic amine, an aliphatic amine, and an alicyclic amine may be sufficient, An aniline, diphenylamine, ethyleneimine, polyethyleneimine etc. can be illustrated.
  • Examples of the active methylene compound include diethyl malonate, dimethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl acetoacetate and the like.
  • pyrazole compound include pyrazole, methylpyrazole, dimethylpyrazole and the like.
  • the mercaptan compound include alkyl mercaptans and aryl mercaptans.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is commercially available.
  • Coronate AP Stable M Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (or more, Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-84N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) ), Duranate 17B-60PX, 17B-60P, TPA-B80X, TPA-B80E, MF-B60X, MF-B60B, MF-K60X, MF-K60B, E402-B80B, SBN-70D, SBB-70P, K6000 (above , Manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation, Death Module B 1100, BL1265 MPA / X, BL
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant.
  • an antioxidant a well-known antioxidant can be contained. By adding an antioxidant, there is an advantage that coloring of the cured film can be prevented, or a decrease in film thickness due to decomposition can be reduced, and heat resistant transparency is excellent.
  • antioxidants include phosphorus antioxidants, amides, hydrazides, hindered amine antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, phenolic antioxidants, ascorbic acids, zinc sulfate, sugars, Examples thereof include nitrates, sulfites, thiosulfates, and hydroxylamine derivatives.
  • phenol-based antioxidants are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of coloring the cured film and reducing the film thickness. preferable. These may be used individually by 1 type and may mix 2 or more types. Specific examples include the compounds described in JP-A-2005-29515, paragraphs 0026 to 0031, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Examples of commercially available phenolic antioxidants include ADK STAB AO-15, ADK STAB AO-18, ADK STAB AO-20, ADK STAB AO-23, ADK STAB AO-30, ADK STAB AO-37, ADK STAB AO-40 and ADK STAB AO.
  • ADK STAB AO-51 ADK STAB AO-60
  • ADK STAB AO-70 ADK STAB AO-80
  • ADK STAB AO-330 ADK STAB AO-412S
  • ADK STAB AO-503 ADK STAB A-611, ADK STAB A-612, ADK STAB A -613, ADK STAB PEP-4C, ADK STAB PEP-8, ADK STAB PEP-8W, ADK STAB PEP-24G, ADK STAB PEP-36, ADK STAB PEP-36Z, ADK STAB HP-1 ADK STAB 2112, ADK STAB 260, ADK STAB 1522, ADK STAB 1178, ADK STAB 1500, ADK STAB C, ADK STAB 13510, ADK STAB 3010, ADK STAB CDA-1, ADK STAB CDA-6, ADK STAB ZS-27, ADK STAB ZS-90 -91 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Irga
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is particularly preferably 5 to 4% by mass. By setting it within this range, sufficient transparency of the formed film can be obtained, and the sensitivity at the time of pattern formation can be improved.
  • various ultraviolet absorbers described in “New Development of Polymer Additives” (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Co., Ltd.), metal deactivators, and the like are used in the present invention. You may add to a resin composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a sensitizer in order to promote its decomposition in combination with (Component B) a photoacid generator.
  • the sensitizer absorbs actinic rays or radiation and enters an electronically excited state.
  • the sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with the photoacid generator, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur.
  • a photo-acid generator raise
  • Examples of preferred sensitizers include compounds belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in any of the wavelength ranges of 350 nm to 450 nm.
  • Polynuclear aromatics eg, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, anthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 3,7-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropyloxyanthracene
  • xanthenes Eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal
  • xanthones eg, xanthone, thioxanthone, dimethylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone
  • cyanines eg, thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine
  • merocyanines For example, merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), rhodocyanines, oxonols, thiazines (eg, thionine, methylene blue, to
  • polynuclear aromatics polynuclear aromatics, acridones, styryls, base styryls, and coumarins are preferable, and polynuclear aromatics are more preferable.
  • polynuclear aromatics anthracene derivatives are most preferred.
  • the addition amount of the sensitizer in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0 to 1,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the amount is more preferably part by mass, and further preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.
  • a sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type and can also use 2 or more types together.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain (Component L) an alkoxysilane compound.
  • an alkoxysilane compound When an alkoxysilane compound is used, the adhesion between the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention and the substrate can be improved, or the properties of the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted. Can do.
  • the (component L) alkoxysilane compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is an inorganic material serving as a base material, for example, a silicon compound such as silicon, silicon oxide, or silicon nitride, gold, copper, molybdenum, titanium, A compound that improves the adhesion between a metal such as aluminum and the insulating film is preferable. Specifically, a known silane coupling agent or the like is also effective.
  • silane coupling agents include ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltriacoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, and ⁇ -methacrylic acid.
  • ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane and ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane are more preferable, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane is more preferable, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is particularly preferable. preferable. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • R 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms having no reactive group
  • R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a phenyl group
  • n is an integer of 1 to 3 is there.
  • n is 2 or 3
  • a plurality of R 2 may be the same or different, but are preferably the same from the viewpoint of synthesis.
  • n is 1 or 2
  • a plurality of R 1 may be the same or different from each other, but are preferably the same from the viewpoint of synthesis.
  • Specific examples include the following compounds. Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the (component L) alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known compounds can be used.
  • the content of the alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive composition. Is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain (Component M) a basic compound.
  • the basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in chemically amplified resists. Examples include aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids, and the like. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in paragraphs 0204 to 0207 of JP2011-221494A.
  • aliphatic amine examples include trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-propylamine, di-n-pentylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and the like.
  • examples include ethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, and dicyclohexylmethylamine.
  • aromatic amine examples include aniline, benzylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine and the like.
  • heterocyclic amine examples include pyridine, 2-methylpyridine, 4-methylpyridine, 2-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2-phenylpyridine, 4-phenylpyridine, N-methyl-4-phenylpyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, nicotine, nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, quinoline, 8-oxyquinoline, pyrazine, Pyrazole, pyridazine, purine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, N-cyclohexyl-N ′-[2- (4-morpholinyl) ethyl] thiourea, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0 ] -5-Nonene, 1,8-di And azabicyclo
  • Examples of the quaternary ammonium hydroxide include tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-hexylammonium hydroxide, and the like.
  • Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt of carboxylic acid include tetramethylammonium acetate, tetramethylammonium benzoate, tetra-n-butylammonium acetate, tetra-n-butylammonium benzoate and the like.
  • the basic compounds that can be used in the present invention may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the basic compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition, 0.005 More preferred is 1 part by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this invention may contain (Component N) other surfactant further.
  • Component N any of anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric can be used, but a preferred surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
  • examples of other surfactants used in the composition of the present invention include those described in paragraphs 0201 to 0205 of JP2012-88459A and paragraphs 0185 to 0188 of JP2011-215580A. Can be used and these descriptions are incorporated herein.
  • nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers and polyoxyethylene glycol higher fatty acid diesters.
  • the content of the other surfactant is preferably less than 100 parts by weight and less than 50 parts by weight when the content of Component F is 100 parts by weight. Is more preferably less than 25 parts by mass, and particularly preferably less than 10 parts by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may use an acid proliferating agent for the purpose of improving sensitivity.
  • the acid proliferating agent that can be used in the present invention is a compound that can further generate an acid by an acid-catalyzed reaction to increase the acid concentration in the reaction system, and is a compound that exists stably in the absence of an acid. is there.
  • Specific examples of such an acid proliferating agent include the acid proliferating agents described in paragraphs 0226 to 0228 of JP2011-221494A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the acid proliferating agent in the photosensitive composition is 10 to 1,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator, from the viewpoint of dissolution contrast between the exposed and unexposed parts. It is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can contain a development accelerator.
  • a development accelerator any compound having a development acceleration effect can be used, and the development accelerator may be a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and an alkyleneoxy group.
  • a compound having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferable, and a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group is most preferable.
  • the description in paragraphs 0171 to 0172 of JP2012-042837A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • a development accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
  • the addition amount of the development accelerator in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive composition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and residual film ratio. 1 to 20 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass is most preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the development accelerator is preferably from 100 to 2,000, more preferably from 150 to 1,500, still more preferably from 150 to 1,000.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a plasticizer.
  • the plasticizer include dibutyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, didodecyl phthalate, polyethylene glycol, glycerin, dimethyl glycerin phthalate, dibutyl tartrate, dioctyl adipate, and triacetyl glycerin.
  • the plasticizer content in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the component A content. .
  • thermal radical generators described in paragraphs 0120 to 0121 of JP2012-8223A, and the nitrogen-containing compounds and thermal acid generators described in International Publication No. 2011-136004 may be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a resin composition can be prepared by preparing a solution in which components are dissolved in a solvent in advance and then mixing them in a predetermined ratio.
  • the composition solution prepared as described above can be used after being filtered using, for example, a filter having a pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m.
  • a metal oxide particle dispersion containing (component C) metal oxide particles, (component D) solvent, and (component E) dispersant is prepared in advance. It is particularly preferable to prepare a photosensitive resin composition by adding Component A, Component D and Component F, and an optional component.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the following steps (1) to (5).
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably applied onto a substrate to form a wet film containing a solvent. It is preferable to perform substrate cleaning such as alkali cleaning or plasma cleaning before applying the photosensitive resin resin composition to the substrate, and it is more preferable to treat the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane after substrate cleaning. By performing this treatment, the adhesion of the photosensitive resin composition to the substrate is improved.
  • the method of treating the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of exposing the substrate to hexamethyldisilazane vapor.
  • the substrate examples include inorganic substrates, resins, resin composite materials, ITO, Cu substrates, polyethylene terephthalate, and plastic substrates such as cellulose triacetate (TAC).
  • the inorganic substrate examples include glass, quartz, silicone, silicon nitride, and a composite substrate in which molybdenum, titanium, aluminum, copper, or the like is vapor-deposited on such a substrate.
  • the resins include polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyarylate, allyl diglycol carbonate, polyamide, polyimide, polyamideimide, polyetherimide, poly Fluorine resins such as benzazole, polyphenylene sulfide, polycycloolefin, norbornene resin, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, liquid crystal polymer, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, ionomer resin, cyanate resin, crosslinked fumaric acid diester resin, cyclic polyolefin, Is it a synthetic resin such as aromatic ether resin, maleimide-olefin resin, cellulose, episulfide resin, etc.
  • all or part of the surface of the substrate is at least one selected from the group consisting of glass, SiO, ITO, IZO, a metal film, and a metal oxide film. It is particularly preferable that all or part of the surface of the substrate is ITO.
  • ITO Indium Tin Oxide
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has a very remarkable effect that generation of development residues can be suppressed even when all or part of the surface of the substrate is ITO.
  • the coating method on the substrate is not particularly limited, and for example, a slit coating method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a casting coating method, a slit and spin method, or the like can be used. Furthermore, it is also possible to apply a so-called pre-wet method as described in JP-A-2009-145395.
  • the coating film thickness is not particularly limited, and can be applied with a film thickness according to the application, but it is preferably used in the range of 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the solvent removal step (2) it is preferable to remove the solvent from the applied film by vacuum (vacuum) and / or heating to form a dry coating film on the substrate.
  • the heating conditions for the solvent removal step are preferably 70 to 130 ° C. and about 30 to 300 seconds. When the temperature and time are within the above ranges, the pattern adhesion is good and the residue can be reduced.
  • the photoacid generator is decomposed to generate an acid.
  • the acid-decomposable group contained in the coating film component is hydrolyzed to produce an acid group, for example, a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • an exposure light source using actinic light a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, an LED light source, an excimer laser generator, etc.
  • g-line (436 nm), i-line (365 nm), Actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, such as 405 nm), can be preferably used.
  • irradiation light can also be adjusted through spectral filters, such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, and a band pass filter, as needed.
  • various types of exposure machines such as a mirror projection aligner, a stepper, a scanner, a proximity, a contact, a microlens array, and a laser exposure can be used.
  • PEB Post Exposure Bake
  • the temperature for performing PEB is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 100 ° C. or lower.
  • the acid-decomposable group in the present invention has a low activation energy for acid decomposition and is easily decomposed by an acid derived from an acid generator by exposure to produce an acid group, for example, a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • a positive image can be formed by development without performing PEB.
  • the developing step (4) it is preferable to develop a copolymer having a liberated acid group, for example, a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, using an alkaline developer.
  • a positive image is formed by removing an exposed area containing a resin composition having an acid group that easily dissolves in an alkaline developer, such as a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • the developer used in the development step preferably contains a basic compound.
  • Examples of the basic compound include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; alkalis such as sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate Metal bicarbonates; ammonium hydroxides such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide and choline hydroxide; aqueous solutions such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate can be used.
  • An aqueous solution obtained by adding an appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant to the alkaline aqueous solution can also be used as a developer.
  • Preferred examples of the developer include a 0.4% by mass aqueous solution, a 0.5% by mass aqueous solution, a 0.7% by mass aqueous solution, or a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetraethylammonium hydroxide.
  • the pH of the developer is preferably 10.0 to 14.0.
  • the development time is preferably 30 to 500 seconds, and the development method may be either a liquid piling method or a dipping method. After development, washing with running water can be performed for 30 to 300 seconds to form a desired pattern.
  • a rinsing step can also be performed after development. In the rinsing step, the developed substrate and the development residue are removed by washing the developed substrate with pure water or the like.
  • a known method can be used as the rinsing method. For example, a shower rinse, a dip rinse, etc. can be mentioned.
  • the obtained positive image is heated to thermally decompose the acid-decomposable group to generate an acid group, for example, a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a crosslinkable group
  • a cured film can be formed by crosslinking with a crosslinking agent or the like.
  • This heating is performed using a heating device such as a hot plate or oven at a predetermined temperature, for example, 180 ° C. to 250 ° C. for a predetermined time, for example, 5 to 90 minutes on the hot plate, 30 to 120 minutes for the oven. It is preferable to process.
  • heat treatment is preferably performed at 80 to 140 ° C. for 5 to 120 minutes.
  • the heat treatment step can be performed after baking at a relatively low temperature (addition of a middle bake step).
  • middle baking it is preferable to post-bake at a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher after heating at 90 to 150 ° C. for 1 to 60 minutes. Further, middle baking and post baking can be heated in three or more stages.
  • the taper angle of the pattern can be adjusted by devising such middle baking and post baking.
  • These heating methods can use well-known heating methods, such as a hotplate, oven, and an infrared heater.
  • post-exposure the entire surface of the patterned substrate was re-exposed with actinic rays (post-exposure), and then post-baked to generate an acid from the photoacid generator present in the unexposed portion, thereby performing a crosslinking step. It can function as a catalyst to promote, and can accelerate the curing reaction of the film.
  • the preferred exposure amount in the case of including a post-exposure step preferably 100 ⁇ 3,000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 100 ⁇ 500mJ / cm 2.
  • the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a dry etching resist.
  • dry etching processing such as ashing, plasma etching, ozone etching, or the like can be performed as the etching processing.
  • the cured film of the present invention is a cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • the cured film of the present invention can be suitably used as an interlayer insulating film.
  • the cured film of this invention is a cured film obtained by the formation method of the cured film of this invention.
  • an interlayer insulating film having excellent insulation and high transparency even when baked at high temperatures can be obtained. Since the interlayer insulating film using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has high transparency and excellent cured film physical properties, it is useful for applications of organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices.
  • the cured product of the present invention is a cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • the shape does not have to be a film, and may be any shape.
  • the production method of the cured product of the present invention is not particularly limited, but preferably includes at least the following steps (a) to (c) in this order.
  • Step (c) is the same step as the heat treatment step except that the heat treatment target is a resin composition from which the solvent obtained in step (b) has been removed. Preferred embodiments such as time and heating means are also preferred.
  • the cured product or cured film of the present invention is for reducing the visibility of wiring members used for optical members such as microlenses, optical waveguides, antireflection films, LED sealing materials and LED chip coating materials, or touch panels. It can be suitably used as a cured product.
  • the cured product or cured film of the present invention is, for example, a flattening film or interlayer insulating film in a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL device as described later, a protective film for a color filter, and a thickness of a liquid crystal layer in a liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention comprises the cured film of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a planarizing film and an interlayer insulating film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and known liquid crystal display devices having various structures. Can be mentioned.
  • specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
  • liquid crystal driving methods that can be taken by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include TN (Twisted Nematic) method, VA (Virtical Alignment) method, IPS (In-Place-Switching) method, FFS (Frings Field Switching) method, OCB (OCB). Optical Compensated Bend) method.
  • the cured film of the present invention can also be used in a COA (Color Filter on Allay) type liquid crystal display device.
  • the organic insulating film (115) described in JP-A-2005-284291 It can be used as the organic insulating film (212) described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2005-346054.
  • the alignment method of the liquid crystal alignment film that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can take include a rubbing alignment method and a photo alignment method.
  • the polymer orientation may be supported by a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) technique described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2003-149647 and 2011-257734.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this invention and the cured film of this invention are not limited to the said use, It can be used for various uses.
  • a protective film for the color filter, a spacer for keeping the thickness of the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device constant, a microlens provided on the color filter in the solid-state imaging device, etc. Can be suitably used.
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual cross-sectional view showing an example of an active matrix liquid crystal display device 10.
  • the color liquid crystal display device 10 is a liquid crystal panel having a backlight unit 12 on the back surface, and the liquid crystal panel includes all pixels disposed between two glass substrates 14 and 15 having a polarizing film attached thereto.
  • the elements of the TFT 16 corresponding to are arranged.
  • Each element formed on the glass substrate is wired with an ITO transparent electrode 19 that forms a pixel electrode through a contact hole 18 formed in the cured film 17.
  • an RGB color filter 22 in which a liquid crystal 20 layer and a black matrix are arranged is provided.
  • the light source of the backlight is not particularly limited, and a known light source can be used.
  • the liquid crystal display device can be a 3D (stereoscopic) type or a touch panel type. Further, it can be made flexible, and used as the second interphase insulating film (48) described in JP2011-145686A or the interphase insulating film (520) described in JP2009-258758A. Can do.
  • the organic EL display device of the present invention comprises the cured film of the present invention.
  • the organic EL display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a flattening film and an interlayer insulating film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various known organic materials having various structures.
  • An EL display device and a liquid crystal display device can be given.
  • specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the organic EL display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
  • FIG. 2 is a conceptual diagram of an example of an organic EL display device.
  • a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device is shown, and a planarizing film 4 is provided.
  • a bottom gate type TFT 1 is formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 is formed so as to cover the TFT 1.
  • a contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height: 1.0 ⁇ m) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3.
  • the wiring 2 is used to connect the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between the TFTs 1 or in a later process.
  • a planarizing layer 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 in a state where the unevenness due to the wiring 2 is embedded.
  • a bottom emission type organic EL element is formed on the planarizing film 4 on the planarizing film 4. That is, the first electrode 5 made of ITO is formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7.
  • the first electrode 5 corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
  • An insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 is formed. By providing the insulating film 8, a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process is prevented. can do. Further, although not shown in FIG.
  • a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer are sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask, and then a second layer made of Al is formed on the entire surface above the substrate.
  • An active matrix organic material in which two electrodes are formed and sealed by bonding using a sealing glass plate and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin, and each organic EL element is connected to a TFT 1 for driving it.
  • An EL display device is obtained.
  • a resist pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention as a structural member of a MEMS device can be used as a partition wall or mechanically driven. Used as part of the part.
  • MEMS devices include, for example, SAW (surface acoustic wave) filters, BAW (bulk acoustic wave) filters, gyro sensors, micro shutters for displays, image sensors, electronic paper, inkjet heads, biochips, sealants. And the like. More specific examples are exemplified in JP-T-2007-522531, JP-A-2008-250200, JP-A-2009-263544, and the like.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in flatness and transparency, for example, the bank layer (16) and the planarization film (57) described in FIG. Partition wall (12) and planarization film (102) shown in FIG. 4 (a) of JP-A-9793, and bank layer (221) and third interlayer insulating film (FIG. 10 of JP 2010-27591A). 216b), the second interlayer insulating film (125) and the third interlayer insulating film (126) described in FIG. 4A of JP-A-2009-128577, and the configuration described in FIG. 3 of JP-A-2010-182638. It can also be used to form a planarization film (12), a pixel isolation insulating film (14), and the like.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in transparency and refractive index, it is suitably used as a member for microlenses or prisms, or a member for extracting light.
  • a member for microlenses or prisms or a member for extracting light.
  • it can be used as a prism member or a member for joining a prism and a light guide plate used in a backlight unit of a flat panel for display.
  • it can be used as a member for improving the light extraction efficiency of an organic EL display.
  • the touch panel display device of the present invention has a cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Moreover, the touch panel of this invention has the hardened
  • the capacitance-type input device of the present invention has a cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • the capacitance type input device of the present invention has at least the following elements (1) to (5) on the front plate and the non-contact side of the front plate, and the following (4) is the heat-treated product of the present invention. Preferably there is.
  • Mask layer (2) A plurality of first transparent electrode patterns formed by extending a plurality of pad portions in a first direction via connection portions (3) The first transparent electrode pattern and the electric A plurality of second transparent electrode patterns comprising a plurality of pad portions which are insulated and extend in a direction intersecting the first direction. (4) The first transparent electrode pattern and the second An insulating layer that electrically insulates the transparent electrode pattern of (5) electrically connected to at least one of the first transparent electrode pattern and the second transparent electrode pattern, and the first transparent electrode pattern and the above Conductive element different from the second transparent electrode pattern
  • a transparent protective layer is further provided so as to cover all or part of the elements (1) to (5).
  • the transparent protective layer is preferably And more preferably the cured film.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of the capacitive input device.
  • the capacitive input device 30 includes a front plate 31, a mask layer 32, a first transparent electrode pattern 33, a second transparent electrode pattern 34, an insulating layer 35, and a conductive element 36. And a transparent protective layer 37.
  • the front plate 31 is composed of a light-transmitting substrate such as a glass substrate, and tempered glass represented by gorilla glass manufactured by Corning Inc. can be used. Moreover, in FIG. 3, the side in which each element of the front plate 31 is provided is called a non-contact surface. In the capacitive input device 30 of the present invention, input is performed by bringing a finger or the like into contact with the contact surface (the surface opposite to the non-contact surface) of the front plate 31.
  • the front plate may be referred to as a “base material”.
  • a mask layer 32 is provided on the non-contact surface of the front plate 31.
  • the mask layer 32 is a frame-like pattern around the display area formed on the non-contact side of the touch panel front plate, and is formed so as not to show the lead wiring and the like.
  • a mask layer 32 is provided so as to cover a part of the front plate 31 (a region other than the input surface in FIG. 4).
  • the front plate 31 can be provided with an opening 38 in a part thereof as shown in FIG. A mechanical switch by pressing can be installed in the opening 38.
  • a plurality of first transparent electrode patterns 33 formed with a plurality of pad portions extending in the first direction via the connection portions, A plurality of second transparent electrode patterns 34 each including a plurality of pad portions that are electrically insulated from one transparent electrode pattern 33 and extend in a direction crossing the first direction; An insulating layer 35 that electrically insulates the electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 is formed.
  • the first transparent electrode pattern 33, the second transparent electrode pattern 34, and the conductive element 36 to be described later are translucent conductive materials such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide). It can be made of a conductive metal oxide film.
  • metal films examples include ITO films; metal films such as Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, and Mo; metal oxide films such as SiO 2 .
  • the film thickness of each element can be set to 10 to 200 nm.
  • the first transparent electrode pattern 33, the second transparent electrode pattern 34, and the conductive element 36 described later use a photosensitive transfer material having a photosensitive resin composition using the conductive fibers. Can also be manufactured.
  • paragraphs 0014 to 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 4506785 can be referred to.
  • At least one of the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 extends over both the non-contact surface of the front plate 31 and the region opposite to the front plate 31 of the mask layer 32. Can be installed.
  • FIG. 3 a diagram is shown in which the second transparent electrode pattern is installed across both areas of the non-contact surface of the front plate 31 and the surface opposite to the front plate 31 of the mask layer 32. Yes.
  • FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the first transparent electrode pattern and the second transparent electrode pattern in the present invention.
  • the first transparent electrode pattern 33 is formed such that a pad portion 33a extends in a first direction via a connection portion 33b.
  • the second transparent electrode pattern 34 is electrically insulated by the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the insulating layer 35 and extends in a direction intersecting the first direction (second direction in FIG. 5). It is constituted by a plurality of pad portions that are formed.
  • the pad portion 33a and the connection portion 33b may be manufactured as one body, or only the connection portion 33b is manufactured, and the pad portion 33a and the second portion 33b are formed.
  • the transparent electrode pattern 34 may be integrally formed (patterned).
  • the pad portion 33a and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 are integrally formed (patterned), as shown in FIG. 5, a part of the connection part 33b and a part of the pad part 33a are connected, and an insulating layer is formed. Each layer is formed so that the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 are electrically insulated by 35.
  • a conductive element 36 is provided on the surface of the mask layer 32 opposite to the front plate 31.
  • the conductive element 36 is electrically connected to at least one of the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34, and is different from the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34. Is another element.
  • FIG. 3 a view in which the conductive element 36 is connected to the second transparent electrode pattern 34 is shown.
  • the transparent protective layer 37 is installed so that all of each component may be covered.
  • the transparent protective layer 37 may be configured to cover only a part of each component.
  • the insulating layer 35 and the transparent protective layer 37 may be made of the same material or different materials.
  • the capacitance-type input device obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention and the touch panel display device including the capacitance-type input device as a constituent element are “latest touch panel technology” (issued July 6, 2009 (stock) ) Techno Times), supervised by Yuji Mitani, “Technology and Development of Touch Panels”, CMC Publishing (2004, 12), FPD International 2009 Forum T-11 Lecture Textbook, Cypress Semiconductor Corporation Application Note AN2292, etc. Can be applied.
  • the touch panel of the present invention is a touch panel in which all or a part of the insulating layer is made of a heat-treated product (cured product) of the resin composition of the present invention. Moreover, it is preferable that the touch panel of this invention has a transparent substrate, an ITO electrode, and an insulating layer at least.
  • the touch panel display device of the present invention is preferably a touch panel display device having the touch panel of the present invention.
  • the manufacturing method of the touchscreen of this invention is a manufacturing method of the touchscreen which has a transparent substrate, an ITO electrode, and an insulating layer, Comprising: Inkjet application
  • a transparent substrate in the touch panel of this invention a glass substrate, a quartz substrate, a transparent resin substrate, etc. are mentioned preferably.
  • Ink-jet application in the step of applying the photosensitive resin composition for ink-jet application of the present invention by the ink-jet application method so as to be in contact with the ITO electrode can be performed in the same manner as the above-described application step, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. .
  • coated photosensitive resin composition of this invention should just be in contact with the ITO electrode.
  • the step of placing a mask having an opening pattern of a predetermined shape on the resin composition, irradiating with exposure to active energy rays, and the step of developing the resin composition after exposure are performed in the same manner as the exposure step described above.
  • the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the step of heating the resin composition after development to produce an insulating layer can be performed in the same manner as the heat treatment step described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the pattern shown in FIG. 5 mentioned above is mentioned preferably.
  • MATHF tetrahydrofuran-2-yl methacrylate (synthetic product)
  • MAEVE 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
  • MACHOE 1- (cyclohexyloxy) ethyl methacrylate (synthetic product)
  • MATHP Tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl methacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • GMA Glycidyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
  • OXE-30 Methacrylic acid (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • NBMA n-butoxymethylacrylamide (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.)
  • MAA Methacrylic acid (manuv) (manufactured by Wako
  • MACHOE was synthesized in the same manner as MATH, except that 2-dihydrofuran was changed to the corresponding compound.
  • the numerical values without particular units are in mol%.
  • the numerical value of a polymerization initiator is mol% when a monomer component is 100 mol%.
  • the solid content concentration can be calculated by the following equation. Solid content concentration: monomer mass / (monomer mass + solvent mass) ⁇ 100 (unit: mass%) When V-601 was used as an initiator, the reaction temperature was 90 ° C., and when V-65 was used, the reaction temperature was 70 ° C.
  • Example 1 ⁇ Preparation of dispersion D1> A dispersion having the following composition was prepared, mixed with 17,000 parts of zirconia beads (0.3 mm ⁇ ), and dispersed for 12 hours using a paint shaker. Zirconia beads (0.3 mm ⁇ ) were filtered off to obtain dispersion D1.
  • ⁇ Titanium dioxide made by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd., trade name: TTO-51 (A), average primary particle size: 10 to 30 nm
  • 1,875 parts ⁇ DISPERBYK-111 (made by Big Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.) 30% PGMEA solution: 2,200 parts ⁇ Solvent (PGMEA): 3,425 parts
  • a photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymer, photoacid generator, sensitizer, surfactant, and specific surface modifier shown in the following table were changed. In Examples 67 to 71, 73 to 77, 79 to 83, and 85 to 89, 1.9 parts of sensitizer K-1 was further added.
  • Photoacid generator B-1 Structure shown below (Synthesis examples will be described later)
  • oxime compound (1.8 g) was dissolved in acetone (20 mL), triethylamine (1.5 g) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2.4 g) were added under ice cooling, and the temperature was raised to room temperature (25 ° C.). The reaction was allowed to warm for 1 hour.
  • Crude B-2A was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.7 g of intermediate B-2A.
  • B-2A (1.7 g) and p-xylene (6 mL) were mixed, 0.23 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and 140 ° C. for 2 hours. Heated. After allowing to cool, water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction mixture and the phases were separated.
  • the total amount of the intermediate crude B-2C was mixed with acetone (10 mL), and triethylamine (Wako Pure Chemical Industries) (1.2 g) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (1. After adding 4 g), the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the obtained reaction mixture to separate it, and the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to obtain crude B-2. Crude B-2 was reslurried with cold methanol, filtered and dried to obtain B-2 (1.2 g).
  • F-1 Pionein D-6414 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
  • F-2 Pionein D-6112 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
  • F-3 Pionein D-6115 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
  • F-4 Pionein D-6112-W (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
  • F-6 Pionein D-6512 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
  • F-7 New Coal CMP-6 (polyoxyethylene 4-cumylphenyl ether, manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.)
  • F-8 New Coal CMP-11 (polyoxyethylene 4-cumylphenyl ether, manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.)
  • F-9 New Coal
  • Component G Fluorosurfactant, Silicone Surfactant
  • G-1 Megafac F-554 (Fluorosurfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
  • G-2 X-22-822 (silicone surfactant, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • Component H A heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms (specific surface modifier) H-1: The following compound H-2: The following compound H-3: The following compound H-4: The following compound H-5: The following compound
  • Component K Sensitizer K-1: DBA (9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, manufactured by Kawasaki Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • Component I Crosslinking agent (thermal crosslinking agent)
  • I-1 jER828 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Corporation)
  • I-2 jER157S65 (Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Co., Ltd.)
  • I-3 jER1007 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Corporation)
  • the film was developed with a 0.5% TMAH aqueous solution at 23 ° C. for 15 seconds by immersion, and further rinsed with ultrapure water for 10 seconds. Subsequently, an evaluation substrate was obtained by heating at 220 ° C. for 45 minutes. The obtained substrate was visually observed with transmitted white light in a dark room. Moreover, the substrate surface was image
  • the obtained photosensitive resin composition was applied onto a 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm glass substrate (trade name: XG, manufactured by Corning) so that the dry film thickness was 1.5 ⁇ m, and 120 ° C. on a hot plate at 80 ° C. Second drying (pre-baking). Furthermore, the coating film was heat-treated in an oven at 220 ° C. for 15 minutes (post-baking), and the haze after the post-baking was tested with a NDH-5000 made by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. The haze (haze value) was measured according to the method (JIS K7136, JIS K7361, ASTM D1003).
  • a haze value refers to the value represented by the ratio (%) of the diffuse transmitted light with respect to all the light transmitted light. The smaller the haze value, the higher the transparency.
  • the evaluation criteria are as follows. 3 or more is a practical range. 5: Haze value was less than 0.5%. 4: The haze value was 0.5% or more and less than 0.7%. 3: The haze value was 0.7% or more and less than 1.0%. 2: The haze value was 1.0% or more and less than 2.0%. 1: The haze value was 2.0% or more. The results are shown in the table below.
  • the photosensitive composition of the present invention was excellent in residue removability and good haze.
  • a residue was generated.
  • Example 102 In the active matrix liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent No. 3321003, a cured film 17 was formed as an interlayer insulating film as follows, and a liquid crystal display device of Example 102 was obtained. That is, the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was spin-coated on a substrate, pre-baked (90 ° C./120 seconds) on a hot plate, and then i-line (365 nm) was 45 mJ / mm from the mask using a high-pressure mercury lamp.
  • liquid crystal display device When a driving voltage was applied to the obtained liquid crystal display device, it was found that the liquid crystal display device showed good display characteristics and high reliability.
  • Example 103 An organic EL display device using a thin film transistor (TFT) was produced by the following method (see FIG. 2).
  • a bottom gate type TFT 1 was formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 was formed so as to cover the TFT 1.
  • a contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height 1.0 ⁇ m) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3. .
  • the wiring 2 is for connecting the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between the TFTs 1 or in a later process.
  • the flattening film 4 was formed on the insulating film 3 in a state where the unevenness due to the wiring 2 was embedded.
  • the planarizing film 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 by spin-coating the photosensitive resin composition of Example 4 on a substrate, pre-baking (90 ° C./120 seconds) on a hot plate, and then applying high pressure from above the mask. After irradiating 45 mJ / cm 2 (illuminance 20 mW / cm 2 ) with i-line (365 nm) using a mercury lamp, a pattern was formed by developing with an alkaline aqueous solution, and heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C./30 minutes.
  • the applicability when applying the photosensitive resin composition was good, and no wrinkles or cracks were observed in the cured film obtained after exposure, development and baking. Furthermore, the average step of the wiring 2 was 500 nm, and the thickness of the prepared planarizing film 4 was 2,000 nm.
  • a bottom emission type organic EL element was formed on the obtained flattening film 4.
  • a first electrode 5 made of ITO was formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7.
  • a resist was applied, prebaked, exposed through a mask having a desired pattern, and developed.
  • pattern processing was performed by wet etching using an ITO etchant.
  • the resist pattern was stripped at 50 ° C. using a resist stripper (remover 100, manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials).
  • the first electrode 5 thus obtained corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
  • an insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 was formed.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of Example 4 was used, and the insulating film 8 was formed by the same method as described above. By providing this insulating film 8, it is possible to prevent a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process.
  • a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer were sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask in a vacuum deposition apparatus.
  • a second electrode made of Al was formed on the entire surface above the substrate.
  • substrate was taken out from the vapor deposition machine, and it sealed by bonding together using the glass plate for sealing, and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin.
  • a touch panel display device was prepared using the high refractive index photosensitive resin composition of the present invention by the method described below.
  • ⁇ Formation of first transparent electrode pattern> [Formation of transparent electrode layer]
  • a front plate of tempered glass (300 mm ⁇ 400 mm ⁇ 0.7 mm) with a mask layer formed in advance is introduced into a vacuum chamber, and an ITO target (indium: tin 95: 5) with a SnO 2 content of 10% by mass. (Molar ratio)) was used to form an ITO thin film having a thickness of 40 nm by DC magnetron sputtering (conditions: substrate temperature 250 ° C., argon pressure 0.13 Pa, oxygen pressure 0.01 Pa), and a transparent electrode layer was formed.
  • a formed front plate was obtained.
  • the surface resistance of the ITO thin film was 80 ⁇ / ⁇ .
  • etching resist was applied onto ITO and dried to form an etching resist layer.
  • Development was performed, and a post-bake treatment at 130 ° C. for 30 minutes was further performed to obtain a front plate on which a transparent electrode layer and a photocurable resin layer pattern for etching were formed.
  • the front plate on which the transparent electrode layer and the photocurable resin layer pattern for etching are formed is immersed in an etching tank containing ITO etchant (hydrochloric acid, potassium chloride aqueous solution, liquid temperature 30 ° C.), treated for 100 seconds, and etched resist.
  • ITO etchant hydroochloric acid, potassium chloride aqueous solution, liquid temperature 30 ° C.
  • the exposed transparent electrode layer not covered with the layer was dissolved and removed to obtain a front plate with a transparent electrode layer pattern with an etching resist layer pattern.
  • the front plate with the transparent electrode layer pattern with the etching resist layer pattern is immersed in a dedicated resist stripping solution, the photocurable resin layer for etching is removed, and the mask layer and the first transparent electrode pattern A front plate formed was obtained.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6 was applied and dried (film thickness: 1 ⁇ m, 90 ° C., 120 seconds) to form a photosensitive resin composition layer.
  • the distance between the exposure mask (quartz exposure mask having the insulating layer pattern) surface and the photosensitive resin composition layer was set to 30 ⁇ m, and pattern exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 50 mJ / cm 2 (i-line).
  • the film was developed with a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution at 23 ° C. for 15 seconds by immersion and further rinsed with ultrapure water for 10 seconds.
  • a post-bake treatment at 220 ° C. for 45 minutes was performed to obtain a front plate on which a mask layer, a first transparent electrode pattern, and an insulating layer pattern were formed.
  • the first transparent electrode pattern, the insulating layer pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6 Similar to the formation of the first transparent electrode pattern, using a commercially available etching resist, the first transparent electrode pattern, the insulating layer pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6, a transparent electrode layer, A front plate on which an etching resist pattern was formed was obtained (post-baking treatment; 130 ° C. for 30 minutes). Further, in the same manner as the formation of the first transparent electrode pattern, etching was performed and the etching resist layer was removed to form the mask layer, the first transparent electrode pattern, and the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6. A front plate on which an insulating layer pattern and a second transparent electrode pattern were formed was obtained.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6 was applied and dried (film thickness: 1 ⁇ m) on the front plate formed up to the conductive element different from the first and second transparent electrode patterns. , 90 ° C. for 120 seconds) to obtain a photosensitive resin composition film.
  • the front exposure is performed with an exposure amount of 50 mJ / cm 2 (i-line) without using an exposure mask, development, post-exposure (1,000 mJ / cm 2 ), and post-bake treatment are performed to obtain a mask layer and a first transparent
  • the electrode pattern, the insulating layer pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6, the second transparent electrode pattern, and all the conductive elements different from the first and second transparent electrode patterns are covered.
  • stacked the insulating layer (transparent protective layer) formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6 was obtained.
  • a liquid crystal display device manufactured by the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-47936 is bonded to the previously manufactured front plate, and an image display device including a capacitive input device as a constituent element is manufactured by a known method. did.
  • TFT thin film transistor
  • 2 wiring
  • 3 insulating film
  • 4 planarization film
  • 5 first electrode
  • 6 glass substrate
  • 7 contact hole
  • 8 insulating film
  • 10 liquid crystal display device
  • 12 Backlight unit
  • 14 15: Glass substrate
  • 16 TFT
  • 17 Cured film
  • 18 Contact hole
  • 19 ITO transparent electrode
  • 20 Liquid crystal
  • 22 Color filter
  • 30 Capacitive input device 31: front plate, 32: mask layer, 33: first transparent electrode pattern, 33a: pad portion, 33b: connection portion, 34: second transparent electrode pattern, 35: insulating layer
  • 36 conductive element
  • 37 Transparent protective layer
  • 38 Opening

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition containing metal oxide particles, which is suppressed in the occurrence of a residue on a substrate, especially on an ITO substrate after development. A photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is characterized by containing: (component A) a polymer component which contains a polymer satisfying (1) and/or (2) described below; (component B) a photoacid generator; (component C) metal oxide particles; (component D) a solvent; (component E) a dispersant; and (component F) a polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant. (1) a polymer that has (a1) a constituent unit having a group wherein an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a constituent unit having a crosslinkable group (2) a polymer that has (a1) a constituent unit having a group wherein an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and a polymer that has (a2) a constituent unit having a crosslinkable group.

Description

感光性樹脂組成物、硬化物及びその製造方法、樹脂パターン製造方法、硬化膜、液晶表示装置、有機ＥＬ表示装置、並びに、タッチパネル表示装置Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and production method thereof, resin pattern production method, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, and touch panel display device
　本発明は、感光性樹脂組成物（以下、単に、「本発明の組成物」ということがある。）に関する。また、上記感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物及びその製造方法、上記感光性樹脂組成物を用いた樹脂パターン製造方法、上記感光性組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、並びに、上記硬化膜を用いた各種画像表示装置に関する。
　更に詳しくは、液晶表示装置、有機ＥＬ表示装置、タッチパネル表示装置、集積回路素子、固体撮像素子などの電子部品の平坦化膜、保護膜や層間絶縁膜の形成に好適な、感光性樹脂組成物及びそれを用いた硬化膜の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention”). Moreover, the hardened | cured material formed by hardening | curing the said photosensitive resin composition, its manufacturing method, the resin pattern manufacturing method using the said photosensitive resin composition, the cured film formed by hardening | curing the said photosensitive composition, and the said The present invention relates to various image display devices using a cured film.
More specifically, a photosensitive resin composition suitable for forming a flattening film, a protective film or an interlayer insulating film of an electronic component such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a touch panel display device, an integrated circuit element, and a solid-state imaging element. And a method for producing a cured film using the same.
　固体撮像素子や液晶表示装置の発達により、有機素材（樹脂）によりマイクロレンズ、光導波路、反射防止膜などの光学部材を作製することが広く行われるようになっている。
　これら光学部材は、高屈折率にするために、酸化チタンなどの金属酸化物粒子を添加することが検討されている（下記特許文献１参照）。
　また、従来のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物としては、特許文献２～５に記載の感光性樹脂組成物が知られている。 With the development of solid-state imaging devices and liquid crystal display devices, it has become widely practiced to produce optical members such as microlenses, optical waveguides, and antireflection films using organic materials (resins).
In order to make these optical members have a high refractive index, it has been studied to add metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide (see Patent Document 1 below).
As conventional negative photosensitive resin compositions, the photosensitive resin compositions described in Patent Documents 2 to 5 are known.
特開２００６－９８９８５号公報JP 2006-98985 A 特開２０１１－１２７０９６号公報JP 2011-127096 A 特開２００９－１７９６７８号公報JP 2009-179678 A 特開２００８－１８５６８３号公報JP 2008-185683 A 韓国公開特許第１０－２０１２－０１２１８５０号公報Korean Published Patent No. 10-2012-0121850
　高屈折率化するには、感光性樹脂組成物中の金属酸化物粒子含量を高濃度化する必要がある。金属酸化物粒子を多く含有する場合、現像後に残渣が発生しやすく、この残渣は金属酸化物粒子を含有するため、後工程の酸素アッシングなどの手法で除去できない場合が多い。特に、タッチパネル用絶縁膜として使用する場合に、ＩＴＯをコーティングした基板上での残渣の発生が問題となっていた。従って、現像後の残渣が抑制され、ヘイズなどのその他の性能に悪影響の出ない残渣改良方法が望まれている。 In order to increase the refractive index, it is necessary to increase the concentration of the metal oxide particles in the photosensitive resin composition. When a large amount of metal oxide particles is contained, a residue is likely to be generated after development, and since this residue contains metal oxide particles, it cannot be removed by a technique such as oxygen ashing in a later step. In particular, when it is used as an insulating film for a touch panel, generation of a residue on a substrate coated with ITO has been a problem. Accordingly, there is a demand for a residue improving method that suppresses residues after development and does not adversely affect other properties such as haze.
　本発明は、上記の課題を解決するものであり、すなわち、基板上、特にＩＴＯ基板上での現像後の残渣の発生が抑制された、金属酸化物粒子を含有する感光性樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。本発明の更なる目的は、上記感光性樹脂組成物を用いた硬化物及びその製造方法、樹脂パターン製造方法、並びに、上記硬化物を有する液晶表示装置、有機ＥＬ表示装置、及びタッチパネル表示装置を提供することである。 The present invention solves the above-mentioned problems, that is, provides a photosensitive resin composition containing metal oxide particles in which generation of a residue after development on a substrate, particularly an ITO substrate, is suppressed. The purpose is to do. A further object of the present invention is to provide a cured product using the photosensitive resin composition, a manufacturing method thereof, a resin pattern manufacturing method, a liquid crystal display device having the cured product, an organic EL display device, and a touch panel display device. Is to provide.
　本発明の上記課題は、以下の＜１＞、＜８＞、＜９＞、＜１１＞、＜１２＞、＜１４＞～＜１６＞に記載の手段により解決された。好ましい実施態様である、＜２＞～＜７＞、＜１０＞及び＜１３＞と共に以下に記載する。
　＜１＞　（成分Ａ）下記（１）及び（２）の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分、（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤、（成分Ｃ）金属酸化物粒子、（成分Ｄ）溶剤、（成分Ｅ）分散剤、並びに、（成分Ｆ）ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤を含有することを特徴とする感光性樹脂組成物、
　（１）（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体
　（２）（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、及び、（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体
　＜２＞　上記ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤の分子中のベンゼン環の数の合計が１～４の範囲である、＜１＞に記載の感光性樹脂組成物、
　＜３＞　上記ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤のＨＬＢ値が１２～１６の範囲である、＜１＞又は＜２＞に記載の感光性樹脂組成物、
　＜４＞　（成分Ｆ）ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤に加え、更に、（成分Ｇ）フッ素系界面活性剤、及び／又は、シリコーン系界面活性剤を含有する、＜１＞～＜３＞のいずれか１つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物、
　＜５＞　成分Ｃが酸化チタン粒子又は酸化ジルコニウム粒子である、＜１＞～＜４＞のいずれか１つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物、
　＜６＞　（成分Ｈ）２つ以上の窒素原子を有する複素環化合物を更に含む、＜１＞～＜５＞のいずれか１つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物、
　＜７＞　（成分Ｉ）架橋剤を更に含む、＜１＞～＜６＞のいずれか１つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物、
　＜８＞　少なくとも工程（ａ）～（ｃ）をこの順に含むことを特徴とする硬化物の製造方法、
　（ａ）＜１＞～＜７＞のいずれか１つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布する塗布工程
　（ｂ）塗布された樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する溶剤除去工程
　（ｃ）溶剤が除去された樹脂組成物を熱処理する熱処理工程
　＜９＞　少なくとも工程（１）～（５）をこの順に含むことを特徴とする樹脂パターン製造方法、
　（１）＜１＞～＜７＞のいずれか１つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布する塗布工程
　（２）塗布された樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する溶剤除去工程
　（３）溶剤が除去された樹脂組成物を活性光線によりパターン状に露光する露光工程
　（４）露光された樹脂組成物を水性現像液により現像する現像工程
　（５）現像された樹脂組成物を熱処理する熱処理工程
　＜１０＞　上記基板の表面の全部又は一部が、ガラス、ＳｉＯ、ＩＴＯ、ＩＺＯ、金属膜、及び、金属酸化物膜よりなる群から選択される少なくとも１つである、＜９＞に記載の樹脂パターン製造方法、
　＜１１＞　＜８＞に記載の硬化物の製造方法、もしくは、＜９＞又は＜１０＞に記載の樹脂パターン製造方法により得られた硬化物、
　＜１２＞　＜１＞～＜７＞のいずれか１つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、
　＜１３＞　層間絶縁膜である、＜１２＞に記載の硬化膜、
　＜１４＞　＜１２＞又は＜１３＞に記載の硬化膜を有する液晶表示装置、
　＜１５＞　＜１２＞又は＜１３＞に記載の硬化膜を有する有機ＥＬ表示装置、
　＜１６＞　＜１２＞又は＜１３＞に記載の硬化膜を有するタッチパネル表示装置。 The above-described problems of the present invention have been solved by means described in the following <1>, <8>, <9>, <11>, <12>, <14> to <16>. It is described below together with <2> to <7>, <10> and <13>, which are preferred embodiments.
<1> (Component A) A polymer component containing a polymer satisfying at least one of the following (1) and (2), (Component B) a photoacid generator, (Component C) metal oxide particles, (Component D) A photosensitive resin composition comprising a solvent, (Component E) a dispersant, and (Component F) a polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant,
(1) (a1) a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected with an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (2) (a1) an acid group having an acid-decomposable group And (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group <2> of the benzene ring in the molecule of the polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant. The photosensitive resin composition according to <1>, wherein the total number is in the range of 1 to 4,
<3> The photosensitive resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant has an HLB value in the range of 12 to 16.
<4> In addition to (Component F) polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant, (Component G) further contains a fluorine-based surfactant and / or a silicone-based surfactant, <1> to <3 > The photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of>
<5> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein component C is titanium oxide particles or zirconium oxide particles,
<6> (Component H) The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising a heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms,
<7> (Component I) The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, further including a crosslinking agent,
<8> A method for producing a cured product comprising at least steps (a) to (c) in this order,
(A) Application step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7> on a substrate (b) Solvent removal step of removing the solvent from the applied resin composition (c) ) Heat treatment step of heat-treating the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed <9> A resin pattern manufacturing method comprising at least steps (1) to (5) in this order,
(1) Application step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7> onto a substrate (2) Solvent removal step of removing the solvent from the applied resin composition (3) ) Exposure step of exposing the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed to a pattern with actinic rays (4) Development step of developing the exposed resin composition with an aqueous developer (5) Heat-treating the developed resin composition Heat treatment step <10> All or part of the surface of the substrate is at least one selected from the group consisting of glass, SiO, ITO, IZO, a metal film, and a metal oxide film, <9> The resin pattern manufacturing method according to the description,
<11> The cured product obtained by the method for producing a cured product according to <8>, or the resin pattern production method according to <9> or <10>,
<12> A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>,
<13> The cured film according to <12>, which is an interlayer insulating film,
<14> A liquid crystal display device having the cured film according to <12> or <13>,
<15> An organic EL display device having the cured film according to <12> or <13>,
<16> A touch panel display device having the cured film according to <12> or <13>.
　本発明によれば、基板上、特にＩＴＯ基板上での現像後の残渣の発生が抑制された、金属酸化物粒子を含有する感光性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。更に、本発明によれば、上記感光性樹脂組成物を用いた硬化物及びその製造方法、樹脂パターンの製造方法、並びに、上記硬化物を有する液晶表示装置、有機ＥＬ表示装置、及びタッチパネル表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive resin composition containing metal oxide particles in which generation of a residue after development on a substrate, particularly an ITO substrate, is suppressed. Furthermore, according to this invention, the hardened | cured material using the said photosensitive resin composition, its manufacturing method, the manufacturing method of a resin pattern, and the liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescent display device, and touch panel display device which have the said hardened | cured material Can be provided.
液晶表示装置の一例の構成概念図を示す。液晶表示装置におけるアクティブマトリックス基板の模式的断面図を示し、層間絶縁膜である硬化膜１７を有している。1 is a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of a liquid crystal display device. The schematic sectional drawing of the active matrix substrate in a liquid crystal display device is shown, and it has the cured film 17 which is an interlayer insulation film. 有機ＥＬ表示装置の一例の構成概念図を示す。ボトムエミッション型の有機ＥＬ表示装置における基板の模式的断面図を示し、平坦化膜４を有している。1 shows a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of an organic EL display device. A schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device is shown, and a planarizing film 4 is provided. 静電容量型入力装置の構成を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the structure of an electrostatic capacitance type input device. 前面板の一例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows an example of a front plate. 第一の透明電極パターン及び第二の透明電極パターンの一例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows an example of a 1st transparent electrode pattern and a 2nd transparent electrode pattern.
　以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
　なお、本願明細書において「～」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
　また、本発明において、「（成分Ａ）下記（１）及び（２）の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分」等を、単に「成分Ａ」等ともいい、「（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位」等を、単に「構成単位（ａ１）」等ともいう。
　更に、本明細書における基（原子団）の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基（無置換アルキル基）のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基（置換アルキル基）をも包含するものである。
　本発明において、「質量部」及び「質量％」はそれぞれ、「重量部」及び「重量％」と同義である。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In the present invention, “(component A) a polymer component containing a polymer satisfying at least one of the following (1) and (2)” is also simply referred to as “component A” or the like, and “(a1) acid group” “A structural unit having a group protected with an acid-decomposable group” or the like is also simply referred to as “structural unit (a1)” or the like.
Furthermore, in the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and unsubstituted includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present invention, “parts by mass” and “% by mass” are synonymous with “parts by weight” and “% by weight”, respectively.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物（以下、単に「樹脂組成物」ともいう。）は、（成分Ａ）下記（１）及び（２）の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分、（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤、（成分Ｃ）金属酸化物粒子、（成分Ｄ）溶剤、（成分Ｅ）分散剤、並びに、（成分Ｆ）ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤を含有することを特徴とする。
　（１）（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、
　（２）（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、及び、（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also simply referred to as “resin composition”) comprises (Component A) a polymer component containing a polymer satisfying at least one of the following (1) and (2), (Component B) containing a photoacid generator, (component C) metal oxide particles, (component D) solvent, (component E) dispersant, and (component F) polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant. And
(1) (a1) a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected with an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group,
(2) (a1) a polymer having a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、ポジ型レジスト組成物として好適に用いることができる。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、熱で硬化する性質を有する樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。
　また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物であることが好ましく、化学増幅型のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物（化学増幅ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物）であることがより好ましい。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、活性光線に感応する光酸発生剤として１，２－キノンジアジド化合物を含まない方が好ましい。１，２－キノンジアジド化合物は、逐次型光化学反応によりカルボキシル基を生成するが、その量子収率は必ず１以下である。
　これに対して、本発明で使用する（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤は、活性光線に感応して生成される酸が、成分Ａ中の保護された酸基の脱保護に対して触媒として作用するので、１個の光量子の作用で生成した酸が、多数の脱保護反応に寄与し、量子収率は１を超え、例えば、１０の数乗のような大きい値となり、いわゆる化学増幅の結果として、高感度が得られる。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a positive resist composition.
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably a resin composition having a property of being cured by heat.
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably a positive photosensitive resin composition, and is a chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition (chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition). Is more preferable.
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains no 1,2-quinonediazide compound as a photoacid generator sensitive to actinic rays. A 1,2-quinonediazide compound generates a carboxyl group by a sequential photochemical reaction, but its quantum yield is always 1 or less.
On the other hand, (Component B) photoacid generator used in the present invention is such that an acid generated in response to actinic light acts as a catalyst for deprotection of the protected acid group in Component A. Therefore, the acid generated by the action of one photon contributes to a number of deprotection reactions, and the quantum yield exceeds 1, for example, a large value such as the power of 10, which is a result of so-called chemical amplification. As a result, high sensitivity can be obtained.
　更に、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、マイクロレンズ、光導波路、反射防止膜、ＬＥＤ用封止材及びＬＥＤ用チップコート材等の光学部材用樹脂組成物、又は、タッチパネルに使用される配線電極の視認性低減用樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。なお、タッチパネルに使用される配線電極の視認性低減用組成物とは、タッチパネルに使用される配線電極の視認性を低減する、すなわち、配線電極を見えにくくする部材用組成物であり、例えば、ＩＴＯ（酸化インジウムスズ）電極間の層間絶縁膜などが挙げられ、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、当該用途に好適に使用することができる。 Furthermore, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition for optical members such as microlenses, optical waveguides, antireflection films, LED sealing materials, and LED chip coating materials, or wiring used for touch panels. A resin composition for reducing the visibility of an electrode is preferable. In addition, the composition for reducing the visibility of the wiring electrode used for the touch panel is a composition for a member that reduces the visibility of the wiring electrode used for the touch panel, that is, makes the wiring electrode difficult to see. Examples thereof include an interlayer insulating film between ITO (indium tin oxide) electrodes, and the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used for the application.
　一般的に化学増幅ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物は、露光すると光酸発生剤との作用により、含有されるポリマーが有する脱離基が外れて、現像液に溶解し、未露光部がパターンとして形成される。
　金属酸化物粒子、分散剤及び脱離基及び架橋基を含むポリマーを含有する樹脂組成物をポジ型感光性樹脂組成物として使用する場合、上述のように、金属酸化物粒子を高濃度で使用すると、現像後に残渣が発生しやすく、また、この残渣が金属酸化物粒子を含有するため、酸素アッシング等では除去されにくいという問題があった。特に、ＩＴＯをコーティングした基板上では残渣が発生しやすいという問題があった。
　本発明者等は詳細な検討の結果、成分Ａ～成分Ｅ、及び、成分Ｆを含有する感光性樹脂組成物とすることにより、基板上、特にＩＴＯ基板上での現像後の残渣の発生が抑制されることを見いだし、本発明を完成するに至ったものである。
　以下、本発明の組成物について詳細に説明する。 In general, a chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition is exposed to an action with a photoacid generator to remove a leaving group of a polymer contained therein and dissolve in a developing solution, and an unexposed portion becomes a pattern. It is formed.
When a resin composition containing metal oxide particles, a dispersant and a polymer containing a leaving group and a crosslinking group is used as a positive photosensitive resin composition, the metal oxide particles are used at a high concentration as described above. Then, there is a problem that a residue is easily generated after development, and the residue contains metal oxide particles, so that it is difficult to remove by oxygen ashing or the like. In particular, there is a problem that a residue is easily generated on a substrate coated with ITO.
As a result of detailed studies, the inventors have made a photosensitive resin composition containing component A to component E and component F, so that generation of residues after development on a substrate, particularly on an ITO substrate, has occurred. It has been found that it is suppressed, and the present invention has been completed.
Hereinafter, the composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
（成分Ａ）（１）及び（２）の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ａ）下記（１）及び（２）の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分を含有する。
　（１）（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体
　（２）（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、及び、（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体
　本発明の組成物は、更に、これら以外の重合体を含んでいてもよい。本発明における成分Ａは、特に述べない限り、上記（１）及び／又は（２）に加え、必要に応じて添加される他の重合体を含めたものを意味する。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、硬化後における透明性（ヘイズ）及び未露光部の残膜率の観点からは、成分Ａとして、上記（１）を満たす成分を含むことが好ましい。
　一方、分子設計の自由度の観点からは、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、成分Ａとして、上記（２）を満たす成分を含むことが好ましい。
　なお、上記（１）を満たす成分を含有する場合であっても、更に、（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を有する重合体及び／又は（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体を含有していてもよい。
　また、上記（２）を満たす成分を含有する場合であっても、（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体に該当するものを少なくとも含有する場合は、上記（１）を満たす成分を含有する場合に該当するものとする。 (Component A) Polymer component containing a polymer satisfying at least one of (1) and (2) The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention satisfies (Component A) at least one of the following (1) and (2). Contains a polymer component including a polymer.
(1) (a1) a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected with an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (2) (a1) an acid group having an acid-decomposable group And a polymer having a structural unit having a group protected with (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group. The composition of the present invention may further contain a polymer other than these. . Component A in the present invention means, in addition to the above (1) and / or (2), including other polymers added as necessary, unless otherwise specified.
It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains the component which satisfy | fills said (1) as a component A from a viewpoint of the transparency (haze) after hardening, and the remaining film rate of an unexposed part.
On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the degree of freedom in molecular design, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a component satisfying the above (2) as the component A.
Even when the component satisfying the above (1) is contained, (a1) a polymer having a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and / or (a2) cross-linking A polymer having a structural unit having a functional group may be contained.
Moreover, even when it contains a component satisfying the above (2), it has (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group. When it contains at least what corresponds to a polymer, it corresponds when it contains the component which satisfy | fills said (1).
　成分Ａは、付加重合型の樹脂であることが好ましく、（メタ）アクリル酸及び／又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位を含む重合体であることがより好ましい。なお、（メタ）アクリル酸及び／又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位以外の構成単位、例えば、スチレンに由来する構成単位や、ビニル化合物に由来する構成単位等を有していてもよい。
　なお、「（メタ）アクリル酸及び／又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位」を「アクリル系構成単位」ともいう。また、「（メタ）アクリル酸」は、「メタクリル酸及び／又はアクリル酸」を意味するものとする。 Component A is preferably an addition polymerization type resin, and more preferably a polymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof. In addition, you may have structural units other than the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester, for example, the structural unit derived from styrene, the structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, etc.
The “structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester” is also referred to as “acrylic structural unit”. Further, “(meth) acrylic acid” means “methacrylic acid and / or acrylic acid”.
＜構成単位（ａ１）＞
　成分Ａは、（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を少なくとも有する重合体を含む。成分Ａが構成単位（ａ１）を有する重合体を含むことにより、極めて高感度な感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。
　本発明における「酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基」は、酸基及び酸分解性基として公知のものを使用でき、特に限定されない。具体的な酸基としては、カルボキシル基、及び、フェノール性水酸基が好ましく挙げられる。また、酸分解性基としては、酸により比較的分解しやすい基（例えば、後述する式（ａ１－１０）で表される基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、又は、テトラヒドロフラニル基等のアセタール系官能基）や酸により比較的分解しにくい基（例えば、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基等の第三級アルキル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチルカーボネート基等の第三級アルキルカーボネート基）を用いることができる。 <Structural unit (a1)>
Component A includes (a1) a polymer having at least a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group. When component A contains a polymer having the structural unit (a1), a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition can be obtained.
As the “group in which the acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group” in the present invention, those known as an acid group and an acid-decomposable group can be used, and are not particularly limited. Specific examples of the acid group preferably include a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group. The acid-decomposable group is a group that is relatively easily decomposed by an acid (for example, an acetal functional group such as a group represented by the formula (a1-10) described later, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl group). ) Or a group that is relatively difficult to be decomposed by an acid (for example, a tertiary alkyl group such as a tert-butyl group or a tertiary alkyl carbonate group such as a tert-butyl carbonate group).
　（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位は、カルボキシル基が酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（「酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位」ともいう。）、又は、フェノール性水酸基が酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位（「酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位」ともいう。）であることが好ましい。
　以下、酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）と、酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位（ａ１－２）について、順にそれぞれ説明する。 (A1) A structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group is a structural unit having a protected carboxyl group in which a carboxyl group is protected with an acid-decomposable group (“protection protected with an acid-decomposable group” Or a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group (having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected by an acid-decomposable group). It is also preferably referred to as a “structural unit”.
Hereinafter, the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group and the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group will be described in order. To do.
＜＜（ａ１－１）酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位＞＞
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）は、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位のカルボキシル基が、以下で詳細に説明する酸分解性基によって保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位である。
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）に用いることができる上記カルボキシル基を有する構成単位としては、特に制限はなく公知の構成単位を用いることができる。例えば、不飽和モノカルボン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸、不飽和トリカルボン酸などの、分子中に少なくとも１個のカルボキシル基を有する不飽和カルボン酸等に由来する構成単位（ａ１－１－１）や、エチレン性不飽和基と酸無水物由来の構造とを共に有する構成単位（ａ１－１－２）が挙げられる。
　以下、上記カルボキシル基を有する構成単位として用いられる（ａ１－１－１）分子中に少なくとも１個のカルボキシル基を有する不飽和カルボン酸等に由来する構成単位と、（ａ１－１－２）エチレン性不飽和基と酸無水物由来の構造とを共に有する構成単位について、それぞれ順に説明する。 << (a1-1) Structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group >>
The structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is a protected carboxyl in which the carboxyl group of the structural unit having a carboxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group described in detail below. A structural unit having a group.
The structural unit having a carboxyl group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited, and a known structural unit can be used. For example, a structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule, such as an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, or an unsaturated tricarboxylic acid, And a structural unit (a1-1-2) having both an ethylenically unsaturated group and a structure derived from an acid anhydride.
Hereinafter, (a1-1-1) used as a structural unit having a carboxyl group, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule, and (a1-1-2) ethylene The structural units having both the unsaturated group and the structure derived from the acid anhydride will be described in order.
＜＜＜（ａ１－１－１）分子中に少なくとも１個のカルボキシル基を有する不飽和カルボン酸等に由来する構成単位＞＞＞
　上記分子中に少なくとも１個のカルボキシル基を有する不飽和カルボン酸等に由来する構成単位（ａ１－１－１）として本発明で用いられる不飽和カルボン酸としては以下に挙げるようなものが用いられる。すなわち、不飽和モノカルボン酸としては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、α－クロロアクリル酸、けい皮酸、２－（メタ）アクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸、２－（メタ）アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、２－（メタ）アクリロイロキシエチルフタル酸などが挙げられる。また、不飽和ジカルボン酸としては、例えば、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸、シトラコン酸、メサコン酸などが挙げられる。また、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位を得るために用いられる不飽和多価カルボン酸は、その酸無水物であってもよい。具体的には、無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などが挙げられる。また、不飽和多価カルボン酸は、多価カルボン酸のモノ（２－（メタ）アクリロイロキシアルキル）エステルであってもよく、例えば、コハク酸モノ（２－アクリロイロキシエチル）、コハク酸モノ（２－メタクリロイロキシエチル）、フタル酸モノ（２－アクリロイロキシエチル）、フタル酸モノ（２－メタクリロイロキシエチル）などが挙げられる。更に、不飽和多価カルボン酸は、その両末端ジカルボキシポリマーのモノ（メタ）アクリレートであってもよく、例えば、ω－カルボキシポリカプロラクトンモノアクリレート、ω－カルボキシポリカプロラクトンモノメタクリレートなどが挙げられる。また、不飽和カルボン酸としては、アクリル酸－２－カルボキシエチルエステル、メタクリル酸－２－カルボキシエチルエステル、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸モノアルキルエステル、４－カルボキシスチレン等も用いることができる。
　中でも、現像性の観点から、上記分子中に少なくとも１個のカルボキシル基を有する不飽和カルボン酸等に由来する構成単位（ａ１－１－１）を形成するためには、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、２－（メタ）アクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸、２－（メタ）アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、２－（メタ）アクリロイロキシエチルフタル酸、又は、不飽和多価カルボン酸の無水物等を用いることが好ましく、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、２－（メタ）アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、を用いることがより好ましい。
　上記分子中に少なくとも１個のカルボキシル基を有する不飽和カルボン酸等に由来する構成単位（ａ１－１－１）は、１種単独で構成されていてもよいし、２種以上で構成されていてもよい。 <<< (a1-1-1) Structural Unit Derived from Unsaturated Carboxylic Acid etc. Having at least One Carboxyl Group in the Molecule >>>
Examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid used in the present invention as the structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule include those listed below. . That is, examples of the unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloroacrylic acid, cinnamic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, and 2- (meth) acryloyl. Examples include loxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid and 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid. Examples of the unsaturated dicarboxylic acid include maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, and mesaconic acid. Moreover, the acid anhydride may be sufficient as unsaturated polyhydric carboxylic acid used in order to obtain the structural unit which has a carboxyl group. Specific examples include maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and the like. The unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid may be a mono (2- (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl) ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid, such as succinic acid mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl), succinic acid. Examples thereof include mono (2-methacryloyloxyethyl), mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl) phthalate, and mono (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) phthalate. Further, the unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid may be a mono (meth) acrylate of a dicarboxy polymer at both ends, and examples thereof include ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monoacrylate and ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monomethacrylate. As the unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylic acid-2-carboxyethyl ester, methacrylic acid-2-carboxyethyl ester, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid monoalkyl ester, 4-carboxystyrene and the like can also be used.
Among them, from the viewpoint of developability, in order to form the structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, anhydride of unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid, etc. It is preferable to use acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid.
The structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid or the like having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule may be composed of one kind alone or two or more kinds. May be.
＜＜＜（ａ１－１－２）エチレン性不飽和基と酸無水物由来の構造とを共に有する構成単位＞＞＞
　エチレン性不飽和基と酸無水物由来の構造とを共に有する構成単位（ａ１－１－２）は、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位中に存在する水酸基と酸無水物とを反応させて得られたモノマーに由来する単位であることが好ましい。
　上記酸無水物としては、公知のものが使用でき、具体的には、無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水イタコン酸、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水クロレンド酸等の二塩基酸無水物；無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸無水物、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸無水物などの酸無水物が挙げられる。これらの中では、現像性の観点から、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、又は、無水コハク酸が好ましい。
　上記酸無水物の水酸基に対する反応率は、現像性の観点から、好ましくは１０～１００モル％、より好ましくは３０～１００モル％である。 <<< (a1-1-2) a structural unit having both an ethylenically unsaturated group and a structure derived from an acid anhydride >>>
The structural unit (a1-1-2) having both an ethylenically unsaturated group and a structure derived from an acid anhydride is obtained by reacting a hydroxyl group present in the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group with an acid anhydride. A unit derived from the obtained monomer is preferred.
As the acid anhydride, known ones can be used, and specifically, maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, etc. Dibasic acid anhydrides; acid anhydrides such as trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic anhydride, biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride, and the like. Among these, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, or succinic anhydride is preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
The reaction rate of the acid anhydride with respect to the hydroxyl group is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% from the viewpoint of developability.
－構成単位（ａ１－１）に用いることができる酸分解性基－
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）に用いることができる上記酸分解性基としては上述の酸分解性基を用いることができる。
　これらの酸分解性基の中でもカルボキシル基がアセタールの形で保護された保護カルボキシル基であることが、感光性樹脂組成物の基本物性、特に感度やパターン形状、コンタクトホールの形成性、感光性樹脂組成物の保存安定性の観点から好ましい。更に酸分解性基の中でもカルボキシル基が下記式（ａ１－１０）で表されるアセタールの形で保護された保護カルボキシル基であることが、感度の観点からより好ましい。なお、カルボキシル基が下記式（ａ１－１０）で表されるアセタールの形で保護された保護カルボキシル基である場合、保護カルボキシル基の全体としては、－（Ｃ＝Ｏ）－Ｏ－ＣＲ101Ｒ102（ＯＲ103）の構造となっている。 -Acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1)-
As the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group, the above-mentioned acid-decomposable groups can be used.
Among these acid-decomposable groups, it is a protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal. It is preferable from the viewpoint of the storage stability of the composition. Furthermore, among the acid-decomposable groups, the carboxyl group is more preferably a protected carboxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the following formula (a1-10) from the viewpoint of sensitivity. When the carboxyl group is a protected carboxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the following formula (a1-10), the entire protected carboxyl group is — (C═O) —O—CR 101 R The structure is 102 (OR 103 ).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 （式（ａ１－１０）中、Ｒ101及びＲ102はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又は、アリール基を表し、但し、Ｒ101とＲ102とが共に水素原子の場合を除く。Ｒ103は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。Ｒ101又はＲ102と、Ｒ103とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよい。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 (In formula (a1-10), R 101 and R 102 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, except that R 101 and R 102 are both hydrogen atoms. 103 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 101 or R 102 and R 103 may be linked to form a cyclic ether.)
　上記式（ａ１－１０）中、Ｒ101及びＲ102はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又は、アリール基を表し、上記アルキル基は直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれでもよい。ここで、Ｒ101及びＲ102の双方が水素原子を表すことはなく、Ｒ101及びＲ102の少なくとも一方はアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
　上記式（ａ１－１０中）、Ｒ103は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、上記アルキル基は直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれでもよい。 In formula (a1-10), R 101 and R 102 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Here, both R 101 and R 102 do not represent a hydrogen atom, and at least one of R 101 and R 102 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
In the formula (a1-10), R 103 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
　上記式（ａ１－１０）において、Ｒ101、Ｒ102及びＲ103がアルキル基を表す場合、上記アルキル基は直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のいずれであってもよい。
　上記直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基としては、炭素数１～１２であることが好ましく、炭素数１～６であることがより好ましく、炭素数１～４であることが更に好ましい。具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、ｎ－プロピル基、ｉ－プロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｉ－ブチル基、ｓｅｃ－ブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ｎ－ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ｎ－ヘキシル基、テキシル基（２，３－ジメチル－２－ブチル基）、ｎ－ヘプチル基、ｎ－オクチル基、２－エチルヘキシル基、ｎ－ノニル基、ｎ－デシル基等を挙げることができる。 In the above formula (a1-10), when R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
The linear or branched alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, neopentyl group, n Examples include -hexyl group, texyl group (2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl group), n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group and the like.
　上記環状アルキル基としては、炭素数３～１２であることが好ましく、炭素数４～８であることがより好ましく、炭素数４～６であることが更に好ましい。上記環状アルキル基としては、例えばシクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基等を挙げることができる。 The cyclic alkyl group preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 4 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the cyclic alkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, and an isobornyl group.
　上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、アルコキシ基が例示できる。置換基としてハロゲン原子を有する場合、Ｒ101、Ｒ102、Ｒ103はハロアルキル基となり、置換基としてアリール基を有する場合、Ｒ101、Ｒ102、Ｒ103はアラルキル基となる。
　上記ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が例示され、これらの中でも、フッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましい。
　また、上記アリール基としては、炭素数６～２０のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数６～１２のアリール基がより好ましい。具体的には、フェニル基、α－メチルフェニル基、ナフチル基等が例示でき、アリール基で置換されたアルキル基全体、すなわち、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、α－メチルベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等が例示できる。
　上記アルコキシ基としては、炭素数１～６のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数１～４のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基が更に好ましい。
　また、上記アルキル基がシクロアルキル基である場合、上記シクロアルキル基は置換基として炭素数１～１０の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有していてもよく、アルキル基が直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基である場合には、置換基として炭素数３～１２のシクロアルキル基を有していてもよい。
　これらの置換基は、上記置換基で更に置換されていてもよい。 The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group. When it has a halogen atom as a substituent, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 become a haloalkyl group, and when it has an aryl group as a substituent, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 become an aralkyl group.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and among these, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
Further, the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a phenyl group, an α-methylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, and examples of the entire alkyl group substituted with an aryl group, that is, an aralkyl group include a benzyl group, an α-methylbenzyl group, a phenethyl group, A naphthylmethyl group etc. can be illustrated.
The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
Further, when the alkyl group is a cycloalkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms as a substituent, and the alkyl group is a linear chain. Or a branched alkyl group, it may have a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms as a substituent.
These substituents may be further substituted with the above substituents.
　上記式（ａ１－１０）において、Ｒ101、Ｒ102及びＲ103がアリール基を表す場合、上記アリール基は炭素数６～１２であることが好ましく、炭素数６～１０であることがより好ましい。上記アリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、上記置換基としては炭素数１～６のアルキル基が好ましく例示できる。アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、クメニル基、１－ナフチル基等が例示できる。 In the above formula (a1-10), when R 101 , R 102 and R 103 represent an aryl group, the aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. . The aryl group may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a cumenyl group, and a 1-naphthyl group.
　また、Ｒ101、Ｒ102及びＲ103は互いに結合して、それらが結合している炭素原子と一緒になって環を形成することができる。Ｒ101とＲ102、Ｒ101とＲ103又はＲ102とＲ103が結合した場合の環構造としては、例えばシクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、テトラヒドロフラニル基、アダマンチル基及びテトラヒドロピラニル基等を挙げることができる。 R 101 , R 102 and R 103 can be bonded together to form a ring together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded. Examples of the ring structure when R 101 and R 102 , R 101 and R 103 or R 102 and R 103 are bonded include, for example, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an adamantyl group, and a tetrahydropyrani group. And the like.
　なお、上記式（ａ１－１０）において、Ｒ101及びＲ102のいずれか一方が、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
　また、上記式（ａ１－１０）において、Ｒ103はアルキル基であることが好ましい。 Note that in the above formula (a1-10), any one of R 101 and R 102 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the above formula (a1-10), R 103 is preferably an alkyl group.
　上記式（ａ１－１０）で表される保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体は、市販のものを用いてもよいし、公知の方法で合成したものを用いることもできる。例えば、特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落００３７～００４０に記載の合成方法などで合成することができる。 As the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group represented by the above formula (a1-10), a commercially available one may be used, or one synthesized by a known method Can also be used. For example, it can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in paragraphs 0037 to 0040 of JP2011-212494A.
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）は、下記式で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。 The structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 （式中、Ｒ1及びＲ2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、少なくともＲ1及びＲ2のいずれか一方がアルキル基又はアリール基であり、Ｒ3は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Ｒ1又はＲ2と、Ｒ3とが連結して環状エーテルを形成してもよく、Ｒ4は、水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基を表し、Ｘは単結合又はアリーレン基を表す。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 (In the formula, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 3 is an alkyl group. Or an aryl group, R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X is a single group. Represents a bond or an arylene group.)
　Ｒ1及びＲ2がアルキル基の場合、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基が好ましい。Ｒ1及びＲ2がアリール基の場合、フェニル基が好ましい。Ｒ1及びＲ2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基が好ましい。
　Ｒ3は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基が好ましく、１～６のアルキル基がより好ましい。
　Ｒ4は、水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基を表し、アルキル基は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましく、メチル基であることがより好ましい。
　Ｘは、単結合又はアリーレン基を表し、単結合が好ましい。 When R 1 and R 2 are alkyl groups, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred. When R 1 and R 2 are aryl groups, a phenyl group is preferred. R 1 and R 2 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.
X represents a single bond or an arylene group, and a single bond is preferable.
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）の好ましい具体例としては、下記の構成単位が例示できる。なお、Ｒは水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 As preferred specific examples of the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group, the following structural units can be exemplified. R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
＜＜（ａ１－２）酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位＞＞
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位（ａ１－２）は、フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位が、以下で詳細に説明する酸分解性基によって保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位である。 << (a1-2) Structural Unit Having Protected Phenolic Hydroxyl Group Protected with Acid-Decomposable Group >>
The structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is a protected phenolic group in which the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group described in detail below. A structural unit having a hydroxyl group.
＜＜＜（ａ１－２－１）フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位＞＞＞
　上記フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位としては、ヒドロキシスチレン系構成単位やノボラック系の樹脂における構成単位が挙げられるが、これらの中では、ヒドロキシスチレン又はα－メチルヒドロキシスチレンに由来する構成単位が、感度の観点から好ましい。また、フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位として、下記式（ａ１－２０）で表される構成単位も、感度の観点から好ましい。 <<< (a1-2-1) Structural unit having phenolic hydroxyl group >>>
Examples of the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group include a hydroxystyrene-based structural unit and a structural unit in a novolac-based resin. Among these, a structural unit derived from hydroxystyrene or α-methylhydroxystyrene is sensitive. From the viewpoint of In addition, as a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, a structural unit represented by the following formula (a1-20) is also preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
（式（ａ１－２０）中、Ｒ220は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Ｒ221は単結合又は２価の連結基を表し、Ｒ222はハロゲン原子又は炭素数１～５の直鎖もしくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表し、ａは１～５の整数を表し、ｂは０～４の整数を表し、ａ＋ｂは５以下である。なお、Ｒ222が２以上存在する場合、これらのＲ222は相互に異なっていてもよいし同じでもよい。） (In the formula (a1-20), R 220 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 221 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 222 represents a halogen atom or a linear or branched group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Represents a chain alkyl group, a represents an integer of 1 to 5, b represents an integer of 0 to 4, and a + b is 5 or less, and when R 222 is 2 or more, these R 222 May be different from each other or the same.)
　上記式（ａ１－２０）中、Ｒ220は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、メチル基であることが好ましい。
　また、Ｒ221は単結合又は２価の連結基を表す。単結合である場合には、感度を向上させることができ、更に硬化膜の透明性を向上させることができるので好ましい。Ｒ221の２価の連結基としてはアルキレン基が例示でき、アルキレン基の炭素数は１～１２であることが好ましく、１～８であることがより好ましく、１～６であることが更に好ましい。Ｒ221がアルキレン基である具体例としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、ｎ－ブチレン基、イソブチレン基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、イソペンチレン基、ネオペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基等が挙げられる。中でも、Ｒ221が単結合、メチレン基、エチレン基、又は、プロピレン基であることが好ましい。また、上記２価の連結基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。また、ａは１～５の整数を表すが、本発明の効果の観点や、製造が容易であるという点から、ａは１又は２であることが好ましく、ａが１であることがより好ましい。
　また、ベンゼン環における水酸基の結合位置は、Ｒ221と結合している炭素原子を基準（１位）としたとき、４位に結合していることが好ましい。
　Ｒ222はそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子又は炭素数１～５の直鎖もしくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表す。具体的には、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、イソブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基等が挙げられる。中でも製造が容易であるという点から、塩素原子、臭素原子、メチル基又はエチル基であることが好ましい。
　また、ｂは０又は１～４の整数を表す。 In the above formula (a1-20), R 220 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a methyl group.
R 221 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A single bond is preferable because the sensitivity can be improved and the transparency of the cured film can be further improved. Examples of the divalent linking group for R 221 include an alkylene group, and the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. . Specific examples where R 221 is an alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, an isopropylene group, an n-butylene group, an isobutylene group, a tert-butylene group, a pentylene group, an isopentylene group, a neopentylene group, and a hexylene group. Is mentioned. Among these, R 221 is preferably a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylene group, or a propylene group. Moreover, the said bivalent coupling group may have a substituent and a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent. A represents an integer of 1 to 5, but a is preferably 1 or 2 and more preferably 1 from the viewpoint of the effects of the present invention and the ease of production. .
Further, the bonding position of the hydroxyl group in the benzene ring is preferably bonded to the 4-position when the carbon atom bonded to R 221 is defined as the reference (first position).
R 222 each independently represents a halogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, etc. It is done. Among these, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production.
B represents 0 or an integer of 1 to 4;
－構成単位（ａ１－２）に用いることができる酸分解性基－
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位（ａ１－２）に用いることができる上記酸分解性基としては、上記酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）に用いることができる上記酸分解性基と同様に、公知のものを使用でき、特に限定されない。酸分解性基の中でもｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基等の第三級アルキル基、又は、アセタールで保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位であることが、感光性樹脂組成物の基本物性、特に感度やパターン形状、感光性樹脂組成物の保存安定性、コンタクトホールの形成性の観点から好ましい。更に、酸分解性基の中でもフェノール性水酸基が上記式（ａ１－１０）で表されるアセタールの形で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基であることが、感度の観点からより好ましい。なお、フェノール性水酸基が上記式（ａ１－１０）で表されるアセタールの形で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基である場合、保護フェノール性水酸基の全体としては、－Ａｒ－Ｏ－ＣＲ101Ｒ102（ＯＲ103）の構造となっている。なお、Ａｒはアリーレン基を表す。 -Acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-2)-
The acid-decomposable group that can be used in the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group includes a structure having a protected carboxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group Similar to the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the unit (a1-1), known ones can be used and are not particularly limited. Among the acid-decomposable groups, a structural unit having a tertiary alkyl group such as a tert-butyl group or a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acetal is a basic physical property of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly sensitivity and From the viewpoint of pattern shape, storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition, and formability of contact holes, it is preferable. Furthermore, among the acid-decomposable groups, the phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferably a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the above formula (a1-10) from the viewpoint of sensitivity. When the phenolic hydroxyl group is a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the above formula (a1-10), the entire protected phenolic hydroxyl group is —Ar—O—CR 101 R 102. The structure is (OR 103 ). Ar represents an arylene group.
　フェノール性水酸基のアセタールエステル構造の好ましい例は、Ｒ101＝Ｒ102＝Ｒ103＝メチル基の組み合わせやＲ101＝Ｒ102＝メチル基でＲ103＝ベンジル基の組み合わせ、Ｒ101＝水素原子、Ｒ102＝メチル基、Ｒ103＝エチル基の組み合わせが例示できる。 Preferred examples of the acetal ester structure of a phenolic hydroxyl group include R 101 = R 102 = R 103 = methyl group combination, R 101 = R 102 = methyl group and R 103 = benzyl group combination, R 101 = hydrogen atom, R Examples include combinations of 102 = methyl group and R 103 = ethyl group.
　また、フェノール性水酸基がアセタールの形で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体としては、例えば、特開２０１１－２１５５９０号公報の段落００４２に記載のものなどが挙げられる。
　これらの中で、４－ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートの１－アルコキシアルキル保護体、４－ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートのテトラヒドロピラニル保護体が透明性の観点から好ましい。 Examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used to form a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal include, for example, paragraph 0042 of JP2011-215590A And the like.
Among these, a 1-alkoxyalkyl protector of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate and a tetrahydropyranyl protector of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate are preferable from the viewpoint of transparency.
　フェノール性水酸基のアセタール保護基の具体例としては、１－アルコキシアルキル基が挙げられ、例えば、１－エトキシエチル基、１－メトキシエチル基、１－ｎ－ブトキシエチル基、１－イソブトキシエチル基、１－（２－クロロエトキシ）エチル基、１－（２－エチルヘキシルオキシ）エチル基、１－ｎ－プロポキシエチル基、１－シクロヘキシルオキシエチル基、１－（２－シクロヘキシルエトキシ）エチル基、１－ベンジルオキシエチル基などを挙げることができ、これらは１種単独又は２種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 Specific examples of the acetal protecting group for the phenolic hydroxyl group include a 1-alkoxyalkyl group, such as a 1-ethoxyethyl group, a 1-methoxyethyl group, a 1-n-butoxyethyl group, and a 1-isobutoxyethyl group. 1- (2-chloroethoxy) ethyl group, 1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) ethyl group, 1-n-propoxyethyl group, 1-cyclohexyloxyethyl group, 1- (2-cyclohexylethoxy) ethyl group, 1 -A benzyloxyethyl group etc. can be mentioned, These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位（ａ１－２）を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体は、市販のものを用いてもよいし、公知の方法で合成したものを用いることもできる。例えば、フェノール性水酸基を有する化合物を酸触媒の存在下でビニルエーテルと反応させることにより合成することができる。上記の合成はフェノール性水酸基を有するモノマーをその他のモノマーと予め共重合させておき、その後に酸触媒の存在下でビニルエーテルと反応させてもよい。 As the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected by the acid-decomposable group, a commercially available one may be used, or a known method may be used. What was synthesize | combined by can also be used. For example, it can be synthesized by reacting a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group with vinyl ether in the presence of an acid catalyst. In the above synthesis, a monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group may be previously copolymerized with another monomer, and then reacted with vinyl ether in the presence of an acid catalyst.
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位（ａ１－２）の好ましい具体例としては、ｔ－ブトキシスチレン、及び、下記の構成単位が例示できるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記具体例中、Ｒは水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 Preferable specific examples of the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group include t-butoxystyrene and the following structural units. It is not limited. In the following specific examples, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
　酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位（ａ１）として、下記式で表される構成単位が特に好ましい態様として例示される。 As the structural unit (a1) having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, a structural unit represented by the following formula is exemplified as a particularly preferred embodiment.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 （式中、Ｒ121は水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基を表し、Ｌ1はカルボニル基又はフェニレン基を表し、Ｒ122～Ｒ128はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基を表す。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 Wherein R 121 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, L 1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group, and R 122 to R 128 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Represents an alkyl group of
　Ｒ121は水素原子又はメチル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
　Ｌ1はカルボニル基が好ましい。
　Ｒ122～Ｒ128は、水素原子が好ましい。 R 121 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
L 1 is preferably a carbonyl group.
R 122 to R 128 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
－構成単位（ａ１）の好ましい態様－
　上記構成単位（ａ１）を有する重合体が、実質的に、構成単位（ａ２）を有しない場合、構成単位（ａ１）は、構成単位（ａ１）を有する重合体中、２０～１００モル％が好ましく、３０～９０モル％がより好ましい。
　上記構成単位（ａ１）を有する重合体が、下記構成単位（ａ２）を有する場合、構成単位（ａ１）は、構成単位（ａ１）と構成単位（ａ２）とを有する重合体中、感度の観点から３～７０モル％が好ましく、１０～６０モル％がより好ましい。また、特に上記構成単位（ａ１）が、カルボキシル基がアセタールの形で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位である場合、２０～５０モル％が好ましい。
　なお、本発明において、「構成単位」の含有量をモル比で規定する場合、当該「構成単位」は「モノマー単位」と同義であるものとする。また、本発明において当該「モノマー単位」は、高分子反応等により重合後に修飾されていてもよい。以下においても同様である。 -Preferred embodiment of the structural unit (a1)-
When the polymer having the structural unit (a1) does not substantially have the structural unit (a2), the structural unit (a1) is 20 to 100 mol% in the polymer having the structural unit (a1). Preferably, 30 to 90 mol% is more preferable.
When the polymer having the structural unit (a1) has the following structural unit (a2), the structural unit (a1) is a viewpoint of sensitivity in the polymer having the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). 3 to 70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 60 mol% is more preferable. In particular, when the structural unit (a1) is a structural unit having a protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal, 20 to 50 mol% is preferable.
In the present invention, when the content of the “structural unit” is defined in terms of molar ratio, the “structural unit” is synonymous with the “monomer unit”. In the present invention, the “monomer unit” may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
　上記酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）は、上記酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位（ａ１－２）に比べると、現像が速いという特徴がある。よって、速く現像したい場合には酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位（ａ１－１）が好ましい。逆に現像を遅くしたい場合には酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位（ａ１－２）を用いることが好ましい。 The structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is more developed than the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with the acid-decomposable group. Is characterized by being fast. Therefore, when it is desired to develop quickly, the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group is preferred. Conversely, when it is desired to delay the development, it is preferable to use the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group.
＜（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位＞
　成分Ａは、架橋性基を有する構成単位（ａ２）を有する重合体を含有する。上記架橋性基は、加熱処理で硬化反応を起こす基であれば特に限定はされない。好ましい架橋性基を有する構成単位の態様としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、－ＮＨ－ＣＨ2－Ｏ－Ｒ（Ｒは水素原子又は炭素数１～２０のアルキル基を表す。）で表される基及びエチレン性不飽和基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも１つを含む構成単位が挙げられ、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、及び、－ＮＨ－ＣＨ2－Ｏ－Ｒ（Ｒは水素原子又は炭素数１～２０のアルキル基を表す。）で表される基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも１種であることが好ましい。その中でも、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、上記成分Ａが、エポキシ基及びオキセタニル基のうち少なくとも１つを含む構成単位を含むことがより好ましい。より詳細には、以下のものが挙げられる。 <(A2) Structural unit having a crosslinkable group>
Component A contains a polymer having a structural unit (a2) having a crosslinkable group. The crosslinkable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that causes a curing reaction by heat treatment. Preferred embodiments of the structural unit having a crosslinkable group are represented by an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and —NH—CH 2 —O—R (R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). And a structural unit containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an ethylenically unsaturated group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and —NH—CH 2 —O—R (R represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number) It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups represented by 1 to 20 alkyl groups). Among them, in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, it is more preferable that the component A includes a structural unit containing at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. In more detail, the following are mentioned.
＜＜（ａ２－１）エポキシ基及び／又はオキセタニル基を有する構成単位＞＞
　成分Ａは、エポキシ基及び／又はオキセタニル基を有する構成単位（構成単位（ａ２－１））を有する重合体を含有することが好ましい。３員環の環状エーテル基はエポキシ基とも呼ばれ、４員環の環状エーテル基はオキセタニル基とも呼ばれる。
　上記エポキシ基及び／又はオキセタニル基を有する構成単位（ａ２－１）は、１つの構成単位中にエポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を少なくとも１つ有していればよく、１つ以上のエポキシ基及び１つ以上オキセタニル基、２つ以上のエポキシ基、又は、２つ以上のオキセタニル基を有していてもよく、特に限定されないが、エポキシ基及び／又はオキセタニル基を合計１～３つ有することが好ましく、エポキシ基及び／又はオキセタニル基を合計１又は２つ有することがより好ましく、エポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を１つ有することが更に好ましい。 << (a2-1) Structural Unit Having Epoxy Group and / or Oxetanyl Group >>
Component A preferably contains a polymer having a structural unit (structural unit (a2-1)) having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group. A 3-membered cyclic ether group is also called an epoxy group, and a 4-membered cyclic ether group is also called an oxetanyl group.
The structural unit (a2-1) having an epoxy group and / or oxetanyl group may have at least one epoxy group or oxetanyl group in one structural unit, one or more epoxy groups and one It may have an oxetanyl group, two or more epoxy groups, or two or more oxetanyl groups, and is not particularly limited, but preferably has a total of 1 to 3 epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups, It is more preferable to have one or two epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups in total, and it is even more preferable to have one epoxy group or oxetanyl group.
　エポキシ基を有する構成単位を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体の具体例としては、例えば、アクリル酸グリシジル、メタクリル酸グリシジル、α－エチルアクリル酸グリシジル、α－ｎ－プロピルアクリル酸グリシジル、α－ｎ－ブチルアクリル酸グリシジル、アクリル酸－３，４－エポキシブチル、メタクリル酸－３，４－エポキシブチル、アクリル酸－３，４－エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル、メタクリル酸－３，４－エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル、α－エチルアクリル酸－３，４－エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル、ｏ－ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、ｍ－ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、ｐ－ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、特許第４１６８４４３号公報の段落００３１～００３５に記載の脂環式エポキシ骨格を含有する化合物などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
　オキセタニル基を有する構成単位を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体の具体例としては、例えば、特開２００１－３３０９５３号公報の段落００１１～００１６に記載のオキセタニル基を有する（メタ）アクリル酸エステルなどが挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
　上記エポキシ基及び／又はオキセタニル基を有する構成単位（ａ２－１）を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体の具体例としては、メタクリル酸エステル構造を含有するモノマー、アクリル酸エステル構造を含有するモノマーであることが好ましい。 Specific examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having an epoxy group include, for example, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl α-ethyl acrylate, and glycidyl α-n-propyl acrylate. Glycidyl α-n-butyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl methacrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methacrylate Methyl, α-ethylacrylic acid-3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, described in paragraphs 0031 to 0035 of Japanese Patent No. 4168443 Alicyclic epoch Such compounds may be mentioned containing shea skeleton, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Specific examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having an oxetanyl group include, for example, a (meth) acryl having an oxetanyl group described in paragraphs 0011 to 0016 of JP-A No. 2001-330953. Acid esters, and the like, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Specific examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (a2-1) having the epoxy group and / or oxetanyl group include a monomer having a methacrylic ester structure and an acrylic ester structure. It is preferable that it is a monomer to contain.
　これらの中でも好ましいものは、メタクリル酸グリシジル、アクリル酸３，４－エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル、メタクリル酸３，４－エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル、アクリル酸（３－エチルオキセタン－３－イル）メチル、及び、メタクリル酸（３－エチルオキセタン－３－イル）メチルである。これらの構成単位は、１種単独又は２種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 Among these, glycidyl methacrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate, (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid ( 3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl. These structural units can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
　エポキシ基及び／又はオキセタニル基を有する構成単位（ａ２－１）の好ましい具体例としては、下記の構成単位が例示できる。なお、Ｒは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 As preferred specific examples of the structural unit (a2-1) having an epoxy group and / or oxetanyl group, the following structural units can be exemplified. R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
＜＜（ａ２－２）エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位＞＞
　上記架橋性基を有する構成単位（ａ２）の１つとして、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位（ａ２－２）が挙げられる（以下、「構成単位（ａ２－２）」ともいう。）。上記エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位（ａ２－２）としては、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位が好ましく、末端にエチレン性不飽和基を有し、炭素数３～１６の側鎖を有する構成単位がより好ましい。 << (a2-2) Structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group >>
One example of the structural unit (a2) having a crosslinkable group is a structural unit (a2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group (hereinafter also referred to as “structural unit (a2-2)”). The structural unit (a2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, having an ethylenically unsaturated group at the terminal, and having 3 to 16 carbon atoms. A structural unit having a side chain is more preferred.
　その他、（ａ２－２）エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位については、特開２０１１－２１５５８０号公報の段落００７２～００９０の記載及び特開２００８－２５６９７４号公報の段落００１３～００３１の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition, regarding the structural unit (a2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group, refer to the description in paragraphs 0072 to 0090 of JP2011-215580A and the description of paragraphs 0013 to 0031 in JP2008-256974A. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
＜＜（ａ２－３）－ＮＨ－ＣＨ2－Ｏ－Ｒ（Ｒは水素原子又は炭素数１～２０のアルキル基を表す。）で表される基を有する構成単位＞＞
　上記架橋性基を有する構成単位（ａ２）としては、－ＮＨ－ＣＨ2－Ｏ－Ｒ（Ｒは水素原子又は炭素数１～２０のアルキル基を表す。）で表される基を有する構成単位（ａ２－３）も好ましい。構成単位（ａ２－３）を有することで、緩やかな加熱処理で硬化反応を起こすことができ、諸特性に優れた硬化膜を得ることができる。ここで、Ｒは炭素数１～２０のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数１～９のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数１～４のアルキル基が更に好ましい。また、アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であることが好ましい。構成単位（ａ２－３）は、下記式（ａ２－３０）で表される基を有する構成単位であることがより好ましい。 << (a2-3) -NH-CH 2 —O—R (R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms)}
As the structural unit (a2) having a crosslinkable group, a structural unit having a group represented by —NH—CH 2 —O—R (R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). (A2-3) is also preferable. By having the structural unit (a2-3), a curing reaction can be caused by a mild heat treatment, and a cured film having excellent characteristics can be obtained. Here, R is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group. The structural unit (a2-3) is more preferably a structural unit having a group represented by the following formula (a2-30).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 （式（ａ２－３０）中、Ｒ31は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Ｒ32は炭素数１～２０のアルキル基を表す。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 (In the formula (a2-30), R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 32 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.)
　Ｒ32は、炭素数１～９のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数１～４のアルキル基が更に好ましい。また、アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、好ましくは、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基である。
　Ｒ32の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、ｎ－プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｉ－ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、ｎ－ヘキシル基を挙げることができる。中でも、ｉ－ブチル基、ｎ－ブチル基、メチル基が好ましい。 R 32 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group.
Specific examples of R 32 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, cyclohexyl group, and n-hexyl group. Of these, i-butyl group, n-butyl group and methyl group are preferable.
－構成単位（ａ２）の好ましい態様－
　上記構成単位（ａ２）を有する重合体が、実質的に、構成単位（ａ１）を有しない場合、構成単位（ａ２）は、構成単位（ａ２）を有する重合体中、５～９０モル％が好ましく、２０～８０モル％がより好ましい。
　上記構成単位（ａ２）を有する重合体が、上記構成単位（ａ１）を有する場合、構成単位（ａ２）は、構成単位（ａ１）と構成単位（ａ２）を有する重合体中、薬品耐性の観点から３～７０モル％が好ましく、１０～６０モル％がより好ましい。
　本発明では、更に、いずれの態様にかかわらず、成分Ａの全構成単位中、構成単位（ａ２）を３～７０モル％含有することが好ましく、１０～６０モル％含有することがより好ましい。
　上記の数値の範囲内であると、感光性樹脂組成物から得られる硬化膜の透明性及び薬品耐性が良好となる。 -Preferred embodiment of the structural unit (a2)-
When the polymer having the structural unit (a2) does not substantially have the structural unit (a1), the structural unit (a2) is 5 to 90 mol% in the polymer having the structural unit (a2). 20 to 80 mol% is more preferable.
In the case where the polymer having the structural unit (a2) has the structural unit (a1), the structural unit (a2) is a chemical resistant viewpoint in the polymer having the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). 3 to 70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
In the present invention, the structural unit (a2) is preferably contained in an amount of 3 to 70 mol%, more preferably 10 to 60 mol%, in all the structural units of Component A, regardless of any embodiment.
Within the above numerical range, the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition has good transparency and chemical resistance.
＜（ａ３）その他の構成単位＞
　本発明において、成分Ａは、上記構成単位（ａ１）及び／又は（ａ２）に加えて、これら以外の他の構成単位（ａ３）を有していてもよい。これらの構成単位は、上記重合体成分（１）及び／又は（２）が含んでいてもよい。また、上記重合体成分（１）又は（２）とは別に、実質的に構成単位（ａ１）及び構成単位（ａ２）を含まずに他の構成単位（ａ３）を有する重合体成分を有していてもよい。上記重合体成分（１）又は（２）とは別に、実質的に構成単位（ａ１）及び構成単位（ａ２）を有さずに他の構成単位（ａ３）を有する重合体成分を含む場合、重合体成分の配合量は、全重合体成分中、６０質量％以下であることが好ましく、４０質量％以下であることがより好ましく、２０質量％以下であることが更に好ましい。また、１質量％以上であることが好ましく、５質量％以上であることがより好ましい。 <(A3) Other structural units>
In the present invention, component A may have another structural unit (a3) in addition to the structural units (a1) and / or (a2). These structural units may be contained in the polymer component (1) and / or (2). In addition to the polymer component (1) or (2), the polymer component has another structural unit (a3) substantially free from the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). It may be. Apart from the polymer component (1) or (2), in the case of containing a polymer component having other structural unit (a3) substantially without the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2), The blending amount of the polymer component is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less in all polymer components. Moreover, it is preferable that it is 1 mass% or more, and it is more preferable that it is 5 mass% or more.
　その他の構成単位（ａ３）となるモノマーとしては、特に制限はなく、例えば、スチレン類、（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル、（メタ）アクリル酸環状アルキルエステル、（メタ）アクリル酸アリールエステル、不飽和ジカルボン酸ジエステル、ビシクロ不飽和化合物類、マレイミド化合物類、不飽和芳香族化合物、共役ジエン系化合物、不飽和モノカルボン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸無水物、その他の不飽和化合物を挙げることができる。また、後述するとおり、酸基を有する構成単位を有していてもよい。その他の構成単位（ａ３）となるモノマーは、１種単独又は２種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a monomer used as another structural unit (a3), For example, styrenes, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid cyclic alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester, unsaturated Dicarboxylic acid diesters, bicyclounsaturated compounds, maleimide compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid anhydrides, and other unsaturated compounds be able to. Moreover, you may have the structural unit which has an acid group so that it may mention later. The monomer which becomes another structural unit (a3) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
　その他の構成単位（ａ３）は、具体的には、スチレン、メチルスチレン、ヒドロキシスチレン、α－メチルスチレン、アセトキシスチレン、メトキシスチレン、エトキシスチレン、クロロスチレン、ビニル安息香酸メチル、ビニル安息香酸エチル、４－ヒドロキシ安息香酸（３－メタクリロイルオキシプロピル）エステル、（メタ）アクリル酸、（メタ）アクリル酸メチル、（メタ）アクリル酸エチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－プロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシエチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸ベンジル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソボルニル、アクリロニトリル、エチレングリコールモノアセトアセテートモノ（メタ）アクリレートなどによる構成単位を挙げることができる。この他、特開２００４－２６４６２３号公報の段落００２１～００２４に記載の化合物を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the other structural unit (a3) include styrene, methylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, α-methylstyrene, acetoxystyrene, methoxystyrene, ethoxystyrene, chlorostyrene, methyl vinylbenzoate, ethyl vinylbenzoate, 4 -Hydroxybenzoic acid (3-methacryloyloxypropyl) ester, (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, ( Constitutional unit composed of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, acrylonitrile, ethylene glycol monoacetoacetate mono (meth) acrylate, etc. It can be mentioned. In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0024 of JP-A No. 2004-264623 can be exemplified.
　また、その他の構成単位（ａ３）としては、スチレン類、又は、脂肪族環式骨格を有するモノマー由来の構成単位が、電気特性の観点で好ましい。具体的にはスチレン、メチルスチレン、ヒドロキシスチレン、α－メチルスチレン、ジシクロペンタニル（メタ）アクリレート、シクロヘキシル（メタ）アクリレート、イソボルニル（メタ）アクリレート、ベンジル（メタ）アクリレート等が挙げられる。 As the other structural unit (a3), a structural unit derived from a monomer having a styrene or an aliphatic cyclic skeleton is preferable from the viewpoint of electrical characteristics. Specific examples include styrene, methylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, α-methylstyrene, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, and benzyl (meth) acrylate.
　更にまた、その他の構成単位（ａ３）としては、（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位が、密着性の観点で好ましい。具体的には（メタ）アクリル酸メチル、（メタ）アクリル酸エチル、（メタ）アクリル酸プロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－ブチル等が挙げられ、（メタ）アクリル酸メチルがより好ましい。重合体を構成する構成単位中、上記の構成単位（ａ３）の含有率は、６０モル％以下が好ましく、５０モル％以下がより好ましく、４０モル％以下が更に好ましい。下限値としては、０モル％でもよいが、例えば、１モル％以上とすることが好ましく、５モル％以上とすることがより好ましい。上記の数値の範囲内であると、感光性樹脂組成物から得られる硬化膜の諸特性が良好となる。 Furthermore, as the other structural unit (a3), a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion. Specific examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and methyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable. In the structural unit constituting the polymer, the content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, and still more preferably 40 mol% or less. As a lower limit, although 0 mol% may be sufficient, it is preferable to set it as 1 mol% or more, for example, and it is more preferable to set it as 5 mol% or more. When it is within the above numerical range, various properties of the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition are improved.
　成分Ａに含まれる重合体は、その他の構成単位（ａ３）として、酸基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。重合体が酸基を有することにより、アルカリ性の現像液に溶けやすくなり、本発明の効果がより効果的に発揮される。本発明における酸基とは、ｐＫａが１０．５より小さいプロトン解離性基を意味する。酸基は、通常、酸基を形成しうるモノマーを用いて、酸基を含む構成単位として、重合体に組み込まれる。このような酸基を含む構成単位を重合体中に含めることにより、アルカリ性の現像液に対して溶けやすくなる傾向にある。
　本発明で用いられる酸基としては、カルボン酸基、スルホンアミド基、ホスホン酸基、スルホン酸基、フェノール性水酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、並びに、これらの酸基の酸無水物基、及び、これらの酸基を中和し塩構造とした基等が例示され、カルボン酸基及び／又はフェノール性水酸基が好ましい。上記塩としては、特に制限はないが、アルカリ金属塩、アルカリ土類金属塩、及び、有機アンモニウム塩が好ましく例示できる。
　本発明で用いられる酸基を含む構成単位は、スチレンに由来する構成単位や、ビニル化合物に由来する構成単位、（メタ）アクリル酸及び／又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位であることがより好ましい。例えば、特開２０１２－８８４５９号公報の段落００２１～００２３及び段落００２９～００４４記載の化合物を用いることができ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。中でも、ｐ－ヒドロキシスチレン、（メタ）アクリル酸、マレイン酸、無水マレイン酸に由来する構成単位が好ましい。 The polymer contained in Component A preferably has a structural unit having an acid group as the other structural unit (a3). When the polymer has an acid group, the polymer easily dissolves in an alkaline developer, and the effects of the present invention are more effectively exhibited. The acid group in the present invention means a proton dissociable group having a pKa of less than 10.5. The acid group is usually incorporated into the polymer as a structural unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group. By including such a structural unit containing an acid group in the polymer, the polymer tends to be easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
Examples of the acid group used in the present invention include a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a phosphonic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, and acid anhydride groups of these acid groups, And the group etc. which neutralized these acid groups and made it into salt structure are illustrated, and a carboxylic acid group and / or a phenolic hydroxyl group are preferable. Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular as said salt, An alkali metal salt, alkaline-earth metal salt, and organic ammonium salt can illustrate preferably.
The structural unit containing an acid group used in the present invention is more preferably a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof. . For example, compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0023 and paragraphs 0029 to 0044 of JP2012-88459A can be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Of these, structural units derived from p-hydroxystyrene, (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, and maleic anhydride are preferred.
　本発明では、上記重合体成分（１）又は（２）とは別に、実質的に構成単位（ａ１）及び構成単位（ａ２）を含まずに他の構成単位（ａ３）を有する重合体を含んでいてもよい。
　このような重合体としては、側鎖にカルボキシル基を有する樹脂が好ましい。例えば、特開昭５９－４４６１５号、特公昭５４－３４３２７号、特公昭５８－１２５７７号、特公昭５４－２５９５７号、特開昭５９－５３８３６号、特開昭５９－７１０４８号の各公報に記載されているような、メタクリル酸共重合体、アクリル酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、クロトン酸共重合体、マレイン酸共重合体、部分エステル化マレイン酸共重合体等、並びに側鎖にカルボキシル基を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、水酸基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加させたもの等が挙げられ、更に側鎖に（メタ）アクリロイル基を有する高分子重合体も好ましいものとして挙げられる。 In the present invention, apart from the polymer component (1) or (2), a polymer having another structural unit (a3) substantially not including the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2) is included. You may go out.
As such a polymer, a resin having a carboxyl group in the side chain is preferable. For example, JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12777, JP-B-54-25957, JP-A-59-53836, JP-A-59-71048 As described, methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc., and side chain Examples thereof include acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group, those obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, and high molecular polymers having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain.
　例えば、ベンジル（メタ）アクリレート／（メタ）アクリル酸共重合体、２－ヒドロキシエチル（メタ）アクリレート／ベンジル（メタ）アクリレート／（メタ）アクリル酸共重合体、特開平７－１４０６５４号公報に記載の、２－ヒドロキシプロピル（メタ）アクリレート／ポリスチレンマクロモノマー／ベンジルメタクリレート／メタクリル酸共重合体、２－ヒドロキシ－３－フェノキシプロピルアクリレート／ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー／ベンジルメタクリレート／メタクリル酸共重合体、２－ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート／ポリスチレンマクロモノマー／メチルメタクリレート／メタクリル酸共重合体、２－ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート／ポリスチレンマクロモノマー／ベンジルメタクリレート／メタクリル酸共重合体などが挙げられる。
　その他にも、特開平７－２０７２１１号公報、特開平８－２５９８７６号公報、特開平１０－３００９２２号公報、特開平１１－１４０１４４号公報、特開平１１－１７４２２４号公報、特開２０００－５６１１８号公報、特開２００３－２３３１７９号公報、特開２００９－５２０２０号公報等に記載の公知の高分子化合物を使用することができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
　これらの重合体は、１種類のみ含んでいてもよいし、２種類以上含んでいてもよい。 For example, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, described in JP-A-7-140654 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2 -Hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid Copolymer and the like.
In addition, JP-A-7-207211, JP-A-8-259876, JP-A-10-300922, JP-A-11-140144, JP-A-11-174224, JP-A-2000-56118 Known polymer compounds described in JP-A-2003-233179, JP-A-2009-52020, and the like can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
These polymers may contain only 1 type and may contain 2 or more types.
　これらの重合体として、市販されている、ＳＭＡ　１０００Ｐ、ＳＭＡ　２０００Ｐ、ＳＭＡ　３０００Ｐ、ＳＭＡ　１４４０Ｆ、ＳＭＡ　１７３５２Ｐ、ＳＭＡ　２６２５Ｐ、ＳＭＡ　３８４０Ｆ（以上、サートマー社製）、ＡＲＵＦＯＮ　ＵＣ－３０００、ＡＲＵＦＯＮ　ＵＣ－３５１０、ＡＲＵＦＯＮ　ＵＣ－３９００、ＡＲＵＦＯＮ　ＵＣ－３９１０、ＡＲＵＦＯＮ　ＵＣ－３９２０、ＡＲＵＦＯＮ　ＵＣ－３０８０（以上、東亞合成（株）製）、ＪＯＮＣＲＹＬ　６９０、ＪＯＮＣＲＹＬ　６７８、ＪＯＮＣＲＹＬ　６７、ＪＯＮＣＲＹＬ　５８６（以上、ＢＡＳＦ社製）等を用いることもできる。 As these polymers, commercially available SMA 1000P, SMA 2000P, SMA 3000P, SMA 1440F, SMA 17352P, SMA 2625P, SMA 3840F (above, manufactured by Sartomer), ARUFON UC-3000, ARUFON UC-3510, ARUFON UC-3900, ARUFON UC-3910, ARUFON UC-3920, ARUFON UC-3080 (above, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), JONCRYL 690, JONCRYL 678, JONCRYL 67, JONCRYL 586 (above, manufactured by BASF), etc. are used. You can also.
　本発明では、特に、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位、又は、フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位を含有することが、感度の観点で好ましい。例えば、特開２０１２－８８４５９号公報の段落００２１～００２３及び段落００２９～００４４記載の化合物を用いることができ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 In the present invention, it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity to contain a structural unit having a carboxyl group or a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group. For example, compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0023 and paragraphs 0029 to 0044 of JP2012-88459A can be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
　酸基を含む構成単位は、全重合体成分の構成単位の１～８０モル％が好ましく、１～５０モル％がより好ましく、５～４０モル％が更に好ましく、５～３０モル％が特に好ましく、５～２０モル％が最も好ましい。 The structural unit containing an acid group is preferably from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 40 mol%, particularly preferably from 5 to 30 mol%, based on the structural units of all polymer components. Most preferred is 5 to 20 mol%.
　以下に、本発明における重合体成分の好ましい実施形態を挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
－第１の実施形態－
　重合体成分（１）が、更に、１種又は２種以上のその他の構成単位（ａ３）を有する態様。
－第２の実施形態－
　重合体成分（２）の（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を有する重合体が、更に、１種又は２種以上のその他の構成単位（ａ３）を有する態様。
－第３の実施形態－
　重合体成分（２）の（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体が、更に、１種又は２種以上のその他の構成単位（ａ３）を有する態様。
－第４の実施形態－
　上記第１～第３の実施形態のいずれかにおいて、その他の構成単位（ａ３）として、少なくとも酸基を含む構成単位をいずれかの重合体に有する態様。
－第５の実施形態－
　上記重合体成分（１）又は（２）とは別に、更に、実質的に構成単位（ａ１）及び構成単位（ａ２）を有さずに他の構成単位（ａ３）を有する重合体を有する態様。
－第６の実施形態－
　上記第１～第５の実施形態の２以上の組み合わせからなる態様。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the polymer component in the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
-First embodiment-
The aspect in which the polymer component (1) further has one or more other structural units (a3).
-Second Embodiment-
The polymer having a structural unit in which the (a1) acid group of the polymer component (2) has a group protected with an acid-decomposable group further has one or more other structural units (a3). Aspect.
-Third embodiment-
The aspect which the polymer which has a structural unit which has a (a2) crosslinkable group of a polymer component (2) further has 1 type, or 2 or more types of other structural units (a3).
-Fourth Embodiment-
In any one of the first to third embodiments, any polymer includes a structural unit containing at least an acid group as the other structural unit (a3).
-Fifth embodiment-
In addition to the polymer component (1) or (2), an embodiment having a polymer having another structural unit (a3) substantially not having the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). .
-Sixth embodiment-
A mode comprising a combination of two or more of the first to fifth embodiments.
－成分Ａにおける重合体の分子量－
　成分Ａにおける重合体の分子量は、ポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量で、好ましくは１，０００～２００，０００、より好ましくは２，０００～５０，０００の範囲である。上記の数値の範囲内であると、諸特性が良好である。数平均分子量Ｍｎと重量平均分子量Ｍｗとの比（分散度、Ｍｗ／Ｍｎ）は１．０～５．０が好ましく、１．５～３．５がより好ましい。 -Molecular weight of polymer in component A-
The molecular weight of the polymer in Component A is a polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight, preferably in the range of 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000. Various characteristics are favorable in the range of said numerical value. The ratio (dispersity, Mw / Mn) between the number average molecular weight Mn and the weight average molecular weight Mw is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.5 to 3.5.
－成分Ａにおける重合体の製造方法－
　また、成分Ａにおける重合体の合成法についても、様々な方法が知られているが、一例を挙げると、少なくとも上記構成単位（ａ１）及び上記構成単位（ａ３）を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体を含むラジカル重合性単量体混合物を有機溶剤中、ラジカル重合開始剤を用いて重合することにより合成することができる。また、いわゆる高分子反応で合成することもできる。 -Method for producing polymer in component A-
Various methods for synthesizing the polymer in Component A are also known. To give an example, radicals used to form at least the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a3). It can be synthesized by polymerizing a radical polymerizable monomer mixture containing a polymerizable monomer in an organic solvent using a radical polymerization initiator. It can also be synthesized by a so-called polymer reaction.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物中における成分Ａの含有量は、成分Ｃを除く感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、２０～９９．９質量％であることが好ましく、５０～９８質量％であることがより好ましく、７０～９５質量％であることが更に好ましい。含有量がこの範囲であると、現像した際のパターン形成性が良好となり、また、より高屈折率の硬化物が得られる。なお、感光性樹脂組成物の固形分量とは、溶剤などの揮発性成分を除いた量を表す。 The content of component A in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20 to 99.9% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition excluding component C, and is preferably 50 to 98. More preferably, it is more preferably 70% to 95% by weight. When the content is within this range, the pattern formability during development is good, and a cured product having a higher refractive index can be obtained. In addition, the solid content amount of the photosensitive resin composition represents an amount excluding volatile components such as a solvent.
（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤を含有する。本発明で使用される光酸発生剤（「成分Ｂ」ともいう。）としては、波長３００ｎｍ以上、好ましくは波長３００～４５０ｎｍの活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物が好ましいが、その化学構造に制限されるものではない。また、波長３００ｎｍ以上の活性光線に直接感応しない光酸発生剤についても、増感剤と併用することによって波長３００ｎｍ以上の活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物であれば、増感剤と組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。本発明で使用される光酸発生剤としては、ｐＫａが４以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤が好ましく、ｐＫａが３以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤がより好ましく、ｐＫａが２以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤が最も好ましい。また、ｐＫａは－１５以上であることが好ましい。 (Component B) Photoacid Generator The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (Component B) a photoacid generator. The photoacid generator (also referred to as “component B”) used in the present invention is preferably a compound that generates an acid in response to an active ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300 to 450 nm. The structure is not limited. Further, a photoacid generator that is not directly sensitive to an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more can also be used as a sensitizer if it is a compound that reacts with an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. It can be preferably used in combination. The photoacid generator used in the present invention is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less, and a pKa of 2 or less. Most preferred is a photoacid generator that generates an acid. Further, pKa is preferably −15 or more.
　光酸発生剤の例として、トリクロロメチル－ｓ－トリアジン類、スルホニウム塩やヨードニウム塩、第四級アンモニウム塩類、ジアゾメタン化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、及び、オキシムスルホネート化合物などを挙げることができる。これらの中でも、絶縁性、感度の観点から、オキシムスルホネート化合物を用いることが好ましい。これら光酸発生剤は、１種単独又は２種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。トリクロロメチル－ｓ－トリアジン類、ジアリールヨードニウム塩類、トリアリールスルホニウム塩類、第四級アンモニウム塩類、及び、ジアゾメタン誘導体の具体例としては、特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落００８３～００８８に記載の化合物が例示でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the photoacid generator include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, sulfonium salts and iodonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. Among these, it is preferable to use an oxime sulfonate compound from the viewpoint of insulation and sensitivity. These photoacid generators can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of trichloromethyl-s-triazines, diaryliodonium salts, triarylsulfonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and diazomethane derivatives include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP2011-212494A. These can be illustrated and their contents are incorporated herein.
　オキシムスルホネート化合物、すなわち、オキシムスルホネート構造を有する化合物としては、下記式（Ｂ１）で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含有する化合物が好ましく例示できる。 Preferred examples of the oxime sulfonate compound, that is, a compound having an oxime sulfonate structure include compounds having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the following formula (B1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 （式（Ｂ１）中、Ｒ21は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、波線部分は他の基との結合箇所を表す。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 (In the formula (B1), R 21 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and a wavy line represents a bonding site with another group.)
　いずれの基も置換されてもよく、Ｒ21におけるアルキル基は直鎖状でも分岐状でも環状でもよい。許容される置換基は以下に説明する。
　Ｒ21のアルキル基としては、炭素数１～１０の、直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。Ｒ21のアルキル基は、炭素数６～１１のアリール基、炭素数１～１０のアルコキシ基、又は、シクロアルキル基（７，７－ジメチル－２－オキソノルボルニル基などの有橋脂環式基を含む、好ましくはビシクロアルキル基等）で置換されてもよい。
　Ｒ21のアリール基としては、炭素数６～１１のアリール基が好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基がより好ましい。Ｒ21のアリール基は、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基、炭素数１～１０のアルコキシ基又はハロゲン原子で置換されてもよい。 Any group may be substituted, and the alkyl group in R 21 may be linear, branched or cyclic. Acceptable substituents are described below.
The alkyl group for R 21 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of R 21 is an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group (7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornyl group or other bridged alicyclic ring). It may be substituted with a formula group, preferably a bicycloalkyl group or the like.
As the aryl group for R 21, an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable, and a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable. The aryl group of R 21 may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
　上記式（Ｂ１）で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含有する上記化合物は、下記式（Ｂ２）で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物であることも好ましい。 The above compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (B2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 （式（Ｂ２）中、Ｒ42は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Ｘは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、ｍ４は、０～３の整数を表し、ｍ４が２又は３であるとき、複数のＸは同一でも異なっていてもよい。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 (In the formula (B2), R 42 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, X represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom, m4 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and m4 is 2 or 3. In some cases, multiple Xs may be the same or different.)
　Ｘとしてのアルキル基は、炭素数１～４の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。
　Ｘとしてのアルコキシ基は、炭素数１～４の直鎖状又は分岐状アルコキシ基が好ましい。
　Ｘとしてのハロゲン原子は、塩素原子又はフッ素原子が好ましい。
　ｍ４は、０又は１が好ましい。上記式（Ｂ２）中、ｍ４が１であり、Ｘがメチル基であり、Ｘの置換位置がオルト位であり、Ｒ42が炭素数１～１０の直鎖状アルキル基、７，７－ジメチル－２－オキソノルボルニルメチル基、又は、ｐ－トルイル基である化合物が特に好ましい。 The alkyl group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The alkoxy group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The halogen atom as X is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
m4 is preferably 0 or 1. In the above formula (B2), m4 is 1, X is a methyl group, the substitution position of X is the ortho position, R 42 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl A compound having a -2-oxonorbornylmethyl group or a p-toluyl group is particularly preferable.
　上記式（Ｂ１）で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含有する化合物は、下記式（Ｂ３）で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物であることも好ましい。 The compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (B3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 （式（Ｂ３）中、Ｒ43は式（Ｂ２）におけるＲ42と同義であり、Ｘ1は、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、炭素数１～４のアルキル基、炭素数１～４のアルコキシ基、シアノ基又はニトロ基を表し、ｎ４は０～５の整数を表す。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 (In the formula (B3), R 43 has the same meaning as R 42 in the formula (B2), and X 1 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, cyano Represents a group or a nitro group, and n4 represents an integer of 0 to 5.)
　上記式（Ｂ３）におけるＲ43としては、メチル基、エチル基、ｎ－プロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｎ－オクチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、パーフルオロ－ｎ－プロピル基、パーフルオロ－ｎ－ブチル基、ｐ－トリル基、４－クロロフェニル基又はペンタフルオロフェニル基が好ましく、ｎ－オクチル基が特に好ましい。
　Ｘ1としては、炭素数１～５のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メトキシ基がより好ましい。
　ｎ４としては、０～２の整数が好ましく、０又は１がより好ましい。 R 43 in the above formula (B3) is methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-octyl group, trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, perfluoro-n-propyl group, A perfluoro-n-butyl group, a p-tolyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group or a pentafluorophenyl group is preferred, and an n-octyl group is particularly preferred.
X 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methoxy group.
n4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.
　上記式（Ｂ３）で表される化合物の具体例及び好ましいオキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、特開２０１２－１６３９３７号公報の段落００８０～００８２の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (B3) and preferable examples of the oxime sulfonate compound, the description in paragraphs 0080 to 0082 of JP2012-163937A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. It is.
　上記式（Ｂ１）で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含有する化合物としては、下記式（ＯＳ－１）で表される化合物であることも好ましい。 The compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
　上記式（ＯＳ－１）中、Ｒ101は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシル基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、スルホ基、シアノ基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基を表す。Ｒ102は、アルキル基、又は、アリール基を表す。
　Ｘ101は－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＮＨ－、－ＮＲ105－、－ＣＨ2－、－ＣＲ106Ｈ－、又は、－ＣＲ105Ｒ107－を表し、Ｒ105～Ｒ107はアルキル基、又は、アリール基を表す。
　Ｒ121～Ｒ124はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アミド基、スルホ基、シアノ基、又は、アリール基を表す。Ｒ121～Ｒ124のうち２つは、それぞれ互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
　Ｒ121～Ｒ124としてはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は、アルキル基が好ましく、また、Ｒ121～Ｒ124のうち少なくとも２つが互いに結合してアリール基を形成する態様もまた、好ましく挙げられる。中でも、Ｒ121～Ｒ124がいずれも水素原子である態様が感度の観点から好ましい。
　既述の官能基は、いずれも、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 In the above formula (OS-1), R 101 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyl group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, sulfo group, cyano group, aryl group, or hetero Represents an aryl group. R102 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
X 101 represents —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR 105 —, —CH 2 —, —CR 106 H—, or —CR 105 R 107 —, wherein R 105 to R 107 are alkyl groups. Or an aryl group.
R 121 to R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, or Represents an aryl group. Two of R 121 to R 124 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 121 to R 124 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and an embodiment in which at least two of R 121 to R 124 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group is also preferable. Can be mentioned. Among these, an embodiment in which R 121 to R 124 are all hydrogen atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
Any of the aforementioned functional groups may further have a substituent.
　上記式（ＯＳ－１）で表される化合物は、例えば、特開２０１２－１６３９３７号公報の段落００８７～００８９に記載されている式（ＯＳ－２）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound represented by the formula (OS-1) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-2) described in paragraphs 0087 to 0089 of JP2012-163937A, for example. This content is incorporated herein.
　本発明に好適に用いうる上記式（ＯＳ－１）で表される化合物の具体例としては、特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落０１２８～０１３２に記載の化合物（例示化合物ｂ－１～ｂ－３４）が挙げられるが、本発明はこれに限定されない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-1) that can be suitably used in the present invention include compounds described in paragraphs 0128 to 0132 of JP2011-221494A (exemplified compounds b-1 to b- 34), but the present invention is not limited to this.
　本発明では、上記式（Ｂ１）で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含有する化合物としては、下記式（ＯＳ－３）、下記式（ＯＳ－４）又は下記式（ＯＳ－５）で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the compound having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is represented by the following formula (OS-3), the following formula (OS-4) or the following formula (OS-5). It is preferably an oxime sulfonate compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 （式（ＯＳ－３）～式（ＯＳ－５）中、Ｒ22、Ｒ25及びＲ28はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Ｒ23、Ｒ26及びＲ29はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Ｒ24、Ｒ27及びＲ30はそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルキルオキシ基、スルホン酸基、アミノスルホニル基又はアルコキシスルホニル基を表し、Ｘ1～Ｘ3はそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、ｎ1～ｎ3はそれぞれ独立に、１又は２を表し、ｍ1及びｍ２はそれぞれ独立に、０～６の整数を表し、ｍ3は０～４の整数を表す。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 (In the formulas (OS-3) to (OS-5), R 22 , R 25 and R 28 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and R 23 , R 26 and R 29 are Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, and R 24 , R 27 and R 30 each independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxy group. Represents a sulfonyl group, X 1 to X 3 each independently represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, n 1 to n 3 each independently represents 1 or 2, m 1 and m 2 each independently represents 0 Represents an integer of ˜6, and m 3 represents an integer of 0 to 4.)
　また、上記式（Ｂ１）で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含有する化合物は、例えば、特開２０１２－１６３９３７号公報の段落０１１７に記載されている、一般式（ＯＳ－６）～（ＯＳ－１１）のいずれかで表される化合物であることが特に好ましく、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition, the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is represented by, for example, general formulas (OS-6) to (OS-11) described in paragraph 0117 of JP2012-163937A. It is particularly preferred that the compound is represented by any of the above), the contents of which are incorporated herein.
　上記一般式（ＯＳ－６）～（ＯＳ－１１）における好ましい範囲は、特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落０１１０～０１１２に記載される一般式（ＯＳ－６）～（ＯＳ－１１）の好ましい範囲と同様である。 Preferred ranges for the above general formulas (OS-6) to (OS-11) are preferred for the general formulas (OS-6) to (OS-11) described in paragraphs 0110 to 0112 of JP2011-221494A. Similar to range.
　上記式（ＯＳ－３）～上記式（ＯＳ－５）で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落０１１４～０１２０に記載の化合物が挙げられるが、本発明は、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the above formulas (OS-3) to (OS-5) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0120 of JP2011-221494A. The invention is not limited to these.
　上記式（Ｂ１）で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含有する化合物は、下記式（Ｂ１－４）で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物であることも好ましい。 The compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the above formula (B1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (B1-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 （式（Ｂ１－４）中、Ｒ1は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Ｒ2は、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。Ｒ3～Ｒ6は、それぞれ、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子を表す。但し、Ｒ3とＲ4、Ｒ4とＲ5、又はＲ5とＲ6が結合して脂環又は芳香環を形成してもよい。Ｘは、－Ｏ－又は－Ｓ－を表す。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 (In the formula (B1-4), R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. R 3 to R 6 are each a hydrogen atom, Represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom, provided that R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 may combine to form an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring, Represents -O- or -S-.)
　Ｒ1は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。アルキル基は、分岐構造を有するアルキル基又は環状構造のアルキル基が好ましい。
　アルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは３～１０である。特にアルキル基が分岐構造を有する場合、炭素数３～６のアルキル基が好ましく、環状構造を有する場合、炭素数５～７のアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｓ－ブチル基、イソブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、１，１－ジメチルプロピル基、ヘキシル基、２－エチルヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、オクチル基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、イソプロピル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基である。
　アリール基の炭素数は、好ましくは６～１２であり、より好ましくは６～８であり、更に好ましくは６～７である。上記アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、フェニル基である。
　Ｒ1が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えばハロゲン原子（フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子）、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基（例えばメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基など）、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドラジノ基、ヘテロ環基などが挙げられる。また、これらの基によって更に置換されていてもよい。好ましくは、ハロゲン原子、メチル基である。 R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group is preferably a branched alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group.
The alkyl group preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms. In particular, when the alkyl group has a branched structure, an alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and when the alkyl group has a cyclic structure, an alkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of the alkyl group include propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, s-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1,1-dimethylpropyl group, hexyl group. 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, octyl group and the like, preferably isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and a phenyl group is preferable.
The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group (eg, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, Aryl group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, cyano group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, amino group, A nitro group, a hydrazino group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. Further, these groups may be further substituted. Preferably, they are a halogen atom and a methyl group.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、透明性の観点から、Ｒ1はアルキル基が好ましく、保存安定性と感度とを両立させる観点から、Ｒ1は、炭素数３～６の分岐構造を有するアルキル基、炭素数５～７の環状構造のアルキル基、又は、フェニル基が好ましく、炭素数３～６の分岐構造を有するアルキル基、又は炭素数５～７の環状構造のアルキル基がより好ましい。このようなかさ高い基（特に、かさ高いアルキル基）をＲ1として採用することにより、透明性をより向上させることが可能になる。
　かさ高い置換基の中でも、イソプロピル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基が好ましく、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of transparency, and R 1 has a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and sensitivity. An alkyl group, an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group having a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is more preferable. . By adopting such a bulky group (particularly a bulky alkyl group) as R 1 , it becomes possible to further improve the transparency.
Among the bulky substituents, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group are preferable, and a tert-butyl group and a cyclohexyl group are more preferable.
　Ｒ2は、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。Ｒ2が表すアルキル基としては、炭素数１～１０の、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基が好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ｎ－ブチル基、ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、メチル基である。
　アリール基としては、炭素数６～１０のアリール基が好ましい。上記アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ｐ－トルイル基（ｐ－メチルフェニル基）などが挙げられ、好ましくは、フェニル基、ｐ－トルイル基である。
　ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、ピロール基、インドール基、カルバゾール基、フラン基、チオフェン基などが挙げられる。
　Ｒ2が表すアルキル基、アリール基、及びヘテロアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、Ｒ1が表すアルキル基及びアリール基が有していてもよい置換基と同義である。
　Ｒ2は、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、アリール基がより好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。フェニル基の置換基としてはメチル基が好ましい。 R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. The alkyl group represented by R 2 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. It is a group.
As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a p-toluyl group (p-methylphenyl group), and a phenyl group and a p-toluyl group are preferable.
Examples of the heteroaryl group include a pyrrole group, an indole group, a carbazole group, a furan group, and a thiophene group.
The alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent. As a substituent, it is synonymous with the substituent which the alkyl group and aryl group which R < 1 > may have.
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. As the substituent for the phenyl group, a methyl group is preferred.
　Ｒ3～Ｒ6は、それぞれ、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はハロゲン原子（フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子）を表す。Ｒ3～Ｒ6が表すアルキル基としては、Ｒ2が表すアルキル基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。また、Ｒ3～Ｒ6が表すアリール基としては、Ｒ1が表すアリール基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
　Ｒ3～Ｒ6のうち、Ｒ3とＲ4、Ｒ4とＲ5、又は、Ｒ5とＲ6が結合して環を形成してもよく、環としては、脂環又は芳香環を形成していることが好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
　Ｒ3～Ｒ6は、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子（フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子）、もしくは、Ｒ3とＲ4、Ｒ4とＲ5、又はＲ5とＲ6が結合してベンゼン環を構成していることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、もしくは、Ｒ3とＲ4、Ｒ4とＲ5、又はＲ5とＲ6が結合してベンゼン環を構成していることがより好ましい。
　Ｒ3～Ｒ6の好ましい態様は以下の通りである。
　（態様１）少なくとも２つは水素原子である。
　（態様２）アルキル基、アリール基、又はハロゲン原子の数は、１つ以下である。
　（態様３）Ｒ3とＲ4、Ｒ4とＲ5、又はＲ5とＲ6が結合してベンゼン環を構成している。
　（態様４）上記態様１と２を満たす態様、及び／又は、上記態様１と３を満たす態様。 R 3 to R 6 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom). The alkyl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R 2 , and the preferred range is also the same. The aryl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
Among R 3 to R 6 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 may combine to form a ring, and the ring forms an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring And a benzene ring is more preferable.
R 3 to R 6 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom), or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 bonded together. A benzene ring is preferably formed, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are bonded to each other. More preferably, it constitutes a benzene ring.
Preferred embodiments of R 3 to R 6 are as follows.
(Aspect 1) At least two are hydrogen atoms.
(Aspect 2) The number of alkyl groups, aryl groups, or halogen atoms is one or less.
(Aspect 3) R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are combined to form a benzene ring.
(Aspect 4) An aspect satisfying the above aspects 1 and 2 and / or an aspect satisfying the above aspects 1 and 3.
　Ｘは、－Ｏ－又は－Ｓ－を表す。 X represents -O- or -S-.
　上記式（Ｂ１－４）で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、以下のような化合物が挙げられるが、本発明では特にこれに限定されない。なお、例示化合物中、Ｔｓはトシル基（ｐ－トルエンスルホニル基）を表し、Ｍｅはメチル基を表し、Ｂｕはｎ－ブチル基を表し、Ｐｈはフェニル基を表す。 Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by the above formula (B1-4) include the following compounds, but the present invention is not particularly limited thereto. In the exemplified compounds, Ts represents a tosyl group (p-toluenesulfonyl group), Me represents a methyl group, Bu represents an n-butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物において、（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤は、感光性樹脂組成物中の成分Ａ１００質量部に対して、０．１～１０質量部使用することが好ましく、０．５～１０質量部使用することがより好ましい。また、成分Ｂは、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用することもできる。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, (Component B) the photoacid generator is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of Component A in the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferable to use 5 to 10 parts by mass. Moreover, the component B may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
（成分Ｃ）金属酸化物粒子
　本発明の樹脂組成物は、屈折率や光透過性を調節することを目的として、金属酸化物粒子を含有する。金属酸化物粒子は、透明性が高く、光透過性を有するため、高屈折率で、透明性に優れたポジ型感光性樹脂組成物が得られる。
　成分Ｃは、当該粒子を除いた材料からなる樹脂組成物の屈折率より屈折率が高いものであることが好ましく、具体的には、４００～７５０ｎｍの波長を有する光における屈折率が１．５０以上の粒子がより好ましく、屈折率が１．７０以上の粒子が更に好ましく、１．９０以上の粒子が特に好ましい。屈折率の上限は特に限定されないが、入手容易性の観点から、３．００以下であることが好ましい。
　ここで、４００～７５０ｎｍの波長を有する光における屈折率が１．５０以上であるとは、上記範囲の波長を有する光における平均屈折率が１．５０以上であることを意味し、上記範囲の波長を有する全ての光における屈折率が１．５０以上であることを要しない。また、平均屈折率は、上記範囲の波長を有する各光に対する屈折率の測定値の総和を、測定点の数で割った値である。 (Component C) Metal oxide particles The resin composition of the present invention contains metal oxide particles for the purpose of adjusting the refractive index and light transmittance. Since the metal oxide particles have high transparency and light transmittance, a positive photosensitive resin composition having a high refractive index and excellent transparency can be obtained.
Component C preferably has a refractive index higher than that of the resin composition made of the material excluding the particles. Specifically, the refractive index in light having a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm is 1.50. The above particles are more preferable, particles having a refractive index of 1.70 or more are further preferable, and particles having a refractive index of 1.90 or more are particularly preferable. The upper limit of the refractive index is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3.00 or less from the viewpoint of availability.
Here, the refractive index of light having a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm being 1.50 or more means that the average refractive index of light having a wavelength in the above range is 1.50 or more. It is not necessary that the refractive index of all light having a wavelength is 1.50 or more. The average refractive index is a value obtained by dividing the sum of the measured values of the refractive index for each light having a wavelength in the above range by the number of measurement points.
　なお、本発明における金属酸化物粒子の金属には、Ｂ、Ｓｉ、Ｇｅ、Ａｓ、Ｓｂ、Ｔｅ等の半金属も含まれるものとする。
　光透過性で屈折率の高い金属酸化物粒子としては、Ｂｅ、Ｍｇ、Ｃａ、Ｓｒ、Ｂａ、Ｓｃ、Ｙ、Ｌａ、Ｃｅ、Ｇｄ、Ｔｂ、Ｄｙ、Ｙｂ、Ｌｕ、Ｔｉ、Ｚｒ、Ｈｆ、Ｎｂ、Ｍｏ、Ｗ、Ｚｎ、Ｂ、Ａｌ、Ｓｉ、Ｇｅ、Ｓｎ、Ｐｂ、Ｓｂ、Ｂｉ、Ｔｅ等の原子を含む酸化物粒子が好ましく、酸化チタン、チタン複合酸化物、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、インジウム／スズ酸化物、アンチモン／スズ酸化物がより好ましく、酸化チタン、チタン複合酸化物、酸化ジルコニウムが更に好ましく、酸化チタン、酸化ジルコニウムが特に好ましく、酸化チタンが最も好ましい。酸化チタンとしては、特に屈折率の高いルチル型が好ましい。これら金属酸化物粒子は、分散安定性付与のために表面を有機材料で処理することもできる。 Note that the metal of the metal oxide particles in the present invention includes semimetals such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
The light-transmitting and high refractive index metal oxide particles include Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Sc, Y, La, Ce, Gd, Tb, Dy, Yb, Lu, Ti, Zr, Hf, and Nb. Oxide particles containing atoms such as Mo, W, Zn, B, Al, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb, Bi, and Te are preferable. Titanium oxide, titanium composite oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium / Tin oxide and antimony / tin oxide are more preferable, titanium oxide, titanium composite oxide and zirconium oxide are more preferable, titanium oxide and zirconium oxide are particularly preferable, and titanium oxide is most preferable. Titanium oxide is particularly preferably a rutile type having a high refractive index. The surface of these metal oxide particles can be treated with an organic material in order to impart dispersion stability.
　樹脂組成物の透明性の観点から、成分Ｃの平均一次粒子径は、１～２００ｎｍが好ましく、３～８０ｎｍが特に好ましい。ここで粒子の平均一次粒子径は、電子顕微鏡により任意の粒子２００個の粒子径を測定し、その算術平均をいう。また、粒子の形状が球形でない場合には、最も長い辺を径とする。 From the viewpoint of the transparency of the resin composition, the average primary particle size of Component C is preferably 1 to 200 nm, particularly preferably 3 to 80 nm. Here, the average primary particle diameter of the particles refers to an arithmetic average obtained by measuring the particle diameter of 200 arbitrary particles with an electron microscope. When the particle shape is not spherical, the longest side is the diameter.
　また、成分Ｃは、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用することもできる。
　本発明の樹脂組成物における金属酸化物粒子の含有量は、樹脂組成物により得られる光学部材に要求される屈折率や、光透過性等を考慮して、適宜決定すればよいが、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、５～８０質量％とすることが好ましく、１０～７０質量％とすることがより好ましく、４０～６５質量％とすることが更に好ましい。 In addition, Component C may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the metal oxide particles in the resin composition of the present invention may be appropriately determined in consideration of the refractive index required for the optical member obtained from the resin composition, light transmittance, etc. The total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 65% by mass.
　本発明において、粒子は、適当な分散剤及び溶剤中でボールミル、ロッドミル等の混合装置を用いて混合・分散することにより調製された分散液として使用に供することもできる。
　上記分散液の調製に使用される溶剤としては、例えば、後述する（成分Ｄ）溶剤のほか、１－プロパノール、２－プロパノール、１－ブタノール、２－ブタノール、２－メチル－２－プロパノール、１－ペンタノール、２－ペンタノール、３－ペンタノール、３－メチル－１－ブタノール、２－メチル－２－ブタノール、ネオペンタノール、シクロペンタノール、１－ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール等のアルコール類等を挙げることができる。
　これらの溶剤は、１種単独又は２種以上を混合して使用することができる。 In the present invention, the particles can be used as a dispersion prepared by mixing and dispersing in a suitable dispersant and solvent using a mixing device such as a ball mill or a rod mill.
Examples of the solvent used for the preparation of the dispersion include 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, in addition to the (Component D) solvent described below. -Alcohols such as pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, neopentanol, cyclopentanol, 1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, etc. Can be mentioned.
These solvents can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
（成分Ｄ）溶剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ｄ）溶剤を含有する。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、本発明の必須成分と、更に後述の任意の成分を（成分Ｄ）溶剤に溶解した溶液として調製されることが好ましい。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に使用される溶剤としては、公知の溶剤を用いることができ、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、ジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、ジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、ジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、エステル類、ケトン類、アミド類、ラクトン類等が例示できる。また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に使用される溶剤の具体例としては特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落０１７４～０１７８に記載の溶剤、特開２０１２－１９４２９０号公報の段落０１６７～０１６８に記載の溶剤も挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 (Component D) Solvent The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (Component D) a solvent. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which the essential components of the present invention and optional components described below are further dissolved in (Component D) solvent.
As the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, known solvents can be used, such as ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl. Ethers, propylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether Examples include acetates, esters, ketones, amides, lactones and the like. Specific examples of the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described in paragraphs 0174 to 0178 of JP2011-221494A, and the paragraphs 0167 to 0168 of JP2012-194290A. The solvents described are also included, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
　また、これらの溶剤に更に必要に応じて、ベンジルエチルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、イソホロン、カプロン酸、カプリル酸、１－オクタノール、１－ノナール、ベンジルアルコール、アニソール、酢酸ベンジル、安息香酸エチル、シュウ酸ジエチル、マレイン酸ジエチル、炭酸エチレン、炭酸プロピレン等の溶剤を添加することもできる。
　これら溶剤は、１種単独で又は２種以上を混合して使用することができる。本発明に用いることができる溶剤は、１種単独、又は、２種を併用することが好ましい。 In addition, benzyl ethyl ether, dihexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, isophorone, caproic acid, caprylic acid, 1-octanol, 1-nonal as necessary for these solvents , Benzyl alcohol, anisole, benzyl acetate, ethyl benzoate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl maleate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate and the like can also be added.
These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is preferable that the solvent which can be used for this invention is single 1 type, or uses 2 types together.
　また、成分Ｄとしては、沸点１３０℃以上１６０℃未満の溶剤、沸点１６０℃以上の溶剤、又は、これらの混合物であることが好ましい。
　沸点１３０℃以上１６０℃未満の溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート（沸点１４６℃）、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート（沸点１５８℃）、プロピレングリコールメチル－ｎ－ブチルエーテル（沸点１５５℃）、プロピレングリコールメチル－ｎ－プロピルエーテル（沸点１３１℃）が例示できる。
　沸点１６０℃以上の溶剤としては、３－エトキシプロピオン酸エチル（沸点１７０℃）、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル（沸点１７６℃）、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート（沸点１６０℃）、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート（沸点２１３℃）、３－メトキシブチルエーテルアセテート（沸点１７１℃）、ジエチレングリコールジエチエルエーテル（沸点１８９℃）、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル（沸点１６２℃）、プロピレングリコールジアセテート（沸点１９０℃）、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート（沸点２２０℃）、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル（沸点１７５℃）、１，３－ブチレングリコールジアセテート（沸点２３２℃）が例示できる。
　これらの中でも、溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートが特に好ましい。 Component D is preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C., a solvent having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher, or a mixture thereof.
Solvents having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C. include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (boiling point 146 ° C.), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (boiling point 158 ° C.), propylene glycol methyl-n-butyl ether (boiling point 155 ° C.), propylene glycol An example is methyl-n-propyl ether (boiling point 131 ° C.).
Solvents having a boiling point of 160 ° C or higher include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (boiling point 170 ° C), diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether (boiling point 176 ° C), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate (boiling point 160 ° C), dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate. (Boiling point 213 ° C), 3-methoxybutyl ether acetate (boiling point 171 ° C), diethylene glycol diethyl ether (boiling point 189 ° C), diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 162 ° C), propylene glycol diacetate (boiling point 190 ° C), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (Boiling point 220 ° C), dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 175 ° C), 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate (boiling point 232 ° C) It can be.
Among these, as the solvent, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is particularly preferable.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における（成分Ｄ）溶剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物１００質量部当たり、５０～９５質量部であることが好ましく、６０～９０質量部であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the (component D) solvent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 50 to 95 parts by mass, more preferably 60 to 90 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive resin composition. preferable.
（成分Ｅ）分散剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ｅ）分散剤を含有する。分散剤を含有することにより、成分Ｃの樹脂組成物中での分散性をより向上させることができる。
　分散剤としては、公知の分散剤を用いることができ、例えば、公知の顔料分散剤を適宜選択して用いることができる。
　また、分散剤としては、高分子分散剤を好ましく用いることができる。なお、高分子分散剤とは、分子量（重量平均分子量）が１，０００以上の分散剤である。 (Component E) Dispersant The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (Component E) a dispersant. By containing a dispersing agent, the dispersibility in the resin composition of the component C can be improved more.
As the dispersant, a known dispersant can be used. For example, a known pigment dispersant can be appropriately selected and used.
As the dispersant, a polymer dispersant can be preferably used. The polymer dispersant is a dispersant having a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight) of 1,000 or more.
　分散剤としては、多くの種類の化合物を使用可能であり、具体的には、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸系（共）重合体ポリフローＮｏ．７５、Ｎｏ．９０、Ｎｏ．９５（共栄社化学（株）製）、Ｗ００１（裕商（株）製）等のカチオン系界面活性剤；ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル等のノニオン系界面活性剤；Ｗ００４、Ｗ００５、Ｗ０１７（裕商（株）製）等のアニオン系界面活性剤；ＥＦＫＡ－４６、ＥＦＫＡ－４７、ＥＦＫＡ－４７ＥＡ、ＥＦＫＡポリマー１００、ＥＦＫＡポリマー４００、ＥＦＫＡポリマー４０１、ＥＦＫＡポリマー４５０（いずれもチバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製）、ディスパースエイド６、ディスパースエイド８、ディスパースエイド１５、ディスパースエイド９１００（いずれもサンノプコ（株）製）等の高分子分散剤；ソルスパース（Ｓｏｌｓｐｅｒｓｅ）３０００、５０００、９０００、１２０００、１３２４０、１３９４０、１７０００、２４０００、２６０００、２８０００などの各種ソルスパース分散剤（ルーブリゾール（株）製）；アデカプルロニックＬ３１，Ｆ３８，Ｌ４２，Ｌ４４，Ｌ６１，Ｌ６４，Ｆ６８，Ｌ７２，Ｐ９５，Ｆ７７，Ｐ８４，Ｆ８７、Ｐ９４，Ｌ１０１，Ｐ１０３，Ｆ１０８、Ｌ１２１、Ｐ－１２３（ＡＤＥＫＡ（株）製）及びイソネットＳ－２０（三洋化成工業（株）製）、ＤＩＳＰＥＲＢＹＫ　１０１，１０３，１０６，１０８，１０９，１１１，１１２，１１６，１３０，１４０，１４２，１６２，１６３，１６４，１６６，１６７，１７０，１７１，１７４，１７６，１８０，１８２，２０００，２００１，２０５０，２１５０（ビックケミー社製）が挙げられる。その他、アクリル系共重合体など、分子末端又は側鎖に極性基を有するオリゴマー又はポリマーが挙げられる。 As the dispersant, many kinds of compounds can be used. Specifically, for example, (meth) acrylic acid (co) polymer polyflow No. 75, no. 90, no. Cationic surfactants such as 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.); polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl Nonionic surfactants such as ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid ester; anionic surfactants such as W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, EFKA polymer 450 (all manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals), DE Polymer dispersants such as Sparse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100 (all manufactured by San Nopco); Solsperse 3000, 5000, 9000, 12000, 13240, 13940, 17000, 24000, 26000, 28000 and other various Solsperse dispersants (manufactured by Lubrizol Corp.); Adeka Pluronic L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123 (manufactured by ADEKA) and ISONET S-20 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries), DISPERBYK 101, 103, 106, 108, 109, 111, 112, 116 130,140,142,162,163,164,166,167,170,171,174,176,180,182,2000,2001,2050,2150 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH) and the like. In addition, an oligomer or polymer having a polar group at the molecular end or side chain, such as an acrylic copolymer, may be mentioned.
　分散剤は、１種単独で使用しても、２種以上併用してもよい。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における分散剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、５～７０質量％の範囲が好ましく、１０～５０質量％の範囲がより好ましい。 A dispersing agent may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used together 2 or more types.
The content of the dispersant in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 5 to 70% by mass and more preferably in the range of 10 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
（成分Ｆ）ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ｆ）ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤を含有する。成分Ｆを含有することにより、現像後の残渣の発生が抑制される。特に、ＩＴＯ基板上で顕著である現像後の残渣の発生が抑制される。 (Component F) Polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (Component F) a polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant. By containing the component F, generation | occurrence | production of the residue after image development is suppressed. In particular, generation of a residue after development that is remarkable on the ITO substrate is suppressed.
　成分Ｆとしては、以下の式（Ｆ）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Component F is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (F).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 （式（Ｆ）中、Ｒはアルキレン基を表し、ｎは１～５０の整数を表し、Ｒ’は１価の置換基を表し、ｍは１～５の整数を表し、ｍが２以上の場合、複数存在するＲ’はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、ｎが２以上の場合、複数存在するＲはそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 (In the formula (F), R represents an alkylene group, n represents an integer of 1 to 50, R ′ represents a monovalent substituent, m represents an integer of 1 to 5, and m is 2 or more. A plurality of R's may be the same or different, and when n is 2 or more, the plurality of R's may be the same or different.)
　式（Ｆ）中、Ｒはアルキレン基を表す。すなわち、（ＲＯ）はアルキレンオキシ基を表す。Ｒとしては、炭素数２～８のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数２～６のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、炭素数２～４のアルキレン基であることが更に好ましく、エチレン基又はプロピレン基であることが特に好ましい。
　式（Ｆ）中、Ｒ’は１価の置換基を表す。Ｒ’としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基が例示され、上記置換基は、更に置換されていてもよい。Ｒ’の総炭素数は、１～５０であることが好ましく、１～２０であることがより好ましい。
　成分Ｆは、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルフェニルエーテルのように、Ｒ’として脂肪族炭化水素基が置換していてもよいが、Ｒ’が芳香族炭化水素基を含む１価の基であることが好ましい。
　成分Ｆは、以下の式（Ｆ－１）で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 In formula (F), R represents an alkylene group. That is, (RO) represents an alkyleneoxy group. R is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an ethylene group Or it is especially preferable that it is a propylene group.
In formula (F), R ′ represents a monovalent substituent. Examples of R ′ include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, and the above substituent may be further substituted. R ′ has a total carbon number of preferably 1 to 50, and more preferably 1 to 20.
In Component F, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted as R ′ as in polyoxyalkylene alkylphenyl ether, but R ′ is preferably a monovalent group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group. .
Component F is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (F-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 （式（Ｆ－１）中、Ｒはアルキレン基を表し、Ｘは単結合、又は、２価の連結基を表し、Ｑはアルキル基を表し、ｘは０～５の整数を表し、ｍは０～５の整数を表し、ｎは１～５０の整数を表し、ｘが２以上の場合、複数存在するＱはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよく、ｍが２以上の場合、複数存在するＸ及びＱはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよく、ｎが２以上の場合、複数存在するＲはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 (In Formula (F-1), R represents an alkylene group, X represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Q represents an alkyl group, x represents an integer of 0 to 5, and m represents N represents an integer of 0 to 5, n represents an integer of 1 to 50, and when x is 2 or more, a plurality of Qs may be the same or different, and when m is 2 or more, a plurality of X And Q may be the same or different, and when n is 2 or more, a plurality of R may be the same or different.)
　式（Ｆ－１）中、Ｒはアルキレン基を表す。すなわち、（ＲＯ）はアルキレンオキシ基を表す。Ｒとしては、炭素数２～８のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数２～６のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、炭素数２～４のアルキレン基であることが更に好ましく、エチレン基又はプロピレン基であることが特に好ましい。すなわち、エチレンオキシ基又はプロピレンオキシ基を繰り返し単位として有するポリアルキレンオキシ基を有することが特に好ましい。なお、２種以上のアルキレンオキシ基を有する場合、例えば、複数のエチレンオキシ基と、複数のプロピレンオキシ基を有する場合、ポリエチレンオキシ基とポリプロピレンオキシ基は、ブロック共重合体となっていてもよく、ランダム共重合体であってもよく、また、ブロック共重合体の部分とランダム共重合体の部分の双方が存在していてもよく、特に限定されない。 In the formula (F-1), R represents an alkylene group. That is, (RO) represents an alkyleneoxy group. R is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an ethylene group Or it is especially preferable that it is a propylene group. That is, it is particularly preferable to have a polyalkyleneoxy group having an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group as a repeating unit. In addition, when it has two or more types of alkyleneoxy groups, for example, when it has a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of propyleneoxy groups, the polyethyleneoxy group and the polypropyleneoxy group may be a block copolymer. A random copolymer may be used, and both a block copolymer portion and a random copolymer portion may be present, and are not particularly limited.
　式（Ｆ－１）中、Ｘは単結合又は２価の連結基を表す、２価の連結基としては、２価の炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数１～８のアルキレン基（アルカンジイル基）、炭素数２～８のアルケンジイル基が好ましく、炭素数１～４のアルキレン基、炭素数２～４のアルケンジイル基がより好ましい。Ｘは炭素数１～４のアルキレン基又は炭素数２～４のアルケンジイル基であることが特に好ましい。上記アルキレン基及びアルケンジイル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であってもよい。
　式（Ｆ－１）中、Ｑはベンゼン環に対する置換基であり、炭素数１～６のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数１～４であることがより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基であることが更に好ましい。
　式（Ｆ－１）中、アルキレンオキシ基が結合するベンゼン環に置換する基（－Ｘ－Ｐｈ－Ｑｘ）としては、フェニル基（－Ｐｈ）、ベンジル基（－ＣＨ2－Ｐｈ）、２－フェニルプロパン－２－イル基（－Ｃ（ＣＨ3）2－Ｐｈ）、スチリル基（－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－Ｐｈ）、１－フェニルエチル基（－ＣＨ（ＣＨ3）－Ｐｈ）が例示される。なお、Ｐｈとは、ベンゼン環を表し、１価の場合にはフェニル基を表し、２価の場合にはフェニレン基を表す。 In formula (F-1), X represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (alkanediyl group). ), Preferably an alkenediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and an alkenediyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. X is particularly preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkenediyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkylene group and alkenediyl group may be linear or branched.
In the formula (F-1), Q is a substituent for the benzene ring, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methyl group, an ethyl group, More preferred is a propyl group or a butyl group.
In the formula (F-1), the group (—X—Ph—Qx) substituted on the benzene ring to which the alkyleneoxy group is bonded includes a phenyl group (—Ph), a benzyl group (—CH 2 —Ph), 2- Examples thereof include a phenylpropan-2-yl group (—C (CH 3 ) 2 —Ph), a styryl group (—CH═CH—Ph), and a 1-phenylethyl group (—CH (CH 3 ) —Ph). In addition, Ph represents a benzene ring, a monovalent represents a phenyl group, and a divalent represents a phenylene group.
　式（Ｆ－１）中、ｘは０～５の整数を表し、０～３の整数であることが好ましく、０～２の整数であることがより好ましく、０又は１であることが更に好ましく、０であることが特に好ましい。
　式（Ｆ－１）中、ｍは０～５の整数を表し、１～５の整数であることが好ましく、１～４であることがより好ましく、１～３であることが更に好ましい。
　式（Ｆ－１）中、ｎは１～５０の整数を表し、３～４０の整数であることがより好ましく、５～３５の整数であることが更に好ましく、８～３０の整数であることが特に好ましい。 In formula (F-1), x represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and still more preferably 0 or 1. , 0 is particularly preferable.
In formula (F-1), m represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
In formula (F-1), n represents an integer of 1 to 50, preferably an integer of 3 to 40, more preferably an integer of 5 to 35, and an integer of 8 to 30. Is particularly preferred.
　式（Ｆ－１）で表される化合物は、下記式（Ｆ－２）で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by the formula (F-1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (F-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 （式（Ｆ－２）中、Ｒ1～Ｒ4はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基を表し、ｎ１及びｎ２はそれぞれ独立に０～５０の整数を表し、ｎ１＋ｎ２は１～５０の整数を表し、ｍは１～５の整数を表す。但し、Ｒ1とＲ2が同じである場合を除く。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 (In Formula (F-2), R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, n1 and n2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 50, and n1 + n2 is 1 Represents an integer of ˜50, and m represents an integer of 1 to 5, except when R 1 and R 2 are the same.)
　式（Ｆ－２）中、Ｒ1及びＲ2はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基を表すが、Ｒ1とＲ2が同じである場合は除く。Ｒ1とＲ2が同じである場合は、単一のアルキレンオキシ基が繰り返すため、ｎ２＝０として、繰り返し単位の総数をｎ１で表す。Ｒ1及びＲ2は、水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基であり、水素原子又は炭素数１～２のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましい。すなわち、式（Ｆ－１）で表される化合物は、エチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基、又は、エチレンオキシ基とプロピレンオキシ基と、を有することが特に好ましい。
　なお、複数のエチレンオキシ基とプロピレンオキシ基とを有する場合、ポリエチレンオキシ基とポリプロピレンオキシ基は、ブロック共重合体となっていてもよく、ランダム共重合体であってもよく、また、ブロック共重合体の部分とランダム共重合体の部分の双方が存在していてもよく、特に限定されない。 In formula (F-2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, except when R 1 and R 2 are the same. When R 1 and R 2 are the same, a single alkyleneoxy group repeats, so that n2 = 0 and the total number of repeating units is represented by n1. R 1 and R 2 are a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. That is, the compound represented by the formula (F-1) particularly preferably has an ethyleneoxy group, a propyleneoxy group, or an ethyleneoxy group and a propyleneoxy group.
In the case of having a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups, the polyethyleneoxy group and the polypropyleneoxy group may be a block copolymer, a random copolymer, or a block copolymer. Both the polymer portion and the random copolymer portion may be present, and are not particularly limited.
　式（Ｆ－２）中、Ｒ3及びＲ4はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素数１～４のアルキル基を表し、水素原子又は炭素数１～２のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましい。Ｒ3及びＲ4が共にメチル基であるか、一方が水素原子で他方がメチル基であることが更に好ましく、一方が水素原子であり、他方がメチル基であることが特に好ましい。 In formula (F-2), R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, Or it is more preferable that it is a methyl group. It is further preferred that R 3 and R 4 are both methyl groups, or one is a hydrogen atom and the other is a methyl group, and one is a hydrogen atom and the other is particularly preferably a methyl group.
　式（Ｆ－２）中、ｎ１及び２はそれぞれ独立に０～５０の整数を表し、ｎ１＋ｎ２は１～５０の整数を表す。ｎ１＋ｎ２は、３～４０の整数であることが好ましく、５～３５の整数であることがより好ましく、８～３０の整数であることが更に好ましい。
　式（Ｆ－２）中、ｍは１～５の整数を表し、１～４の整数であることがより好ましく、１～３の整数であることが更に好ましい。 In formula (F-2), n1 and 2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 50, and n1 + n2 represents an integer of 1 to 50. n1 + n2 is preferably an integer of 3 to 40, more preferably an integer of 5 to 35, and still more preferably an integer of 8 to 30.
In formula (F-2), m represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
　本発明において、成分Ｆの１分子中のベンゼン環の数の合計は、１～４の範囲であることが好ましい。ベンゼン環の数の合計が上記範囲内であると、残渣の発生を抑制できるので好ましい。 In the present invention, the total number of benzene rings in one molecule of component F is preferably in the range of 1 to 4. It is preferable for the total number of benzene rings to be within the above range because the generation of residues can be suppressed.
　本発明において、成分ＦのＨＬＢ値は、５～１８であることが好ましく、８～１６であることがより好ましく、１２～１６であることが特に好ましい。ＨＬＢ値が上記範囲内であると、残渣の発生がより抑制されるので好ましい。
　ここで、ＨＬＢ値とは、親水親油バランス（hydrophile-lipophile balance）の略称であり、界面活性剤が果たす効果を表す指標の１つであり、ＨＬＢ値が大きいほど親水性が高くなる。ＨＬＢ値は、その分子構造から算出することができ、本発明において、ＨＬＢ値は、グリフィン法にて算出することが好ましい。
　グリフィン法では、ＨＬＢ値は次式で定義される。
　　ＨＬＢ値＝２０×親水部の式量（分子量）の総和／分子量
　例えば、親水部がポリオキシアルキレン構造のみであれば、ＨＬＢ値は次式のようになる。
　　ＨＬＢ値＝２０×（ポリオキシアルキレン部分の式量の総和）／分子量 In the present invention, the HLB value of component F is preferably 5 to 18, more preferably 8 to 16, and particularly preferably 12 to 16. It is preferable for the HLB value to be within the above range since the generation of residues is further suppressed.
Here, the HLB value is an abbreviation for hydrophilic-lipophile balance, and is one of the indices representing the effect of the surfactant. The larger the HLB value, the higher the hydrophilicity. The HLB value can be calculated from the molecular structure. In the present invention, the HLB value is preferably calculated by the Griffin method.
In the Griffin method, the HLB value is defined by the following equation.
HLB value = 20 × sum of formula weight (molecular weight) of hydrophilic portion / molecular weight For example, if the hydrophilic portion has only a polyoxyalkylene structure, the HLB value is represented by the following formula.
HLB value = 20 × (sum of formula weights of polyoxyalkylene moieties) / molecular weight
　成分Ｆとしては、合成品を使用してもよく、また、市販品を使用してもよく、特に限定されない。
　上市されている製品としては、パイオニンＤ－６１１２、パイオニンＤ－６１１５、パイオニンＤ－６１１２－Ｗ、パイオニンＤ－６１０８－Ｗ、パイオニンＤ－６１１５Ｘ、パイオニンＤ－６１２０Ｘ、Ｄ－６４１４、パイオニンＤ－６５１２、パイオニンＤ－６３１０、パイオニンＤ－６３１５、パイオニンＤ－６３２０（以上、竹本油脂（株）製）、ニューコール　ＣＭＰ６、ニューコール　ＣＭＰ－１１、ニューコール　６１０、ニューコール　７１０、ニューコール　７１０－Ｆ、ニューコール　２６０９、ニューコール　２６００－ＦＢ（以上、日本乳化剤（株）製）が挙げられる。これらの中でも、パイオニンＤ－６１１２－Ｗ、パイオニンＤ－６５１２が好ましい。 As the component F, a synthetic product may be used, or a commercial product may be used, and it is not particularly limited.
The products on the market are Pionein D-6112, Pionein D-6115, Pionein D-6112-W, Pionein D-6108-W, Pionein D-6115X, Pionein D-6120X, D-6414, Pionein D-6512 Pionein D-6310, Pionein D-6315, Pionein D-6320 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), New Coal CMP6, New Coal CMP-11, New Coal 610, New Coal 710, New Coal 710-F, New Coal 2609, New Coal 2600-FB (Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.). Of these, Pionein D-6112-W and Pionein D-6512 are preferable.
　本発明において、成分Ｆは１種単独で使用してもよく、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　成分Ｆの感光性樹脂組成物中の含有量は、固形分１００質量部に対して、０．１～１０質量部であることが好ましく、０．２～５質量部であることがより好ましく、０．５～３質量部であることが更に好ましい。成分Ｆの含有量が上記範囲内であると、残渣の発生がより抑制されるので好ましい。 In this invention, the component F may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the component F in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content. More preferably, it is 0.5 to 3 parts by mass. It is preferable for the content of component F to be in the above range since the generation of residues is further suppressed.
　なお、成分Ｆは、感光性樹脂組成物中に添加されていればよく、その添加時期は特に限定されないが、金属酸化物粒子の分散工程で添加するよりも、金属酸化物粒子の分散物と、その他の成分とを混合する工程で添加することが好ましい。 Component F only needs to be added to the photosensitive resin composition, and the timing of addition is not particularly limited, but the addition of the metal oxide particles in the dispersion step of the metal oxide particles It is preferable to add in the step of mixing with other components.
（成分Ｇ）フッ素系界面活性剤、及び／又は、シリコーン系界面活性剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、更に、（成分Ｇ）フッ素系界面活性剤、及び／又は、シリコーン系界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。成分Ｇを含有することにより、より現像後の残渣の発生が抑制されるので好ましい。
　なお、フッ素系界面活性剤及びシリコーン系界面活性剤のいずれか一方を含有していてもよく、両方を含有していてもよく特に限定されないが、経済的な観点から、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコーン系界面活性剤を含有することが好ましく、残渣の発生がより抑制される観点から、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有することがより好ましい。
　また、フッ素系界面活性剤及びシリコーン系界面活性剤は、オリゴマー又はポリマーであることが好ましく、重量平均分子量が１，０００以上であることが好ましく、３，０００以上であることがより好ましい。
　以下、それぞれについて説明する。 (Component G) Fluorosurfactant and / or Silicone Surfactant The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention further comprises (Component G) a fluorosurfactant and / or a silicone surfactant. It is preferable to contain. By containing the component G, generation | occurrence | production of the residue after image development is suppressed more, and it is preferable.
In addition, it may contain any one of a fluorine-based surfactant and a silicone-based surfactant, and may contain both, but is not particularly limited, but from an economical viewpoint, a fluorine-based surfactant or It is preferable to contain a silicone surfactant, and it is more preferable to contain a fluorine surfactant from the viewpoint of further suppressing the generation of residues.
In addition, the fluorine-based surfactant and the silicone-based surfactant are preferably oligomers or polymers, and the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 or more, and more preferably 3,000 or more.
Each will be described below.
＜フッ素系界面活性剤＞
　フッ素系界面活性剤としては、フッ素含有非イオン性界面活性剤であることが好ましく、パーフルオロアルキル基（ＣnＦ2n+1－、ｎは正の整数）を含有することが好ましい。
　フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、３～４０質量％が好適であり、より好ましくは５～３０質量％であり、特に好ましくは７～２５質量％である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、残渣の発生を抑制する点で効果的であり、感光性樹脂組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 <Fluorosurfactant>
The fluorine-based surfactant is preferably a fluorine-containing nonionic surfactant, and preferably contains a perfluoroalkyl group (C n F 2n + 1 —, n is a positive integer).
The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in suppressing the generation of residues and has good solubility in the photosensitive resin composition.
　フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファック（ＭＥＧＡＦＡＣＥ）Ｆ－１７１、同Ｆ－１７２、同Ｆ－１７３、同Ｆ－１７６、同Ｆ－１７７、同Ｆ－１４１、同Ｆ－１４２、同Ｆ－１４３、同Ｆ－１４４、同Ｒ－３０、同Ｆ－４３７、同Ｆ－４７５、同Ｆ－４７９、同Ｆ－４８２、同Ｆ－５５４、同Ｆ－７８０、同Ｆ－７８１（以上、ＤＩＣ（株）製）、フロラード（Ｆｌｕｏｒａｄ）ＦＣ４３０、同ＦＣ４３１、同ＦＣ１７１（以上、住友スリーエム（株）製）、サーフロン（Ｓｕｒｆｌｏｎ）Ｓ－３８２、同ＳＣ－１０１、同ＳＣ－１０３、同ＳＣ－１０４、同ＳＣ－１０５、同ＳＣ１０６８、同ＳＣ－３８１、同ＳＣ－３８３、同Ｓ３９３、同ＫＨ－４０（以上、旭硝子（株）製）等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorosurfactant include MEGAFACE F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, and F-142. F-143, F-144, R-30, F-437, F-475, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-780, F-781 (and above) Manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171, FC171 (Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC -104, SC-105, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and the like.
＜シリコーン系界面活性剤＞
　シリコーン系界面活性剤の好ましい例としては、ジメチルシリルオキシ単位を繰り返し単位として複数個含む、化合物鎖の末端及び／又は側鎖に置換基を有するものが挙げられる。ジメチルシリルオキシを繰り返し単位として含む化合物鎖中にはジメチルシリルオキシ以外の構成単位を含んでもよい。置換基は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、複数個あることが好ましい。好ましい置換基の例としてはポリエーテル基、アルキル基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリール基、シンナモイル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、水酸基、フルオロアルキル基、ポリオキシアルキレン基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基などを含む基が挙げられる。 <Silicone surfactant>
Preferable examples of the silicone-based surfactant include those having a substituent at the terminal end and / or side chain of a compound chain containing a plurality of dimethylsilyloxy units as repeating units. The compound chain containing dimethylsilyloxy as a repeating unit may contain a structural unit other than dimethylsilyloxy. The substituents may be the same or different, and a plurality of substituents are preferable. Examples of preferred substituents include polyether groups, alkyl groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups, aryl groups, cinnamoyl groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, hydroxyl groups, fluoroalkyl groups, polyoxy groups. Examples thereof include an alkylene group, a carboxyl group, an amino group and the like.
　分子量に特に制限はないが、１０万以下であることが好ましく、５万以下であることがより好ましく、１,０００～３０，０００であることが更に好ましく、１，０００～２０，０００であることが特に好ましい。 The molecular weight is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, further preferably 1,000 to 30,000, and 1,000 to 20,000. It is particularly preferred.
　シリコーン系界面活性剤のシリコーン原子含有量には特に制限はないが１８．０質量％以上であることが好ましく、２５．０～３７．８質量％であることが特に好ましく、３０．０～３７．０質量％であることが最も好ましい。 The silicone atom content of the silicone-based surfactant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 18.0% by mass or more, particularly preferably 25.0 to 37.8% by mass, and 30.0 to 37. Most preferably, it is 0.0 mass%.
　好ましいシリコーン系界面活性剤の例としては、信越化学工業（株）製のＸ－２２－１７４ＤＸ、Ｘ－２２－２４２６、Ｘ－２２－１６４Ｂ、Ｘ２２－１６４Ｃ、Ｘ－２２－１７０ＤＸ、Ｘ－２２－１７６Ｄ、Ｘ－２２－１８２１（以上商品名）；チッソ（株）製のＦＭ－０７２５、ＦＭ－７７２５、ＦＭ－４４２１、ＦＭ－５５２１、ＦＭ－６６２１、ＦＭ－１１２１（以上商品名）；Ｇｅｌｅｓｔ製のＤＭＳ－Ｕ２２、ＲＭＳ－０３３、ＲＭＳ－０８３、ＵＭＳ－１８２、ＤＭＳ－Ｈ２１、ＤＭＳ－Ｈ３１、ＨＭＳ－３０１、ＦＭＳ１２１、ＦＭＳ１２３、ＦＭＳ１３１、ＦＭＳ１４１、ＦＭＳ２２１（以上商品名）；東レ・ダウコーニング（株）製のＳＨ２００、ＤＣ１１ＰＡ、ＳＨ２８ＰＡ、ＳＴ８０ＰＡ、ＳＴ８６ＰＡ、ＳＴ９７ＰＡ、ＳＨ５５０、ＳＨ７１０、Ｌ７６０４、ＦＺ－２１０５、ＦＺ２１２３、ＦＺ２１６２、ＦＺ－２１９１、ＦＺ２２０３、ＦＺ－２２０７、ＦＺ－３７０４、ＦＺ－３７３６、ＦＺ－３５０１、ＦＺ－３７８９、Ｌ－７７、Ｌ－７２０、Ｌ－７００１、Ｌ－７００２、Ｌ－７６０４、Ｙ－７００６、ＳＳ－２８０１、ＳＳ－２８０２、ＳＳ－２８０３、ＳＳ－２８０４、ＳＳ－２８０５（以上商品名）；モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ・ジャパン製のＴＳＦ４００、ＴＳＦ４０１、ＴＳＦ４１０、ＴＳＦ４３３、ＴＳＦ４４５０、ＴＳＦ４４６０（以上商品名）；などが挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of preferable silicone surfactants include X-22-174DX, X-22-2426, X-22-164B, X22-164C, X-22-170DX, X-22 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. -176D, X-22-1821 (trade name); FM-0725, FM-7725, FM-4421, FM-5521, FM-6621, FM-1121 (trade name) manufactured by Chisso Corporation; Gelest DMS-U22, RMS-033, RMS-083, UMS-182, DMS-H21, DMS-H31, HMS-301, FMS121, FMS123, FMS131, FMS141, FMS221 (named above); Toray Dow Corning ( SH200, DC11PA, SH28PA, ST80PA, ST86PA, ST9 PA, SH550, SH710, L7604, FZ-2105, FZ2123, FZ2162, FZ-2191, FZ2203, FZ-2207, FZ-3704, FZ-3736, FZ-3501, FZ-3789, L-77, L-720, L-7001, L-7002, L-7604, Y-7006, SS-2801, SS-2802, SS-2803, SS-2804, SS-2805 (named above); manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Japan Of TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF433, TSF4450, TSF4460 (trade name); and the like, but are not limited thereto.
　成分Ｇは１種単独で使用してもよく、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　成分Ｇの感光性樹脂組成物における含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の固形分に対して０．００１～１質量％であることが好ましく、０．０１～０．５質量％であることがより好ましく、０．０２～０．３質量％であることが更に好ましい。成分Ｇの含有量が上記範囲内であると、基板への濡れ広がりが良好となり、塗布面の異物によるはじきや液戻りなどによるムラの発生が抑制できる。また、現像液に対する濡れ性も良好となり、均一で良好な画素パターンを得ることができるので好ましい。 Component G may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the component G in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass and preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. More preferred is 0.02 to 0.3% by mass. When the content of component G is within the above range, wetting and spreading to the substrate is good, and occurrence of unevenness due to repelling or liquid return due to foreign matter on the coated surface can be suppressed. In addition, the wettability with respect to the developer is improved, and a uniform and good pixel pattern can be obtained, which is preferable.
　また、本発明において、成分Ｆと成分Ｇとの含有量の比は、質量比として、成分Ｆ：成分Ｇ＝１０：０．００１～１０：５であることが好ましく、より好ましくは１０：０．１～１０：２である。
　成分Ｆと成分Ｇとの含有比を上記範囲内とすることにより、成分Ｇによる良好な塗布面状の形成と、成分Ｆの金属酸化物粒子への十分な吸着、及び、基板との液界面への十分な配向が達成され、残渣が抑制されるので好ましい。 In the present invention, the content ratio of the component F and the component G is preferably, as a mass ratio, component F: component G = 10: 0.001 to 10: 5, more preferably 10: 0. 1 to 10: 2.
By setting the content ratio of component F and component G within the above range, formation of a good coated surface by component G, sufficient adsorption of component F to metal oxide particles, and liquid interface with the substrate Sufficient orientation is achieved, and residues are suppressed, which is preferable.
（成分Ｈ）２つ以上の窒素原子を有する複素環化合物
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ｈ）２つ以上の窒素原子を有する複素環化合物を含有することが好ましい。成分Ｈが金属酸化物粒子の表面に吸着することで、金属酸化物粒子同士の静電反発や立体的な反発を引き起こし、特に組成物を塗布・乾燥した際の金属酸化物の凝集を防ぐため、ヘイズが小さくなると推定される。以下、成分Ｈを「特定表面改質剤」ともいうこととする。
　成分Ｈとしては、２つ以上の窒素原子を有する以外は特に制限はないが、複素環の環員として２つ以上の窒素原子を有する複素環化合物であることが好ましく、１，３位に窒素原子を少なくとも有する複素環構造を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、１，３位に窒素原子を少なくとも有する５員又は６員複素環構造を有する化合物であることが更に好ましい。上記態様であると、金属酸化物粒子の分散性により優れ、ヘイズがより小さい硬化物が得られる。
　なお、「１，３位に窒素原子を少なくとも有する複素環構造」とは、複素環中に炭素原子の両側に窒素原子が結合した構造であればよく、正式な命名法における複素環上の１位及び３位でなくともよい。
　成分Ｈにおける複素環の環員は、炭素原子及び窒素原子から少なくとも構成されていることが好ましく、更に酸素原子や硫黄原子を環員として含んでいてもよいが、炭素原子及び窒素原子よりなることが特に好ましい。
　成分Ｈが有する窒素原子の数は、２つ以上であり、２～６つであることが好ましく、２～４つであることがより好ましい。また、成分Ｈは、複素環の環員として、窒素原子を２～４つ有していることが好ましく、２つ又は３つ有していることがより好ましく、２つ有していることが更に好ましい。
　成分Ｈにおける複素環は、飽和複素環であっても、不飽和複素環であってもよく、芳香族複素環であってもよい。
　また、成分Ｈにおける複素環は、更に他の環と縮合していてもよい。また、上記他の環としては、複素環だけでなく、脂肪族環であっても、芳香環であってもよい。
　成分Ａは、複素環の環員以外の窒素原子を有していてもよいが、複素環の環員以外の窒素原子の数は、０～３つであることが好ましく、０～２つであることが好ましく、０又は１つであることが更に好ましく、複素環の環員以外の窒素原子を有していないことが特に好ましい。 (Component H) Heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component H) a heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms. Component H adsorbs on the surface of the metal oxide particles to cause electrostatic repulsion and steric repulsion between the metal oxide particles, and in particular to prevent aggregation of the metal oxide when the composition is applied and dried. It is estimated that haze is reduced. Hereinafter, Component H is also referred to as “specific surface modifier”.
Component H is not particularly limited except that it has two or more nitrogen atoms, but is preferably a heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms as a ring member of the heterocyclic ring, and nitrogen at the 1,3-position. A compound having a heterocyclic structure having at least an atom is more preferable, and a compound having a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic structure having at least a nitrogen atom at the 1,3-positions is more preferable. If it is the said aspect, the hardened | cured material which is excellent by the dispersibility of a metal oxide particle, and has a smaller haze is obtained.
The “heterocyclic structure having at least a nitrogen atom at positions 1 and 3” may be a structure in which nitrogen atoms are bonded to both sides of a carbon atom in the heterocyclic ring. It does not have to be in the third or third place.
The ring member of the heterocyclic ring in Component H is preferably composed of at least a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom, and may further contain an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom as a ring member, but is composed of a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom. Is particularly preferred.
The number of nitrogen atoms contained in component H is 2 or more, preferably 2 to 6, and more preferably 2 to 4. Component H preferably has 2 to 4 nitrogen atoms as ring members of the heterocyclic ring, more preferably 2 or 3, and preferably 2 Further preferred.
The heterocyclic ring in component H may be a saturated heterocyclic ring, an unsaturated heterocyclic ring, or an aromatic heterocyclic ring.
Moreover, the heterocyclic ring in Component H may be further condensed with another ring. Moreover, as said other ring, not only a heterocyclic ring but an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be sufficient.
Component A may have a nitrogen atom other than the ring member of the heterocyclic ring, but the number of nitrogen atoms other than the ring member of the heterocyclic ring is preferably 0 to 3, preferably 0 to 2. It is preferably 0, more preferably 0, and particularly preferably no nitrogen atoms other than the ring members of the heterocyclic ring.
　成分Ｈが有する複素環構造の具体例としては、イミダゾール構造、ベンゾイミダゾール構造、１，２，４－トリアゾール構造、４，５－ジヒドロ－１，２，４－トリアゾール構造、テトラゾール構造、２－イミダゾリン構造、４－イミダゾリン構造（２，３－ジヒドロイミダゾール構造）、イミダゾリジン構造、ピリミジン構造、キノキサリン構造、プリン構造、プテリジン構造、及び、ペリジミン構造よりなる群から選ばれた環構造が好ましく挙げられ、イミダゾール構造、ベンゾイミダゾール構造、１，２，４－トリアゾール構造、４，５－ジヒドロ－１，２，４－トリアゾール構造、テトラゾール構造、２－イミダゾリン構造、４－イミダゾリン構造、イミダゾリジン構造、及び、ピリミジン構造よりなる群から選ばれた環構造がより好ましく挙げられ、ベンゾイミダゾール構造又はイミダゾリジン構造が特に好ましく挙げられる。上記態様であると、金属酸化物粒子の分散性により優れ、ヘイズがより小さい硬化物が得られる。 Specific examples of the heterocyclic structure of component H include imidazole structure, benzimidazole structure, 1,2,4-triazole structure, 4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-triazole structure, tetrazole structure, 2-imidazoline Preferred examples thereof include a ring structure selected from the group consisting of a structure, 4-imidazoline structure (2,3-dihydroimidazole structure), imidazolidine structure, pyrimidine structure, quinoxaline structure, purine structure, pteridine structure, and peridimine structure, Imidazole structure, benzimidazole structure, 1,2,4-triazole structure, 4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-triazole structure, tetrazole structure, 2-imidazoline structure, 4-imidazoline structure, imidazolidine structure, and A ring structure selected from the group consisting of pyrimidine structures Mentioned Preferably, benzimidazole structure or imidazolidine structure are exemplified particularly preferred. If it is the said aspect, the hardened | cured material which is excellent by the dispersibility of a metal oxide particle, and has a smaller haze is obtained.
　成分Ｈは、メルカプト基（－ＳＨ）又はチオキソ基（＝Ｓ）を有することが好ましい。上記態様であると、金属酸化物粒子の分散性により優れ、ヘイズがより小さい硬化物が得られる。
　また、成分Ｈとしては、下記式（１）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Component H preferably has a mercapto group (—SH) or a thioxo group (═S). If it is the said aspect, the hardened | cured material which is excellent by the dispersibility of a metal oxide particle, and has a smaller haze is obtained.
Component H is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 （式（１）中、Ｒ1及びＲ2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は１価の有機基を表し、Ｒ1とＲ2とが結合して２価の有機基であってもよく、Ｒ3及びＲ4はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は１価の有機基を表し、Ｌ1は５員環又は６員環を形成する２価の連結基を表し、Ｒ3又はＲ4とＬ1とが結合して環を形成していてもよく、また、点線の結合は、点線で記載した含窒素二重結合が存在する場合は、Ｒ2及びＲ4が存在しないことを表し、点線で記載した含窒素二重結合が存在しない場合は、Ｒ2及びＲ4が存在することを表す。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 (In the formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to form a divalent organic group. Well, R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, L 1 represents a divalent linking group forming a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and R 3 or R 4 L 1 may be bonded to form a ring, and the dotted bond represents that when the nitrogen-containing double bond described by the dotted line is present, R 2 and R 4 are not present, (If the nitrogen-containing double bond indicated by the dotted line is not present, it represents that R 2 and R 4 are present.)
　Ｒ1～Ｒ4における１価の有機基としては、アルキル基（シクロアルキル基、ビシクロアルキル基、トリシクロアルキル基を含む）、アルケニル基（シクロアルケニル基、ビシクロアルケニル基を含む）、アルキニル基、アリール基、複素環基（ヘテロ環基と言ってもよい）、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基（アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロ環アミノ基を含む）、アンモニオ基、アシルアミノ基、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキル及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、アルキルジチオ基、アリールジチオ基、ヘテロ環ジチオ基、スルファモイル基、スルホ基、アルキル及びアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル及びアリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アリール及びヘテロ環アゾ基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、ホスホノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、ウレイド基、チオウレイド基、ボロン酸基（－Ｂ（ＯＨ）2）、ホスファト基（－ＯＰＯ（ＯＨ）2）、スルファト基（－ＯＳＯ3Ｈ）、その他の公知の置換基が例として挙げられる。また、上記基は、更に置換基により置換されていてもよい。 Examples of the monovalent organic group in R 1 to R 4 include an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group and a tricycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group and a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, Aryl group, heterocyclic group (also called heterocyclic group), cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group , Alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group (including alkylamino group, arylamino group, heterocyclic amino group), ammonio group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonyl Amino group, sulf Moylamino group, alkyl and arylsulfonylamino group, mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, alkyldithio group, aryldithio group, heterocyclic dithio group, sulfamoyl group, sulfo group, alkyl and arylsulfinyl group, alkyl And arylsulfonyl group, acyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, aryl and heterocyclic azo group, imide group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, phosphono group , Silyl group, hydrazino group, ureido group, thioureido group, boronic acid group (—B (OH) 2 ), phosphato group (—OPO (OH) 2 ), sulfato group (—OSO 3 H), and other known substitutions Examples are the groups. Moreover, the said group may be further substituted by the substituent.
　Ｒ1及びＲ2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、又は、メルカプト基であることが好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基（好ましくは炭素数炭１～２０、より好ましくは炭素数１～８、更に好ましくは炭素数１～４）、アルケニル基（好ましくは炭素数２～２０、より好ましくは炭素数２～８、更に好ましくは炭素数２～４）、アリール基（好ましくは炭素数６～２０、より好ましくは炭素数６～１６、更に好ましくは炭素数６～１０）、又は、メルカプト基であることがより好ましい。また、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基及びアリール基は、更に置換基により置換されていてもよく、例えばアルキル基がアリール基により置換された、アラルキル基であってもよい。
　Ｒ3及びＲ4はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロ環基であることが好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基（好ましくは炭素数炭１～２０、より好ましくは炭素数１～８、より好ましくは炭素数１～４）、アルケニル基（好ましくは炭素数２～２０、より好ましくは炭素数２～１２、更に好ましくは炭素数２～６）、アルキニル基（好ましくは炭素数２～２０、より好ましくは炭素数２～１２、更に好ましくは炭素数２～６）アリール基（好ましくは炭素数６～２０、より好ましくは炭素数６～１６、更に好ましくは炭素数６～１０）、又は、ヘテロ環基であることがより好ましい。また、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基は、更に置換基により置換されていてもよく、例えばアルキル基がアリール基により置換された、アラルキル基であってもよい。 R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or a mercapto group, and preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 To 20, more preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or a mercapto group. The alkyl group, alkenyl group and aryl group may be further substituted with a substituent, for example, an aralkyl group in which the alkyl group is substituted with an aryl group.
R 3 and R 4 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20 More preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), Alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms) aryl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and further It is preferably a carbon number of 6 to 10) or a heterocyclic group. The alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group may be further substituted with a substituent, for example, an aralkyl group in which the alkyl group is substituted with an aryl group.
　Ｒ1及びＲ2における１価の有機基としては、これらの中でも、メルカプト基が特に好ましい。
　また、Ｒ1及びＲ2における１価の有機基の炭素数は、０～２０であることが好ましく、０～８であることがより好ましく、０であることが特に好ましい。
　また、Ｒ1とＲ2とが結合して形成する２価の有機基としては、オキソ基、チオキソ基、アルキリデン基等が例として挙げられる。これらの中でも、チオキソ基が特に好ましい。
　Ｒ1及びＲ2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメルカプト基であることが特に好ましく、また、Ｒ1とＲ2とが結合して２価の有機基を形成する場合は、チオキソ基であることが特に好ましい。 Among these, a mercapto group is particularly preferable as the monovalent organic group for R 1 and R 2 .
In addition, the carbon number of the monovalent organic group in R 1 and R 2 is preferably 0 to 20, more preferably 0 to 8, and particularly preferably 0.
Examples of the divalent organic group formed by combining R 1 and R 2 include an oxo group, a thioxo group, and an alkylidene group. Of these, a thioxo group is particularly preferable.
R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a mercapto group, and when R 1 and R 2 are combined to form a divalent organic group, they are thioxo groups. Is particularly preferred.
　Ｒ3及びＲ4における１価の有機基としては、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、モルフォリノメチル基又はフェニル基がより好ましい。また、上記アルキル基又はアリール基は、置換基により置換されていてもよい。
　Ｒ3及びＲ4における１価の有機基の炭素数は、０～２０であることが好ましく、１～１０であることがより好ましく、４～８であることが更に好ましい。
　Ｒ3及びＲ4はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、水素原子、モルフォリノメチル基又はフェニル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子又はフェニル基であることが更に好ましい。 The monovalent organic group in R 3 and R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably a morpholinomethyl group or a phenyl group. The alkyl group or aryl group may be substituted with a substituent.
The carbon number of the monovalent organic group in R 3 and R 4 is preferably 0 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and still more preferably 4 to 8.
R 3 and R 4 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a morpholinomethyl group or a phenyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a phenyl group. Further preferred.
　Ｌ1は５員環又は６員環を形成する２価の連結基を表し、式（１）中の炭素原子と２つの窒素原子と共に複素環を形成する。
　２価の連結基としては、式（１）中の炭素原子と２つの窒素原子と共に５員複素環又は６員複素環を形成する基であれば、特に制限はないが、その環員が、炭素原子及び／又は窒素原子から形成される基であることが好ましく、前述した複素環構造の具体例を形成する基であることがより好ましい。中でも、ベンゾイミダゾール構造を形成する基、すなわち、１，２－フェニレン基、又は、イミダゾリジン構造を形成する基、１，２－エチレン基であることが特に好ましい。 L 1 represents a divalent linking group that forms a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and forms a heterocyclic ring together with the carbon atom and the two nitrogen atoms in the formula (1).
The divalent linking group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that forms a 5-membered heterocyclic ring or a 6-membered heterocyclic ring together with the carbon atom and the two nitrogen atoms in the formula (1). A group formed from a carbon atom and / or a nitrogen atom is preferable, and a group forming a specific example of the heterocyclic structure described above is more preferable. Among them, a group that forms a benzimidazole structure, that is, a 1,2-phenylene group, a group that forms an imidazolidine structure, or a 1,2-ethylene group is particularly preferable.
　更に、成分Ｈとしては、下記式（１－１）又は式（１－２）で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, component H is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1-1) or formula (1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 （式（１－１）及び式（１－２）中、Ｒ6～Ｒ8はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は１価の有機基を表し、Ｌ2及びＬ3はそれぞれ独立に、５員環又は６員環を形成する２価の連結基を表し、Ｒ6とＬ2とが結合して環を形成していてもよく、Ｒ7又はＲ8とＬ3とが結合して環を形成していてもよい。）
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 (In Formula (1-1) and Formula (1-2), R 6 to R 8 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and L 2 and L 3 each independently represents a 5-membered ring. Alternatively, it represents a divalent linking group that forms a 6-membered ring, and R 6 and L 2 may combine to form a ring, or R 7 or R 8 and L 3 combine to form a ring. You may do it.)
　式（１－１）又は式（１－２）におけるＲ6～Ｒ8は、上記式（１）におけるＲ3及びＲ4と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
　また、式（１－１）又は式（１－２）におけるＬ2及びＬ3は、上記式（１）におけるＬ1と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
　成分Ｈの好ましい具体例（ｈ－１～ｈ－１１）を以下に示す。但し、本発明においては、これらに制限されるものではない。 R 6 to R 8 in formula (1-1) or formula (1-2) have the same meanings as R 3 and R 4 in formula (1), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
In addition, L 2 and L 3 in formula (1-1) or formula (1-2) have the same meaning as L 1 in formula (1), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
Preferred specific examples (h-1 to h-11) of Component H are shown below. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
　これらの中でも、ｈ－３～ｈ－１１が好ましく、ｈ－３、ｈ－５、ｈ－６又はｈ－９がより好ましく、ｈ－５又はｈ－９が特に好ましい。 Among these, h-3 to h-11 are preferable, h-3, h-5, h-6 or h-9 is more preferable, and h-5 or h-9 is particularly preferable.
　また、成分Ｈは、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用することもできる。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における成分Ｈの含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、０．１～２０質量％であることが好ましく、０．５～１５質量％であることがより好ましく、０．５～１０質量％であることが更に好ましい。上記範囲であると、金属酸化物粒子の分散性により優れ、ヘイズがより小さい硬化物が得られる。 Moreover, the component H may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
The content of component H in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 15%, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. When it is in the above range, a cured product having excellent dispersibility of the metal oxide particles and smaller haze can be obtained.
＜その他の成分＞
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、上記成分に加えて、必要に応じて、（成分Ｉ）架橋剤、（成分Ｊ）酸化防止剤、（成分Ｋ）増感剤、（成分Ｌ）アルコキシシラン化合物、（成分Ｍ）塩基性化合物、（成分Ｎ）その他の界面活性剤を好ましく加えることができる。更に本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、紫外線吸収剤、金属不活性化剤や、酸増殖剤、現像促進剤、可塑剤、熱ラジカル発生剤、熱酸発生剤、増粘剤、及び、有機又は無機の沈殿防止剤などの公知の添加剤を加えることができる。また、これらの化合物としては、例えば特開２０１２－８８４５９号公報の段落０２０１～０２２４の記載も参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 <Other ingredients>
In addition to the above components, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes (Component I) a crosslinking agent, (Component J) an antioxidant, (Component K) a sensitizer, and (Component L) an alkoxy as necessary. Silane compounds, (Component M) basic compounds, (Component N) and other surfactants can be preferably added. Furthermore, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes an ultraviolet absorber, a metal deactivator, an acid multiplier, a development accelerator, a plasticizer, a thermal radical generator, a thermal acid generator, a thickener, and Known additives such as organic or inorganic suspending agents can be added. As these compounds, for example, the descriptions in paragraphs 0201 to 0224 of JP2012-8859A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
（成分Ｉ）架橋剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、必要に応じ、（成分Ｉ）架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。架橋剤を添加することにより、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により得られる硬化膜をより強固な膜とすることができる。
　架橋剤としては、熱によって架橋反応が起こるものであれば制限はない（但し、成分Ａを除く。）。すなわち、架橋剤としては熱架橋剤が好適に使用される。例えば、以下に述べる分子内に２個以上のエポキシ基もしくはオキセタニル基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、少なくとも１個のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物、又は、ブロックイソシアネート化合物等を添加することができる。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物中における架橋剤の添加量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分１００質量部に対し、０．０１～５０質量部であることが好ましく、０．１～３０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．５～２０質量部であることが更に好ましい。この範囲で添加することにより、機械的強度及び耐溶剤性に優れた硬化膜が得られる。架橋剤は複数を併用することもでき、その場合は架橋剤を全て合算して含有量を計算する。 (Component I) Crosslinking agent The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component I) a crosslinking agent, if necessary. By adding a crosslinking agent, the cured film obtained by the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be made a stronger film.
The crosslinking agent is not limited as long as it causes a crosslinking reaction by heat (excluding component A). That is, a thermal crosslinking agent is preferably used as the crosslinking agent. For example, a compound having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule described below, an alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent, a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, or a blocked isocyanate compound, etc. Can be added.
The addition amount of the crosslinking agent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, and preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. The amount is more preferably part by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass. By adding in this range, a cured film excellent in mechanical strength and solvent resistance can be obtained. A plurality of crosslinking agents may be used in combination. In that case, the content is calculated by adding all the crosslinking agents.
＜分子内に２個以上のエポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を有する化合物＞
　分子内に２個以上のエポキシ基を有する化合物の具体例としては、ビスフェノールＡ型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールＦ型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂等を挙げることができる。 <Compound having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule>
Specific examples of compounds having two or more epoxy groups in the molecule include bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, aliphatic epoxy resins, and the like. Can do.
　これらは市販品として入手できる。例えば、ＪＥＲ１５２、ＪＥＲ１５７Ｓ７０、ＪＥＲ１５７Ｓ６５、ＪＥＲ８０６、ＪＥＲ８２８、ＪＥＲ１００７（（株）三菱ケミカルホールディングス製）など、特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落０１８９に記載の市販品などが挙げられ、その他にも、ＡＤＥＫＡ　ＲＥＳＩＮ　ＥＰ－４０００Ｓ、同ＥＰ－４００３Ｓ、同ＥＰ－４０１０Ｓ、同ＥＰ－４０１１Ｓ（以上、（株）ＡＤＥＫＡ製）、ＮＣ－２０００、ＮＣ－３０００、ＮＣ－７３００、ＸＤ－１０００、ＥＰＰＮ－５０１、ＥＰＰＮ－５０２（以上、（株）ＡＤＥＫＡ製）、デナコールＥＸ－６１１、ＥＸ－６１２、ＥＸ－６１４、ＥＸ－６１４Ｂ、ＥＸ－６２２、ＥＸ－５１２、ＥＸ－５２１、ＥＸ－４１１、ＥＸ－４２１、ＥＸ－３１３、ＥＸ－３１４、ＥＸ－３２１、ＥＸ－２１１、ＥＸ－２１２、ＥＸ－８１０、ＥＸ－８１１、ＥＸ－８５０、ＥＸ－８５１、ＥＸ－８２１、ＥＸ－８３０、ＥＸ－８３２、ＥＸ－８４１、ＥＸ－９１１、ＥＸ－９４１、ＥＸ－９２０、ＥＸ－９３１、ＥＸ－２１２Ｌ、ＥＸ－２１４Ｌ、ＥＸ－２１６Ｌ、ＥＸ－３２１Ｌ、ＥＸ－８５０Ｌ、ＤＬＣ－２０１、ＤＬＣ－２０３、ＤＬＣ－２０４、ＤＬＣ－２０５、ＤＬＣ－２０６、ＤＬＣ－３０１、ＤＬＣ－４０２（以上、ナガセケムテックス（株）製）、ＹＨ－３００、ＹＨ－３０１、ＹＨ－３０２、ＹＨ－３１５、ＹＨ－３２４、ＹＨ－３２５（以上、新日鐵化学（株）製）などが挙げられる。
　これらは１種単独又は２種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 These are available as commercial products. For example, JER152, JER157S70, JER157S65, JER806, JER828, JER1007 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Co., Ltd.) and other commercial products described in paragraph 0189 of JP2011-221494, etc., and others, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN- 502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Denacol EX-611, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-622, EX-512, EX-521, EX-411, EX-421, EX- 313, EX-314, EX- 21, EX-211, EX-212, EX-810, EX-811, EX-850, EX-851, EX-821, EX-830, EX-832, EX-841, EX-911, EX-941, EX-920, EX-931, EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L, DLC-201, DLC-203, DLC-204, DLC-205, DLC-206, DLC- 301, DLC-402 (above, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), YH-300, YH-301, YH-302, YH-315, YH-324, YH-325 (above, Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufactured).
These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
　これらの中でも、ビスフェノールＡ型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールＦ型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂及び脂肪族エポキシ樹脂がより好ましく挙げられ、ビスフェノールＡ型エポキシ樹脂が特に好ましく挙げられる。 Among these, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins and aliphatic epoxy resins are more preferable, and bisphenol A type epoxy resins are particularly preferable.
　分子内に２個以上のオキセタニル基を有する化合物の具体例としては、アロンオキセタンＯＸＴ－１２１、ＯＸＴ－２２１、ＯＸ－ＳＱ、ＰＮＯＸ（以上、東亞合成（株）製）を用いることができる。
　また、オキセタニル基を含む化合物は、単独で又はエポキシ基を含む化合物と混合して使用することが好ましい。 As specific examples of the compound having two or more oxetanyl groups in the molecule, Aron oxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) can be used.
Moreover, it is preferable to use the compound containing an oxetanyl group individually or in mixture with the compound containing an epoxy group.
　また、その他の架橋剤としては特開２０１２－８２２３号公報の段落０１０７～０１０８に記載のアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、及び、少なくとも１個のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物なども好ましく用いることができる。アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤としては、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリルが好ましい。 As other crosslinking agents, alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agents described in paragraphs 0107 to 0108 of JP2012-8223A, compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and the like are also preferably used. be able to. As the alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent, alkoxymethylated glycoluril is preferable.
＜ブロックイソシアネート化合物＞
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物では、架橋剤として、ブロックイソシアネート化合物も好ましく採用できる。ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、ブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物であれば特に制限はないが、硬化性の観点から、１分子内に２以上のブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
　なお、本発明におけるブロックイソシアネート基とは、熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であり、例えば、ブロック剤とイソシアネート基とを反応させイソシアネート基を保護した基が好ましく例示できる。また、上記ブロックイソシアネート基は、９０℃～２５０℃の熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることが好ましい。
　また、ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、その骨格は特に限定されるものではなく、１分子中にイソシアネート基を２個有するものであればどのようなものでもよく、脂肪族、脂環族又は芳香族のポリイソシアネートであってよいが、例えば２，４－トリレンジイソシアネート、２，６－トリレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、１，６－ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、１，３－トリメチレンジイソシアネート、１，４－テトラメチレンジイソシアネート、２，２，４－トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、２，４，４－トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、１，９－ノナメチレンジイソシアネート、１，１０－デカメチレンジイソシアネート、１，４－シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、２，２’－ジエチルエーテルジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタン－４，４’－ジイソシアネート、ｏ－キシレンジイソシアネート、ｍ－キシレンジイソシアネート、ｐ－キシレンジイソシアネート、メチレンビス（シクロヘキシルイソシアネート）、シクロヘキサン－１，３－ジメチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサン－１，４－ジメチレレンジイソシアネート、１，５－ナフタレンジイソシアネート、ｐ－フェニレンジイソシアネート、３，３’－メチレンジトリレン－４，４’－ジイソシアネート、４，４’－ジフェニルエーテルジイソシアネート、テトラクロロフェニレンジイソシアネート、ノルボルナンジイソシアネート、水素化１，３－キシリレンジイソシアネート、水素化１，４－キシリレンジイソシアネート等のイソシアネート化合物及びこれらの化合物から派生するプレポリマー型の骨格の化合物を好適に用いることができる。これらの中でも、トリレンジイソシアネート（ＴＤＩ）やジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート（ＭＤＩ）、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート（ＨＤＩ）、イソホロンジイソシアネート（ＩＰＤＩ）が特に好ましい。 <Block isocyanate compound>
In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a blocked isocyanate compound can also be preferably employed as a crosslinking agent. The blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a blocked isocyanate group, but is preferably a compound having two or more blocked isocyanate groups in one molecule from the viewpoint of curability.
In addition, the blocked isocyanate group in this invention is a group which can produce | generate an isocyanate group with a heat | fever, For example, the group which reacted the blocking agent and the isocyanate group and protected the isocyanate group can illustrate preferably. The blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 ° C. to 250 ° C.
Further, the skeleton of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited and may be any as long as it has two isocyanate groups in one molecule, and is aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic. Polyisocyanates may be used, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3-trimethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene Diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,9-nonamethylene diisocyanate, 1,10-decamethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 2, '-Diethyl ether diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, o-xylene diisocyanate, m-xylene diisocyanate, p-xylene diisocyanate, methylene bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), cyclohexane-1,3-dimethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane-1, 4-dimethylene diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, p-phenylene diisocyanate, 3,3′-methylene ditolylene-4,4′-diisocyanate, 4,4′-diphenyl ether diisocyanate, tetrachlorophenylene diisocyanate, norbornane diisocyanate, Isocyanate compounds such as hydrogenated 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate and hydrogenated 1,4-xylylene diisocyanate And prepolymer-type skeleton compounds derived from these compounds can be suitably used. Among these, tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) are particularly preferable.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物におけるブロックイソシアネート化合物の母構造としては、ビウレット型、イソシアヌレート型、アダクト型、２官能プレポリマー型等を挙げることができる。
　上記ブロックイソシアネート化合物のブロック構造を形成するブロック剤としては、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物、メルカプタン化合物、イミダゾール系化合物、イミド系化合物等を挙げることができる。これらの中でも、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物から選ばれるブロック剤が特に好ましい。 Examples of the matrix structure of the blocked isocyanate compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include biuret type, isocyanurate type, adduct type, and bifunctional prepolymer type.
Examples of the blocking agent that forms the block structure of the blocked isocyanate compound include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, and imide compounds. be able to. Among these, a blocking agent selected from oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, and pyrazole compounds is particularly preferable.
　上記オキシム化合物としては、アルドキシム、及び、ケトオキシムが挙げられ、具体的には、アセトキシム、ホルムアルドキシム、シクロヘキサンオキシム、メチルエチルケトンオキシム、シクロヘキサノンオキシム、ベンゾフェノンオキシム、アセトキシム等が例示できる。
　上記ラクタム化合物としては、ε－カプロラクタム、γ－ブチロラクタム等が例示できる。
　上記フェノール化合物としては、フェノール、ナフトール、クレゾール、キシレノール、ハロゲン置換フェノール等が例示できる。
　上記アルコール化合物としては、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、シクロヘキサノール、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル等が例示できる。
　上記アミン化合物としては、１級アミン及び２級アミンが挙げられ、芳香族アミン、脂肪族アミン、脂環族アミンいずれでもよく、アニリン、ジフェニルアミン、エチレンイミン、ポリエチレンイミン等が例示できる。
　上記活性メチレン化合物としては、マロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジメチル、アセト酢酸エチル、アセト酢酸メチル等が例示できる。
　上記ピラゾール化合物としては、ピラゾール、メチルピラゾール、ジメチルピラゾール等が例示できる。
　上記メルカプタン化合物としては、アルキルメルカプタン、アリールメルカプタン等が例示できる。 Examples of the oxime compound include aldoxime and ketoxime, and specific examples include acetoxime, formaldoxime, cyclohexane oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, benzophenone oxime, and acetoxime.
Examples of the lactam compound include ε-caprolactam and γ-butyrolactam.
Examples of the phenol compound include phenol, naphthol, cresol, xylenol, and halogen-substituted phenol.
Examples of the alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and alkyl lactate.
As said amine compound, a primary amine and a secondary amine are mentioned, Any of an aromatic amine, an aliphatic amine, and an alicyclic amine may be sufficient, An aniline, diphenylamine, ethyleneimine, polyethyleneimine etc. can be illustrated.
Examples of the active methylene compound include diethyl malonate, dimethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl acetoacetate and the like.
Examples of the pyrazole compound include pyrazole, methylpyrazole, dimethylpyrazole and the like.
Examples of the mercaptan compound include alkyl mercaptans and aryl mercaptans.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に使用できるブロックイソシアネート化合物は、市販品として入手可能であり、例えば、コロネートＡＰステーブルＭ、コロネート２５０３、２５１５、２５０７、２５１３、２５５５、ミリオネートＭＳ－５０（以上、日本ポリウレタン工業（株）製）、タケネートＢ－８３０、Ｂ－８１５Ｎ、Ｂ－８２０ＮＳＵ、Ｂ－８４２Ｎ、Ｂ－８４６Ｎ、Ｂ－８７０Ｎ、Ｂ－８７４Ｎ、Ｂ－８８２Ｎ（以上、三井化学（株）製）、デュラネート１７Ｂ－６０ＰＸ、１７Ｂ－６０Ｐ、ＴＰＡ－Ｂ８０Ｘ、ＴＰＡ－Ｂ８０Ｅ、ＭＦ－Ｂ６０Ｘ、ＭＦ－Ｂ６０Ｂ、ＭＦ－Ｋ６０Ｘ、ＭＦ－Ｋ６０Ｂ、Ｅ４０２－Ｂ８０Ｂ、ＳＢＮ－７０Ｄ、ＳＢＢ－７０Ｐ、Ｋ６０００（以上、旭化成ケミカルズ（株）製）、デスモジュールＢＬ１１００、ＢＬ１２６５　ＭＰＡ／Ｘ、ＢＬ３５７５／１、ＢＬ３２７２ＭＰＡ、ＢＬ３３７０ＭＰＡ、ＢＬ３４７５ＢＡ／ＳＮ、ＢＬ５３７５ＭＰＡ、ＶＰＬＳ２０７８／２、ＢＬ４２６５ＳＮ、ＰＬ３４０、ＰＬ３５０、スミジュールＢＬ３１７５（以上、住化バイエルウレタン（株）製）等を好ましく使用することができる。 The blocked isocyanate compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is commercially available. For example, Coronate AP Stable M, Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (or more, Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-84N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) ), Duranate 17B-60PX, 17B-60P, TPA-B80X, TPA-B80E, MF-B60X, MF-B60B, MF-K60X, MF-K60B, E402-B80B, SBN-70D, SBB-70P, K6000 (above , Manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation, Death Module B 1100, BL1265 MPA / X, BL3575 / 1, BL3272MPA, BL3370MPA, BL3475BA / SN, BL5375MPA, VPLS2078 / 2, BL4265SN, PL340, PL350, Sumidur BL3175 (above, manufactured by Sumika Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.) etc. are preferably used can do.
（成分Ｊ）酸化防止剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することが好ましい。酸化防止剤としては、公知の酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤を添加することにより、硬化膜の着色を防止できる、又は、分解による膜厚減少を低減でき、また、耐熱透明性に優れるという利点がある。
　このような酸化防止剤としては、例えば、リン系酸化防止剤、アミド類、ヒドラジド類、ヒンダードアミン系酸化防止剤、イオウ系酸化防止剤、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アスコルビン酸類、硫酸亜鉛、糖類、亜硝酸塩、亜硫酸塩、チオ硫酸塩、ヒドロキシルアミン誘導体等を挙げることができる。これらの中では、硬化膜の着色、膜厚減少の観点から特にフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミド系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジド系酸化防止剤、イオウ系酸化防止剤が好ましく、フェノール系酸化防止剤が最も好ましい。これらは１種単独で用いてもよいし、２種以上を混合してもよい。
　具体例としては、特開２００５－２９５１５号公報の段落００２６～００３１に記載の化合物を挙げることができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
　フェノール系酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブＡＯ－１５、アデカスタブＡＯ－１８、アデカスタブＡＯ－２０、アデカスタブＡＯ－２３、アデカスタブＡＯ－３０、アデカスタブＡＯ－３７、アデカスタブＡＯ－４０、アデカスタブＡＯ－５０、アデカスタブＡＯ－５１、アデカスタブＡＯ－６０、アデカスタブＡＯ－７０、アデカスタブＡＯ－８０、アデカスタブＡＯ－３３０、アデカスタブＡＯ－４１２Ｓ、アデカスタブＡＯ－５０３、アデカスタブＡ－６１１、アデカスタブＡ－６１２、アデカスタブＡ－６１３、アデカスタブＰＥＰ－４Ｃ、アデカスタブＰＥＰ－８、アデカスタブＰＥＰ－８Ｗ、アデカスタブＰＥＰ－２４Ｇ、アデカスタブＰＥＰ－３６、アデカスタブＰＥＰ－３６Ｚ、アデカスタブＨＰ－１０、アデカスタブ２１１２、アデカスタブ２６０、アデカスタブ５２２Ａ、アデカスタブ１１７８、アデカスタブ１５００、アデカスタブＣ、アデカスタブ１３５Ａ、アデカスタブ３０１０、アデカスタブＴＰＰ、アデカスタブＣＤＡ－１、アデカスタブＣＤＡ－６、アデカスタブＺＳ－２７、アデカスタブＺＳ－９０、アデカスタブＺＳ－９１（以上、（株）ＡＤＥＫＡ製）、イルガノックス２４５ＦＦ、イルガノックス１０１０ＦＦ、イルガノックス１０１０、イルガノックスＭＤ１０２４、イルガノックス１０３５ＦＦ、イルガノックス１０３５、イルガノックス１０９８、イルガノックス１３３０、イルガノックス１５２０Ｌ、イルガノックス３１１４、イルガノックス１７２６、イルガフォス１６８、イルガモッド２９５（ＢＡＳＦ社製）、チヌビン４０５（ＢＡＳＦ社製）などが挙げられる。中でも、アデカスタブＡＯ－６０、アデカスタブＡＯ－８０、イルガノックス１７２６、イルガノックス１０３５、イルガノックス１０９８、チヌビン４０５を好適に使用することができる。 (Component J) Antioxidant The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant. As an antioxidant, a well-known antioxidant can be contained. By adding an antioxidant, there is an advantage that coloring of the cured film can be prevented, or a decrease in film thickness due to decomposition can be reduced, and heat resistant transparency is excellent.
Examples of such antioxidants include phosphorus antioxidants, amides, hydrazides, hindered amine antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, phenolic antioxidants, ascorbic acids, zinc sulfate, sugars, Examples thereof include nitrates, sulfites, thiosulfates, and hydroxylamine derivatives. Of these, phenol-based antioxidants, amide-based antioxidants, hydrazide-based antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of coloring the cured film and reducing the film thickness. preferable. These may be used individually by 1 type and may mix 2 or more types.
Specific examples include the compounds described in JP-A-2005-29515, paragraphs 0026 to 0031, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Examples of commercially available phenolic antioxidants include ADK STAB AO-15, ADK STAB AO-18, ADK STAB AO-20, ADK STAB AO-23, ADK STAB AO-30, ADK STAB AO-37, ADK STAB AO-40 and ADK STAB AO. -50, ADK STAB AO-51, ADK STAB AO-60, ADK STAB AO-70, ADK STAB AO-80, ADK STAB AO-330, ADK STAB AO-412S, ADK STAB AO-503, ADK STAB A-611, ADK STAB A-612, ADK STAB A -613, ADK STAB PEP-4C, ADK STAB PEP-8, ADK STAB PEP-8W, ADK STAB PEP-24G, ADK STAB PEP-36, ADK STAB PEP-36Z, ADK STAB HP-1 ADK STAB 2112, ADK STAB 260, ADK STAB 1522, ADK STAB 1178, ADK STAB 1500, ADK STAB C, ADK STAB 13510, ADK STAB 3010, ADK STAB CDA-1, ADK STAB CDA-6, ADK STAB ZS-27, ADK STAB ZS-90 -91 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Irganox 245FF, Irganox 1010FF, Irganox 1010, Irganox MD1024, Irganox 1035FF, Irganox 1035, Irganox 1098, Irganox 1330, Irganox 1520L, Irganox 3114, Irganox 1726, Irgafos 168, Irgamod 295 (BAS Company, Ltd.), Tinuvin 405 (manufactured by BASF), and the like. Among them, ADK STAB AO-60, ADK STAB AO-80, Irganox 1726, Irganox 1035, Irganox 1098, and Tinuvin 405 can be preferably used.
　酸化防止剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、０．１～１０質量％であることが好ましく、０．２～５質量％であることがより好ましく、０．５～４質量％であることが特に好ましい。この範囲にすることで、形成された膜の十分な透明性が得られ、かつ、パターン形成時の感度も良好となる。
　また、酸化防止剤以外の添加剤として、「高分子添加剤の新展開」（（株）日刊工業新聞社）に記載の各種紫外線吸収剤や、金属不活性化剤等を本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に添加してもよい。 The content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is particularly preferably 5 to 4% by mass. By setting it within this range, sufficient transparency of the formed film can be obtained, and the sensitivity at the time of pattern formation can be improved.
Further, as additives other than antioxidants, various ultraviolet absorbers described in “New Development of Polymer Additives” (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Co., Ltd.), metal deactivators, and the like are used in the present invention. You may add to a resin composition.
（成分Ｋ）増感剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤との組み合わせにおいて、その分解を促進させるために、増感剤を含有することが好ましい。増感剤は、活性光線又は放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感剤は、光酸発生剤と接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより光酸発生剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、酸を生成する。好ましい増感剤の例としては、以下の化合物類に属しており、かつ３５０ｎｍ～４５０ｎｍの波長域のいずれかに吸収波長を有する化合物を挙げることができる。 (Component K) Sensitizer The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a sensitizer in order to promote its decomposition in combination with (Component B) a photoacid generator. The sensitizer absorbs actinic rays or radiation and enters an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with the photoacid generator, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. Thereby, a photo-acid generator raise | generates a chemical change and decomposes | disassembles and produces | generates an acid. Examples of preferred sensitizers include compounds belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in any of the wavelength ranges of 350 nm to 450 nm.
　多核芳香族類（例えば、ピレン、ペリレン、トリフェニレン、アントラセン、９，１０－ジブトキシアントラセン、９，１０－ジエトキシアントラセン，３，７－ジメトキシアントラセン、９，１０－ジプロピルオキシアントラセン）、キサンテン類（例えば、フルオレッセイン、エオシン、エリスロシン、ローダミンＢ、ローズベンガル）、キサントン類（例えば、キサントン、チオキサントン、ジメチルチオキサントン、ジエチルチオキサントン）、シアニン類（例えばチアカルボシアニン、オキサカルボシアニン）、メロシアニン類（例えば、メロシアニン、カルボメロシアニン）、ローダシアニン類、オキソノール類、チアジン類（例えば、チオニン、メチレンブルー、トルイジンブルー）、アクリジン類（例えば、アクリジンオレンジ、クロロフラビン、アクリフラビン）、アクリドン類（例えば、アクリドン、１０－ブチル－２－クロロアクリドン）、アントラキノン類（例えば、アントラキノン）、スクアリウム類（例えば、スクアリウム）、スチリル類、ベーススチリル類（例えば、２－｛２－［４－（ジメチルアミノ）フェニル］エテニル｝ベンゾオキサゾール）、クマリン類（例えば、７－ジエチルアミノ－４－メチルクマリン、７－ヒドロキシ－４－メチルクマリン、２，３，６，７－テトラヒドロ－９－メチル－１Ｈ，５Ｈ，１１Ｈ［１］ベンゾピラノ［６，７，８－ｉｊ］キノリジン－１１－ノン）。
　これら増感剤の中でも、多核芳香族類、アクリドン類、スチリル類、ベーススチリル類、クマリン類が好ましく、多核芳香族類がより好ましい。多核芳香族類の中でもアントラセン誘導体が最も好ましい。 Polynuclear aromatics (eg, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, anthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 3,7-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropyloxyanthracene), xanthenes (Eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal), xanthones (eg, xanthone, thioxanthone, dimethylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone), cyanines (eg, thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine), merocyanines ( For example, merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), rhodocyanines, oxonols, thiazines (eg, thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue), acridines (eg, acridine oleoresin) Di, chloroflavin, acriflavine), acridones (eg, acridone, 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone), anthraquinones (eg, anthraquinone), squaliums (eg, squalium), styryls, base styryls ( For example, 2- {2- [4- (dimethylamino) phenyl] ethenyl} benzoxazole), coumarins (eg, 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy-4-methylcoumarin, 2, 3, 6 , 7-tetrahydro-9-methyl-1H, 5H, 11H [1] benzopyrano [6,7,8-ij] quinolidine-11-non).
Among these sensitizers, polynuclear aromatics, acridones, styryls, base styryls, and coumarins are preferable, and polynuclear aromatics are more preferable. Of the polynuclear aromatics, anthracene derivatives are most preferred.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物中における増感剤の添加量は、感光性樹脂組成物の光酸発生剤１００質量部に対し、０～１，０００質量部であることが好ましく、１０～５００質量部であることがより好ましく、５０～２００質量部であることが更に好ましい。
　また、増感剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用することもできる。 The addition amount of the sensitizer in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0 to 1,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator of the photosensitive resin composition. The amount is more preferably part by mass, and further preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.
Moreover, a sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type and can also use 2 or more types together.
（成分Ｌ）アルコキシシラン化合物
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ｌ）アルコキシシラン化合物を含有してもよい。アルコキシシラン化合物を用いると、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により形成された膜と基板との密着性を向上できたり、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により形成された膜の性質を調整することができる。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に用いることができる（成分Ｌ）アルコキシシラン化合物は、基材となる無機物、例えば、シリコン、酸化シリコン、窒化シリコン等のシリコン化合物、金、銅、モリブデン、チタン、アルミニウム等の金属と絶縁膜との密着性を向上させる化合物であることが好ましい。具体的には、公知のシランカップリング剤等も有効である。
　シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、γ－アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ－アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ－グリシドキシプロピルトリアコキシシラン、γ－グリシドキシプロピルアルキルジアルコキシシラン、γ－メタクリロキシプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、γ－メタクリロキシプロピルアルキルジアルコキシシラン、γ－クロロプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、γ－メルカプトプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、β－（３，４－エポキシシクロヘキシル）エチルトリアルコキシシラン、ビニルトリアルコキシシランが挙げられる。これらのうち、γ－グリシドキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランやγ－メタクリロキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランがより好ましく、γ－グリシドキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランが更に好ましく、３－グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシランが特に好ましい。これらは１種単独又は２種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 (Component L) Alkoxysilane Compound The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain (Component L) an alkoxysilane compound. When an alkoxysilane compound is used, the adhesion between the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention and the substrate can be improved, or the properties of the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted. Can do. The (component L) alkoxysilane compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is an inorganic material serving as a base material, for example, a silicon compound such as silicon, silicon oxide, or silicon nitride, gold, copper, molybdenum, titanium, A compound that improves the adhesion between a metal such as aluminum and the insulating film is preferable. Specifically, a known silane coupling agent or the like is also effective.
Examples of silane coupling agents include γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriacoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, and γ-methacrylic acid. Roxypropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, γ-chloropropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropyltrialkoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrialkoxysilane, vinyltrialkoxy Examples include silane. Of these, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane and γ-methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane are more preferable, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane is more preferable, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is particularly preferable. preferable. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
　また、下記の式で表される化合物も好ましく採用できる。
　　　（Ｒ1）4-n－Ｓｉ－（ＯＲ2）n
　式中、Ｒ1は反応性基を有さない炭素数１～２０の炭化水素基であり、Ｒ2は炭素数１～３のアルキル基又はフェニル基であり、ｎは１～３の整数である。なお、ｎが２又は３のとき、複数存在するＲ２はそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよいが、合成上の観点からは同一であることが好ましい。また、ｎが１又は２のとき、複数存在するＲ１はそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよいが、合成上の観点からは、同一であることが好ましい。
　具体例として以下の化合物を挙げることができる。なお、Ｐｈはフェニル基を表す。 Moreover, the compound represented by the following formula can also be preferably employed.
(R 1 ) 4-n -Si- (OR 2 ) n
In the formula, R 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms having no reactive group, R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and n is an integer of 1 to 3 is there. When n is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 2 may be the same or different, but are preferably the same from the viewpoint of synthesis. When n is 1 or 2, a plurality of R 1 may be the same or different from each other, but are preferably the same from the viewpoint of synthesis.
Specific examples include the following compounds. Ph represents a phenyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における（成分Ｌ）アルコキシシラン化合物は、特にこれらに限定することなく、公知のものを使用することができる。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物におけるアルコキシシラン化合物の含有量は、感光性組成物中の全固形分１００質量部に対して、０．１～３０質量部が好ましく、０．５～２０質量部がより好ましい。 The (component L) alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known compounds can be used.
The content of the alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive composition. Is more preferable.
（成分Ｍ）塩基性化合物
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、（成分Ｍ）塩基性化合物を含有してもよい。（成分Ｍ）塩基性化合物としては、化学増幅レジストで用いられるものの中から任意に選択して使用することができる。例えば、脂肪族アミン、芳香族アミン、複素環式アミン、第四級アンモニウムヒドロキシド、カルボン酸の第四級アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落０２０４～０２０７に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 (Component M) Basic Compound The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain (Component M) a basic compound. (Component M) The basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in chemically amplified resists. Examples include aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids, and the like. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in paragraphs 0204 to 0207 of JP2011-221494A.
　具体的には、脂肪族アミンとしては、例えば、トリメチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、ジ－ｎ－プロピルアミン、トリ－ｎ－プロピルアミン、ジ－ｎ－ペンチルアミン、トリ－ｎ－ペンチルアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、ジシクロヘキシルアミン、ジシクロヘキシルメチルアミンなどが挙げられる。
　芳香族アミンとしては、例えば、アニリン、ベンジルアミン、Ｎ，Ｎ－ジメチルアニリン、ジフェニルアミンなどが挙げられる。
　複素環式アミンとしては、例えば、ピリジン、２－メチルピリジン、４－メチルピリジン、２－エチルピリジン、４－エチルピリジン、２－フェニルピリジン、４－フェニルピリジン、Ｎ－メチル－４－フェニルピリジン、４－ジメチルアミノピリジン、イミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、４－メチルイミダゾール、２－フェニルベンズイミダゾール、２，４，５－トリフェニルイミダゾール、ニコチン、ニコチン酸、ニコチン酸アミド、キノリン、８－オキシキノリン、ピラジン、ピラゾール、ピリダジン、プリン、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、ピペラジン、モルホリン、４－メチルモルホリン、Ｎ－シクロヘキシル－Ｎ’－［２－（４－モルホリニル）エチル］チオ尿素、１，５－ジアザビシクロ［４．３．０］－５－ノネン、１，８－ジアザビシクロ［５．３．０］－７－ウンデセンなどが挙げられる。
　第四級アンモニウムヒドロキシドとしては、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ－ｎ－ブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ－ｎ－ヘキシルアンモニウムヒドロキシドなどが挙げられる。
　カルボン酸の第四級アンモニウム塩としては、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムアセテート、テトラメチルアンモニウムベンゾエート、テトラ－ｎ－ブチルアンモニウムアセテート、テトラ－ｎ－ブチルアンモニウムベンゾエートなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the aliphatic amine include trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-propylamine, di-n-pentylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and the like. Examples include ethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, and dicyclohexylmethylamine.
Examples of the aromatic amine include aniline, benzylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine and the like.
Examples of the heterocyclic amine include pyridine, 2-methylpyridine, 4-methylpyridine, 2-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2-phenylpyridine, 4-phenylpyridine, N-methyl-4-phenylpyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, nicotine, nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, quinoline, 8-oxyquinoline, pyrazine, Pyrazole, pyridazine, purine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, N-cyclohexyl-N ′-[2- (4-morpholinyl) ethyl] thiourea, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0 ] -5-Nonene, 1,8-di And azabicyclo [5.3.0] -7-undecene.
Examples of the quaternary ammonium hydroxide include tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-hexylammonium hydroxide, and the like.
Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt of carboxylic acid include tetramethylammonium acetate, tetramethylammonium benzoate, tetra-n-butylammonium acetate, tetra-n-butylammonium benzoate and the like.
　本発明に用いることができる塩基性化合物は、１種単独で使用しても、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における塩基性化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物中の全固形分１００質量部に対して、０．００１～３質量部であることが好ましく、０．００５～１質量部であることがより好ましい。 The basic compounds that can be used in the present invention may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the basic compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition, 0.005 More preferred is 1 part by mass.
（成分Ｎ）その他の界面活性剤
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、上記成分Ｆ及び成分Ｇに加えて、更に、（成分Ｎ）その他の界面活性剤を含有してもよい。
　（成分Ｎ）その他の界面活性剤としては、アニオン系、カチオン系、ノニオン系又は両性のいずれでも使用することができるが、好ましい界面活性剤は、ノニオン界面活性剤である。本発明の組成物に用いられるその他の界面活性剤としては、例えば、特開２０１２－８８４５９号公報の段落０２０１～０２０５に記載のものや、特開２０１１－２１５５８０号公報の段落０１８５～０１８８に記載のものを用いることができ、これらの記載は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
　ノニオン系界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレングリコールの高級脂肪酸ジエステル類を挙げることができる。
　その他の界面活性剤は、１種単独で又は２種以上を混合して使用することができる。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成部において、その他の界面活性剤の含有量は、成分Ｆの含有量を１００質量部としたとき、１００質量部未満であることが好ましく、５０質量部未満であることがより好ましく、２５質量部未満であることが更に好ましく、１０質量部未満であることが特に好ましい。 (Component N) Other surfactant In addition to the said component F and the component G, the photosensitive resin composition of this invention may contain (Component N) other surfactant further.
(Component N) As the other surfactant, any of anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric can be used, but a preferred surfactant is a nonionic surfactant. Examples of other surfactants used in the composition of the present invention include those described in paragraphs 0201 to 0205 of JP2012-88459A and paragraphs 0185 to 0188 of JP2011-215580A. Can be used and these descriptions are incorporated herein.
Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers and polyoxyethylene glycol higher fatty acid diesters.
Other surfactants can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
In the photosensitive resin composition part of the present invention, the content of the other surfactant is preferably less than 100 parts by weight and less than 50 parts by weight when the content of Component F is 100 parts by weight. Is more preferably less than 25 parts by mass, and particularly preferably less than 10 parts by mass.
〔酸増殖剤〕
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、感度向上を目的に、酸増殖剤を用いてもよい。
　本発明に用いることができる酸増殖剤は、酸触媒反応によって更に酸を発生して反応系内の酸濃度を上昇させることができる化合物であり、酸が存在しない状態では安定に存在する化合物である。
　このような酸増殖剤の具体例としては、特開２０１１－２２１４９４号公報の段落０２２６～０２２８に記載の酸増殖剤が挙げられ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 [Acid multiplication agent]
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may use an acid proliferating agent for the purpose of improving sensitivity.
The acid proliferating agent that can be used in the present invention is a compound that can further generate an acid by an acid-catalyzed reaction to increase the acid concentration in the reaction system, and is a compound that exists stably in the absence of an acid. is there.
Specific examples of such an acid proliferating agent include the acid proliferating agents described in paragraphs 0226 to 0228 of JP2011-221494A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
　酸増殖剤の感光性組成物への含有量は、光酸発生剤１００質量部に対して、１０～１，０００質量部とするのが、露光部と未露光部との溶解コントラストの観点から好ましく、２０～５００質量部とするのが更に好ましい。 The content of the acid proliferating agent in the photosensitive composition is 10 to 1,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photoacid generator, from the viewpoint of dissolution contrast between the exposed and unexposed parts. It is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass.
〔現像促進剤〕
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、現像促進剤を含有することができる。
　現像促進剤としては、現像促進効果のある任意の化合物を使用できるが、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、及び、アルキレンオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも１種の構造を有する化合物であることが好ましく、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を有する化合物がより好ましく、フェノール性水酸基を有する化合物が最も好ましい。
　現像促進剤としては、特開２０１２－０４２８３７号公報の段落０１７１～０１７２の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 [Development accelerator]
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can contain a development accelerator.
As the development accelerator, any compound having a development acceleration effect can be used, and the development accelerator may be a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and an alkyleneoxy group. Preferably, a compound having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferable, and a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group is most preferable.
As the development accelerator, the description in paragraphs 0171 to 0172 of JP2012-042837A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
　現像促進剤は、１種を単独で用いてもよいし、２種以上を併用することも可能である。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における現像促進剤の添加量は、感度と残膜率の観点から、感光性組成物の全固形分１００質量部に対し、０～３０質量部が好ましく、０．１～２０質量部がより好ましく、０．５～１０質量部であることが最も好ましい。
　また、現像促進剤の分子量は、１００～２，０００が好ましく、１５０～１，５００がより好ましく、１５０～１，０００が更に好ましい。 A development accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
The addition amount of the development accelerator in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive composition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and residual film ratio. 1 to 20 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass is most preferable.
The molecular weight of the development accelerator is preferably from 100 to 2,000, more preferably from 150 to 1,500, still more preferably from 150 to 1,000.
〔可塑剤〕
　本発明の樹脂組成物は、可塑剤を含有してもよい。
　可塑剤としては、例えば、ジブチルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジドデシルフタレート、ポリエチレングリコール、グリセリン、ジメチルグリセリンフタレート、酒石酸ジブチル、アジピン酸ジオクチル、トリアセチルグリセリンなどが挙げられる。
　本発明の樹脂組成物における可塑剤の含有量は、成分Ａの含有量１００質量部に対して、０．１～３０質量部であることが好ましく、１～１０質量部であることがより好ましい。 [Plasticizer]
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a plasticizer.
Examples of the plasticizer include dibutyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, didodecyl phthalate, polyethylene glycol, glycerin, dimethyl glycerin phthalate, dibutyl tartrate, dioctyl adipate, and triacetyl glycerin.
The plasticizer content in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the component A content. .
　また、その他の添加剤としては特開２０１２－８２２３号公報の段落０１２０～０１２１に記載の熱ラジカル発生剤、国際公開第２０１１／１３６０７４号に記載の窒素含有化合物及び熱酸発生剤も用いることができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 As other additives, the thermal radical generators described in paragraphs 0120 to 0121 of JP2012-8223A, and the nitrogen-containing compounds and thermal acid generators described in International Publication No. 2011-136004 may be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
＜感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法＞
　各成分を所定の割合でかつ任意の方法で混合し、撹拌溶解して感光性樹脂組成物を調製する。例えば、成分を、それぞれ予め溶剤に溶解させた溶液とした後、これらを所定の割合で混合して樹脂組成物を調製することもできる。以上のように調製した組成物溶液は、例えば孔径０．２μｍのフィルター等を用いてろ過した後に、使用に供することもできる。
　なお、本発明において、（成分Ｃ）金属酸化物粒子、（成分Ｄ）溶剤、及び、（成分Ｅ）分散剤を含有する金属酸化物粒子分散物を予め調製し、金属酸化物粒子分散物と、成分Ａ、成分Ｄ及び成分Ｆ、並びに、任意の成分とを添加し感光性樹脂組成物を調製することが特に好ましい。 <Method for preparing photosensitive resin composition>
Each component is mixed in a predetermined ratio and by any method, stirred and dissolved to prepare a photosensitive resin composition. For example, a resin composition can be prepared by preparing a solution in which components are dissolved in a solvent in advance and then mixing them in a predetermined ratio. The composition solution prepared as described above can be used after being filtered using, for example, a filter having a pore size of 0.2 μm.
In the present invention, a metal oxide particle dispersion containing (component C) metal oxide particles, (component D) solvent, and (component E) dispersant is prepared in advance. It is particularly preferable to prepare a photosensitive resin composition by adding Component A, Component D and Component F, and an optional component.
（硬化膜の製造方法）
　次に、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を説明する。
　本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、以下の（１）～（５）の工程を含むことが好ましい。
　（１）本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布する塗布工程；
　（２）塗布された樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する溶剤除去工程；
　（３）溶剤が除去された樹脂組成物を活性光線によりパターン状に露光する露光工程；
　（４）露光された樹脂組成物を水性現像液により現像する現像工程；
　（５）現像された樹脂組成物を熱処理する熱処理工程。
　以下に各工程を順に説明する。 (Method for producing cured film)
Next, the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention is demonstrated.
The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the following steps (1) to (5).
(1) A coating process for coating the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention on a substrate;
(2) a solvent removal step of removing the solvent from the applied resin composition;
(3) An exposure step of exposing the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed to a pattern with actinic rays;
(4) Development step of developing the exposed resin composition with an aqueous developer;
(5) A heat treatment step of heat-treating the developed resin composition.
Each step will be described below in order.
　（１）の塗布工程では、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して溶剤を含む湿潤膜とすることが好ましい。感光性樹樹脂組成物を基板へ塗布する前にアルカリ洗浄やプラズマ洗浄といった基板の洗浄を行うことが好ましく、更に基板洗浄後にヘキサメチルジシラザンで基板表面を処理することがより好ましい。この処理を行うことにより、感光性樹脂組成物の基板への密着性が向上する。ヘキサメチルジシラザンで基板表面を処理する方法としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ヘキサメチルジシラザン蒸気中に基板を晒しておく方法等が挙げられる。
　上記の基板としては、無機基板、樹脂、樹脂複合材料、ＩＴＯ、Ｃｕ基板、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、セルローストリアセテート（ＴＡＣ）などのプラスチック基板が挙げられる。
　無機基板としては、例えばガラス、石英、シリコーン、シリコンナイトライド、及び、それらのような基板上にモリブデン、チタン、アルミ、銅などを蒸着した複合基板が挙げられる。
　樹脂としては、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンナフタレート、ポリスチレン、ポリカーボネート、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリアリレート、アリルジグリコールカーボネート、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、ポリアミドイミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリベンズアゾール、ポリフェニレンサルファイド、ポリシクロオレフィン、ノルボルネン樹脂、ポリクロロトリフルオロエチレン等のフッ素樹脂、液晶ポリマー、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、アイオノマー樹脂、シアネート樹脂、架橋フマル酸ジエステル樹脂、環状ポリオレフィン、芳香族エーテル樹脂、マレイミド－オレフィン樹脂、セルロース、エピスルフィド樹脂等の合成樹脂からなる基板が挙げられる。
　これらの基板は、上記の形態のまま用いられる場合は少なく、最終製品の形態によって、例えばＴＦＴ素子のような多層積層構造が形成されている場合が通常である。 In the application step (1), the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably applied onto a substrate to form a wet film containing a solvent. It is preferable to perform substrate cleaning such as alkali cleaning or plasma cleaning before applying the photosensitive resin resin composition to the substrate, and it is more preferable to treat the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane after substrate cleaning. By performing this treatment, the adhesion of the photosensitive resin composition to the substrate is improved. The method of treating the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of exposing the substrate to hexamethyldisilazane vapor.
Examples of the substrate include inorganic substrates, resins, resin composite materials, ITO, Cu substrates, polyethylene terephthalate, and plastic substrates such as cellulose triacetate (TAC).
Examples of the inorganic substrate include glass, quartz, silicone, silicon nitride, and a composite substrate in which molybdenum, titanium, aluminum, copper, or the like is vapor-deposited on such a substrate.
The resins include polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyarylate, allyl diglycol carbonate, polyamide, polyimide, polyamideimide, polyetherimide, poly Fluorine resins such as benzazole, polyphenylene sulfide, polycycloolefin, norbornene resin, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, liquid crystal polymer, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, ionomer resin, cyanate resin, crosslinked fumaric acid diester resin, cyclic polyolefin, Is it a synthetic resin such as aromatic ether resin, maleimide-olefin resin, cellulose, episulfide resin, etc. A substrate made of, and the like.
These substrates are rarely used in the above-described form, and usually have a multilayer laminated structure such as a TFT element formed depending on the form of the final product.
　これらの中でも、本発明において、基板の表面の全部又は一部が、ガラス、ＳｉＯ、ＩＴＯ、ＩＺＯ、金属膜、及び、金属酸化物膜よりなる群から選択される少なくとも１つであることが好ましく、基板の表面の全部又は一部がＩＴＯであることが特に好ましい。
　本発明者らが鋭意検討した結果、基板の表面の全部又は一部がＩＴＯ（酸化インジウムスズ、Indium Tin Oxide）である場合、ＩＴＯ上への現像残渣の発生が特に顕著であることを見いだした。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、基板の表面の全部又は一部がＩＴＯである場合であっても、現像残渣の発生を抑制することができるという、極めて顕著な効果を有するものである。 Among these, in the present invention, it is preferable that all or part of the surface of the substrate is at least one selected from the group consisting of glass, SiO, ITO, IZO, a metal film, and a metal oxide film. It is particularly preferable that all or part of the surface of the substrate is ITO.
As a result of intensive studies by the present inventors, it has been found that when all or a part of the surface of the substrate is ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), the occurrence of development residue on the ITO is particularly remarkable. . The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has a very remarkable effect that generation of development residues can be suppressed even when all or part of the surface of the substrate is ITO.
　基板への塗布方法は特に限定されず、例えば、スリットコート法、スプレー法、ロールコート法、回転塗布法、流延塗布法、スリットアンドスピン法等の方法を用いることができる。更に、特開２００９－１４５３９５号公報に記載されているような、所謂プリウェット法を適用することも可能である。
　塗布膜厚は特に限定されるものではなく、用途に応じた膜厚で塗布することができるが、０．５～１０μｍの範囲で使用されることが好ましい。 The coating method on the substrate is not particularly limited, and for example, a slit coating method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a casting coating method, a slit and spin method, or the like can be used. Furthermore, it is also possible to apply a so-called pre-wet method as described in JP-A-2009-145395.
The coating film thickness is not particularly limited, and can be applied with a film thickness according to the application, but it is preferably used in the range of 0.5 to 10 μm.
　（２）の溶剤除去工程では、適用された上記の膜から、減圧（バキューム）及び／又は加熱により、溶剤を除去して基板上に乾燥塗膜を形成させることが好ましい。溶剤除去工程の加熱条件は、好ましくは７０～１３０℃で３０～３００秒間程度である。温度と時間が上記範囲である場合、パターンの密着性が良好で、かつ残渣も低減できる。 In the solvent removal step (2), it is preferable to remove the solvent from the applied film by vacuum (vacuum) and / or heating to form a dry coating film on the substrate. The heating conditions for the solvent removal step are preferably 70 to 130 ° C. and about 30 to 300 seconds. When the temperature and time are within the above ranges, the pattern adhesion is good and the residue can be reduced.
　（３）の露光工程では、塗膜を設けた基板に所定のパターンを有するマスクを介して、活性光線を照射することが好ましい。この工程では、光酸発生剤が分解し酸が発生する。発生した酸の触媒作用により、塗膜成分中に含まれる酸分解性基が加水分解されて、酸基、例えば、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基が生成する。
　活性光線による露光光源としては、低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、ＬＥＤ光源、エキシマレーザー発生装置などを用いることができ、ｇ線（４３６ｎｍ）、ｉ線（３６５ｎｍ）、ｈ線（４０５ｎｍ）などの波長３００ｎｍ以上４５０ｎｍ以下の波長を有する活性光線が好ましく使用できる。また、必要に応じて長波長カットフィルター、短波長カットフィルター、バンドパスフィルターのような分光フィルターを通して照射光を調整することもできる。
　露光装置としては、ミラープロジェクションアライナー、ステッパー、スキャナー、プロキシミティ、コンタクト、マイクロレンズアレイ、レーザー露光など各種方式の露光機を用いることができる。
　酸触媒の生成した領域において、上記の加水分解反応を加速させるために、露光後加熱処理：Post Exposure Bake（以下、「ＰＥＢ」ともいう。）を行うことができる。ＰＥＢにより、酸分解性基からのカルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基の生成を促進させることができる。ＰＥＢを行う場合の温度は、３０℃以上１３０℃以下であることが好ましく、４０℃以上１１０℃以下がより好ましく、５０℃以上１００℃以下が特に好ましい。
　但し、本発明における酸分解性基は、酸分解の活性化エネルギーが低く、露光による酸発生剤由来の酸により容易に分解し、酸基、例えば、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を生じるため、必ずしもＰＥＢを行うことなく、現像によりポジ画像を形成することもできる。 In the exposure step (3), it is preferable to irradiate the substrate provided with the coating film with actinic rays through a mask having a predetermined pattern. In this step, the photoacid generator is decomposed to generate an acid. By the catalytic action of the generated acid, the acid-decomposable group contained in the coating film component is hydrolyzed to produce an acid group, for example, a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
As an exposure light source using actinic light, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, an LED light source, an excimer laser generator, etc. can be used, and g-line (436 nm), i-line (365 nm), Actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, such as 405 nm), can be preferably used. Moreover, irradiation light can also be adjusted through spectral filters, such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, and a band pass filter, as needed.
As the exposure apparatus, various types of exposure machines such as a mirror projection aligner, a stepper, a scanner, a proximity, a contact, a microlens array, and a laser exposure can be used.
In order to accelerate the hydrolysis reaction in the region where the acid catalyst is generated, post-exposure heat treatment (Post Exposure Bake (hereinafter also referred to as “PEB”)) can be performed. PEB can promote the formation of a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group from an acid-decomposable group. The temperature for performing PEB is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 100 ° C. or lower.
However, the acid-decomposable group in the present invention has a low activation energy for acid decomposition and is easily decomposed by an acid derived from an acid generator by exposure to produce an acid group, for example, a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group. A positive image can be formed by development without performing PEB.
　（４）の現像工程では、遊離した酸基、例えば、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を有する共重合体を、アルカリ性現像液を用いて現像することが好ましい。アルカリ性現像液に溶解しやすい酸基、例えば、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を有する樹脂組成物を含む露光部領域を除去することにより、ポジ画像が形成される。
　現像工程で使用する現像液には、塩基性化合物が含まれることが好ましい。塩基性化合物としては、例えば、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウムなどのアルカリ金属水酸化物類；炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウムなどのアルカリ金属炭酸塩類；重炭酸ナトリウム、重炭酸カリウムなどのアルカリ金属重炭酸塩類；テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリンヒドロキシド等のアンモニウムヒドロキシド類；ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの水溶液を使用することができる。また、上記アルカリ類の水溶液にメタノールやエタノールなどの水溶性有機溶剤や界面活性剤を適当量添加した水溶液を現像液として使用することもできる。
　好ましい現像液として、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの０．４質量％水溶液、０．５質量％水溶液、０．７質量％水溶液、又は、２．３８質量％水溶液を挙げることができる。
　現像液のｐＨは、好ましくは１０．０～１４．０である。
　現像時間は、好ましくは３０～５００秒間であり、また、現像の手法は液盛り法、ディップ法等のいずれでもよい。現像後は、流水洗浄を３０～３００秒間行い、所望のパターンを形成させることができる。
　現像の後に、リンス工程を行うこともできる。リンス工程では、現像後の基板を純水などで洗うことで、付着している現像液除去、現像残渣除去を行う。リンス方法は公知の方法を用いることができる。例えばシャワーリンスやディップリンスなどを挙げることができる。 In the developing step (4), it is preferable to develop a copolymer having a liberated acid group, for example, a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, using an alkaline developer. A positive image is formed by removing an exposed area containing a resin composition having an acid group that easily dissolves in an alkaline developer, such as a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
The developer used in the development step preferably contains a basic compound. Examples of the basic compound include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; alkalis such as sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate Metal bicarbonates; ammonium hydroxides such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide and choline hydroxide; aqueous solutions such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate can be used. An aqueous solution obtained by adding an appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant to the alkaline aqueous solution can also be used as a developer.
Preferred examples of the developer include a 0.4% by mass aqueous solution, a 0.5% by mass aqueous solution, a 0.7% by mass aqueous solution, or a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetraethylammonium hydroxide.
The pH of the developer is preferably 10.0 to 14.0.
The development time is preferably 30 to 500 seconds, and the development method may be either a liquid piling method or a dipping method. After development, washing with running water can be performed for 30 to 300 seconds to form a desired pattern.
A rinsing step can also be performed after development. In the rinsing step, the developed substrate and the development residue are removed by washing the developed substrate with pure water or the like. A known method can be used as the rinsing method. For example, a shower rinse, a dip rinse, etc. can be mentioned.
　（５）の熱処理工程（ポストベーク）では、得られたポジ画像を加熱することにより、酸分解性基を熱分解し酸基、例えば、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を生成させ、架橋性基、架橋剤等と架橋させることにより、硬化膜を形成することができる。この加熱は、ホットプレートやオーブン等の加熱装置を用いて、所定の温度、例えば１８０℃～２５０℃で所定の時間、例えばホットプレート上なら５～９０分間、オーブンならば３０～１２０分間、加熱処理をすることが好ましい。架橋反応を進行させることにより、耐熱性、硬度等に優れた保護膜や層間絶縁膜を形成することができる。また、加熱処理を行う際は窒素雰囲気下で行うことにより透明性を向上させることもできる。プラスチック基板を用いたときは、８０℃～１４０℃で５分～１２０分間、加熱処理をすることが好ましい。
　熱処理工程（ポストベーク）の前に、比較的低温でベークを行った後に熱処理工程を行うこともできる（ミドルベーク工程の追加）。ミドルベークを行う場合は、９０～１５０℃で１～６０分加熱した後に、２００℃以上の高温でポストベークすることが好ましい。また、ミドルベーク、ポストベークを３段階以上の多段階に分けて加熱することもできる。このようなミドルベーク、ポストベークの工夫により、パターンのテーパー角を調整することができる。これらの加熱は、ホットプレート、オーブン、赤外線ヒーターなど、公知の加熱方法を使用することができる。
　なお、ポストベークに先立ち、パターンを形成した基板に活性光線により全面再露光（ポスト露光）した後、ポストベークすることにより未露光部分に存在する光酸発生剤から酸を発生させ、架橋工程を促進する触媒として機能させることができ、膜の硬化反応を促進することができる。ポスト露光工程を含む場合の好ましい露光量としては、１００～３，０００ｍＪ／ｃｍ2が好ましく、１００～５００ｍＪ／ｃｍ2が特に好ましい。 In the heat treatment step (post-bake) of (5), the obtained positive image is heated to thermally decompose the acid-decomposable group to generate an acid group, for example, a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a crosslinkable group, A cured film can be formed by crosslinking with a crosslinking agent or the like. This heating is performed using a heating device such as a hot plate or oven at a predetermined temperature, for example, 180 ° C. to 250 ° C. for a predetermined time, for example, 5 to 90 minutes on the hot plate, 30 to 120 minutes for the oven. It is preferable to process. By proceeding with the crosslinking reaction, it is possible to form a protective film or an interlayer insulating film excellent in heat resistance, hardness and the like. In addition, when heat treatment is performed, the transparency can be improved by performing the heat treatment in a nitrogen atmosphere. When a plastic substrate is used, heat treatment is preferably performed at 80 to 140 ° C. for 5 to 120 minutes.
Prior to the heat treatment step (post-bake), the heat treatment step can be performed after baking at a relatively low temperature (addition of a middle bake step). When middle baking is performed, it is preferable to post-bake at a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher after heating at 90 to 150 ° C. for 1 to 60 minutes. Further, middle baking and post baking can be heated in three or more stages. The taper angle of the pattern can be adjusted by devising such middle baking and post baking. These heating methods can use well-known heating methods, such as a hotplate, oven, and an infrared heater.
Prior to post-baking, the entire surface of the patterned substrate was re-exposed with actinic rays (post-exposure), and then post-baked to generate an acid from the photoacid generator present in the unexposed portion, thereby performing a crosslinking step. It can function as a catalyst to promote, and can accelerate the curing reaction of the film. The preferred exposure amount in the case of including a post-exposure step, preferably 100 ~ 3,000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 100 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.
　更に、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物より得られた硬化膜は、ドライエッチングレジストとして使用することもできる。熱処理工程により熱硬化して得られた硬化膜をドライエッチングレジストとして使用する場合、エッチング処理としてはアッシング、プラズマエッチング、オゾンエッチングなどのドライエッチング処理を行うことができる。 Furthermore, the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a dry etching resist. In the case where a cured film obtained by thermal curing in a heat treatment step is used as a dry etching resist, dry etching processing such as ashing, plasma etching, ozone etching, or the like can be performed as the etching processing.
（硬化膜）
　本発明の硬化膜は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化して得られた硬化膜である。
　本発明の硬化膜は、層間絶縁膜として好適に用いることができる。また、本発明の硬化膜は、本発明の硬化膜の形成方法により得られた硬化膜であることが好ましい。
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により、絶縁性に優れ、高温でベークされた場合においても高い透明性を有する層間絶縁膜が得られる。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いてなる層間絶縁膜は、高い透明性を有し、硬化膜物性に優れるため、有機ＥＬ表示装置や液晶表示装置の用途に有用である。 (Cured film)
The cured film of the present invention is a cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
The cured film of the present invention can be suitably used as an interlayer insulating film. Moreover, it is preferable that the cured film of this invention is a cured film obtained by the formation method of the cured film of this invention.
With the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an interlayer insulating film having excellent insulation and high transparency even when baked at high temperatures can be obtained. Since the interlayer insulating film using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has high transparency and excellent cured film physical properties, it is useful for applications of organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices.
（硬化物及びその製造方法）
　本発明の硬化物は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化して得られた硬化物であり、上記のように、その形状は、膜でなくともよく、任意の形状であればよい。
　本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、特に制限はないが、少なくとも以下の工程（ａ）～（ｃ）をこの順に含むことが好ましい。
　（ａ）本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布する塗布工程；
　（ｂ）塗布された樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する溶剤除去工程；
　（ｃ）溶剤が除去された樹脂組成物を熱処理する熱処理工程。 (Hardened product and manufacturing method thereof)
The cured product of the present invention is a cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. As described above, the shape does not have to be a film, and may be any shape.
The production method of the cured product of the present invention is not particularly limited, but preferably includes at least the following steps (a) to (c) in this order.
(A) A coating process for coating the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention on a substrate;
(B) a solvent removal step of removing the solvent from the applied resin composition;
(C) A heat treatment step of heat treating the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed.
　工程（ａ）及び工程（ｂ）はそれぞれ、上記塗布工程及び上記溶剤除去工程と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
　工程（ｃ）は、熱処理する対象が工程（ｂ）で得られた溶剤が除去された樹脂組成物であること以外は、上記熱処理工程と同様の工程であり、上記熱処理工程における加熱温度、加熱時間、加熱手段等の好ましい態様も同様に好ましい。 Process (a) and process (b) are synonymous with the said application | coating process and the said solvent removal process, respectively, A preferable aspect is also the same.
Step (c) is the same step as the heat treatment step except that the heat treatment target is a resin composition from which the solvent obtained in step (b) has been removed. Preferred embodiments such as time and heating means are also preferred.
　本発明の硬化物又は硬化膜は、マイクロレンズ、光導波路、反射防止膜、ＬＥＤ用封止材及びＬＥＤ用チップコート材等の光学部材、又は、タッチパネルに使用される配線電極の視認性低減用硬化物として好適に用いることができる。
　また、本発明の硬化物又は硬化膜は、例えば、後述するような、液晶表示装置又は有機ＥＬ装置等における平坦化膜や層間絶縁膜、カラーフィルターの保護膜、液晶表示装置における液晶層の厚みを一定に保持するためのスペーサー、ＭＥＭＳ（Micro Electro Mechanical Systems）デバイスの構造部材等に好適に用いることができる。 The cured product or cured film of the present invention is for reducing the visibility of wiring members used for optical members such as microlenses, optical waveguides, antireflection films, LED sealing materials and LED chip coating materials, or touch panels. It can be suitably used as a cured product.
The cured product or cured film of the present invention is, for example, a flattening film or interlayer insulating film in a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL device as described later, a protective film for a color filter, and a thickness of a liquid crystal layer in a liquid crystal display device. Can be suitably used for spacers for holding the substrate constant, structural members of MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) devices, and the like.
（液晶表示装置）
　本発明の液晶表示装置は、本発明の硬化膜を具備することを特徴とする。
　本発明の液晶表示装置としては、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される平坦化膜や層間絶縁膜を有すること以外は特に制限されず、様々な構造をとる公知の液晶表示装置を挙げることができる。
　例えば、本発明の液晶表示装置が具備するＴＦＴ（Thin-Film Transistor）の具体例としては、アモルファスシリコン－ＴＦＴ、低温ポリシリコン－ＴＦＴ、酸化物半導体ＴＦＴ等が挙げられる。本発明の硬化膜は電気特性に優れるため、これらのＴＦＴに組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。
　また、本発明の液晶表示装置が取りうる液晶駆動方式としてはＴＮ（Twisted Nematic）方式、ＶＡ（Virtical Alignment）方式、ＩＰＳ（In-Place-Switching）方式、ＦＦＳ（Frings Field Switching）方式、ＯＣＢ（Optical Compensated Bend）方式などが挙げられる。
　パネル構成においては、ＣＯＡ（Color Filter on Allay）方式の液晶表示装置でも本発明の硬化膜を用いることができ、例えば、特開２００５－２８４２９１号公報に記載の有機絶縁膜（１１５）や、特開２００５－３４６０５４号公報に記載の有機絶縁膜（２１２）として用いることができる。
　また、本発明の液晶表示装置が取りうる液晶配向膜の具体的な配向方式としてはラビング配向法、光配向方などが挙げられる。また、特開２００３－１４９６４７号公報や特開２０１１－２５７７３４号公報に記載のＰＳＡ（Polymer Sustained Alignment）技術によってポリマー配向支持されていてもよい。
　また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物及び本発明の硬化膜は、上記用途に限定されず種々の用途に使用することができる。例えば、平坦化膜や層間絶縁膜以外にも、カラーフィルターの保護膜や、液晶表示装置における液晶層の厚みを一定に保持するためのスペーサーや固体撮像素子においてカラーフィルター上に設けられるマイクロレンズ等に好適に用いることができる。 (Liquid crystal display device)
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention comprises the cured film of the present invention.
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a planarizing film and an interlayer insulating film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and known liquid crystal display devices having various structures. Can be mentioned.
For example, specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
Further, liquid crystal driving methods that can be taken by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include TN (Twisted Nematic) method, VA (Virtical Alignment) method, IPS (In-Place-Switching) method, FFS (Frings Field Switching) method, OCB (OCB). Optical Compensated Bend) method.
In the panel configuration, the cured film of the present invention can also be used in a COA (Color Filter on Allay) type liquid crystal display device. For example, the organic insulating film (115) described in JP-A-2005-284291, It can be used as the organic insulating film (212) described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2005-346054.
Specific examples of the alignment method of the liquid crystal alignment film that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can take include a rubbing alignment method and a photo alignment method. Further, the polymer orientation may be supported by a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) technique described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2003-149647 and 2011-257734.
Moreover, the photosensitive resin composition of this invention and the cured film of this invention are not limited to the said use, It can be used for various uses. For example, in addition to the planarization film and interlayer insulating film, a protective film for the color filter, a spacer for keeping the thickness of the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device constant, a microlens provided on the color filter in the solid-state imaging device, etc. Can be suitably used.
　図１は、アクティブマトリックス方式の液晶表示装置１０の一例を示す概念的断面図である。このカラー液晶表示装置１０は、背面にバックライトユニット１２を有する液晶パネルであって、液晶パネルは、偏光フィルムが貼り付けられた２枚のガラス基板１４，１５の間に配置されたすべての画素に対応するＴＦＴ１６の素子が配置されている。ガラス基板上に形成された各素子には、硬化膜１７中に形成されたコンタクトホール１８を通して、画素電極を形成するＩＴＯ透明電極１９が配線されている。ＩＴＯ透明電極１９の上には、液晶２０の層とブラックマトリックスを配置したＲＧＢカラーフィルター２２が設けられている。
　バックライトの光源としては、特に限定されず公知の光源を用いることができる。例えば白色ＬＥＤ、青色・赤色・緑色などの多色ＬＥＤ、蛍光灯（冷陰極管）、有機ＥＬなどを挙げることができる。
　また、液晶表示装置は、３Ｄ（立体視）型のものとしたり、タッチパネル型のものとしたりすることも可能である。更にフレキシブル型にすることも可能であり、特開２０１１－１４５６８６号公報に記載の第２相間絶縁膜（４８）や、特開２００９－２５８７５８号公報に記載の相間絶縁膜（５２０）として用いることができる。 FIG. 1 is a conceptual cross-sectional view showing an example of an active matrix liquid crystal display device 10. The color liquid crystal display device 10 is a liquid crystal panel having a backlight unit 12 on the back surface, and the liquid crystal panel includes all pixels disposed between two glass substrates 14 and 15 having a polarizing film attached thereto. The elements of the TFT 16 corresponding to are arranged. Each element formed on the glass substrate is wired with an ITO transparent electrode 19 that forms a pixel electrode through a contact hole 18 formed in the cured film 17. On the ITO transparent electrode 19, an RGB color filter 22 in which a liquid crystal 20 layer and a black matrix are arranged is provided.
The light source of the backlight is not particularly limited, and a known light source can be used. For example, a white LED, a multicolor LED such as blue, red, and green, a fluorescent lamp (cold cathode tube), and an organic EL can be used.
Further, the liquid crystal display device can be a 3D (stereoscopic) type or a touch panel type. Further, it can be made flexible, and used as the second interphase insulating film (48) described in JP2011-145686A or the interphase insulating film (520) described in JP2009-258758A. Can do.
（有機ＥＬ表示装置）
　本発明の有機ＥＬ表示装置は、本発明の硬化膜を具備することを特徴とする。
　本発明の有機ＥＬ表示装置としては、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される平坦化膜や層間絶縁膜を有すること以外は特に制限されず、様々な構造をとる公知の各種有機ＥＬ表示装置や液晶表示装置を挙げることができる。
　例えば、本発明の有機ＥＬ表示装置が具備するＴＦＴ（Thin-Film Transistor）の具体例としては、アモルファスシリコン－ＴＦＴ、低温ポリシリコン－ＴＦＴ、酸化物半導体ＴＦＴ等が挙げられる。本発明の硬化膜は電気特性に優れるため、これらのＴＦＴに組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。
　図２は、有機ＥＬ表示装置の一例の構成概念図である。ボトムエミッション型の有機ＥＬ表示装置における基板の模式的断面図を示し、平坦化膜４を有している。
　ガラス基板６上にボトムゲート型のＴＦＴ１を形成し、このＴＦＴ１を覆う状態でＳｉ3Ｎ4から成る絶縁膜３が形成されている。絶縁膜３に、ここでは図示を省略したコンタクトホールを形成した後、このコンタクトホールを介してＴＦＴ１に接続される配線２（高さ１．０μｍ）が絶縁膜３上に形成されている。配線２は、ＴＦＴ１間、又は、後の工程で形成される有機ＥＬ素子とＴＦＴ１とを接続するためのものである。
　更に、配線２の形成による凹凸を平坦化するために、配線２による凹凸を埋め込む状態で絶縁膜３上に平坦化層４が形成されている。
　平坦化膜４上には、ボトムエミッション型の有機ＥＬ素子が形成されている。すなわち、平坦化膜４上に、ＩＴＯからなる第一電極５が、コンタクトホール７を介して配線２に接続させて形成されている。また、第一電極５は、有機ＥＬ素子の陽極に相当する。
　第一電極５の周縁を覆う形状の絶縁膜８が形成されており、この絶縁膜８を設けることによって、第一電極５とこの後の工程で形成する第二電極との間のショートを防止することができる。
　更に、図２には図示していないが、所望のパターンマスクを介して、正孔輸送層、有機発光層、電子輸送層を順次蒸着して設け、次いで、基板上方の全面にＡｌから成る第二電極を形成し、封止用ガラス板と紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂を用いて貼り合わせることで封止し、各有機ＥＬ素子にこれを駆動するためのＴＦＴ１が接続されてなるアクティブマトリックス型の有機ＥＬ表示装置が得られる。 (Organic EL display device)
The organic EL display device of the present invention comprises the cured film of the present invention.
The organic EL display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a flattening film and an interlayer insulating film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various known organic materials having various structures. An EL display device and a liquid crystal display device can be given.
For example, specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the organic EL display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
FIG. 2 is a conceptual diagram of an example of an organic EL display device. A schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device is shown, and a planarizing film 4 is provided.
A bottom gate type TFT 1 is formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 is formed so as to cover the TFT 1. A contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height: 1.0 μm) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3. The wiring 2 is used to connect the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between the TFTs 1 or in a later process.
Further, in order to flatten the unevenness due to the formation of the wiring 2, a planarizing layer 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 in a state where the unevenness due to the wiring 2 is embedded.
On the planarizing film 4, a bottom emission type organic EL element is formed. That is, the first electrode 5 made of ITO is formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7. The first electrode 5 corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
An insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 is formed. By providing the insulating film 8, a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process is prevented. can do.
Further, although not shown in FIG. 2, a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer are sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask, and then a second layer made of Al is formed on the entire surface above the substrate. An active matrix organic material in which two electrodes are formed and sealed by bonding using a sealing glass plate and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin, and each organic EL element is connected to a TFT 1 for driving it. An EL display device is obtained.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、硬化性及び硬化膜特性に優れるため、ＭＥＭＳデバイスの構造部材として、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたレジストパターンを隔壁としたり、機械駆動部品の一部として組み込んで使用される。このようなＭＥＭＳ用デバイスとしては、例えば、ＳＡＷ（surface acoustic wave）フィルター、ＢＡＷ（bulk acoustic wave）フィルター、ジャイロセンサー、ディスプレイ用マイクロシャッター、イメージセンサー、電子ペーパー、インクジェットヘッド、バイオチップ、封止剤等の部品が挙げられる。より具体的な例は、特表２００７－５２２５３１号公報、特開２００８－２５０２００号公報、特開２００９－２６３５４４号公報等に例示されている。 Since the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in curability and cured film characteristics, a resist pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention as a structural member of a MEMS device can be used as a partition wall or mechanically driven. Used as part of the part. Such MEMS devices include, for example, SAW (surface acoustic wave) filters, BAW (bulk acoustic wave) filters, gyro sensors, micro shutters for displays, image sensors, electronic paper, inkjet heads, biochips, sealants. And the like. More specific examples are exemplified in JP-T-2007-522531, JP-A-2008-250200, JP-A-2009-263544, and the like.
　本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、平坦性や透明性に優れるため、例えば、特開２０１１－１０７４７６号公報の図２に記載のバンク層（１６）及び平坦化膜（５７）、特開２０１０－９７９３号公報の図４（ａ）に記載の隔壁（１２）及び平坦化膜（１０２）、特開２０１０－２７５９１号公報の図１０に記載のバンク層（２２１）及び第３層間絶縁膜（２１６ｂ）、特開２００９－１２８５７７号公報の図４（ａ）に記載の第２層間絶縁膜（１２５）及び第３層間絶縁膜（１２６）、特開２０１０－１８２６３８号公報の図３に記載の平坦化膜（１２）及び画素分離絶縁膜（１４）などの形成に用いることもできる。 Since the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in flatness and transparency, for example, the bank layer (16) and the planarization film (57) described in FIG. Partition wall (12) and planarization film (102) shown in FIG. 4 (a) of JP-A-9793, and bank layer (221) and third interlayer insulating film (FIG. 10 of JP 2010-27591A). 216b), the second interlayer insulating film (125) and the third interlayer insulating film (126) described in FIG. 4A of JP-A-2009-128577, and the configuration described in FIG. 3 of JP-A-2010-182638. It can also be used to form a planarization film (12), a pixel isolation insulating film (14), and the like.
　また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、透明性や屈折率に優れるため、マイクロレンズやプリズム用の部材、光取り出し用の部材として好適に使用される。例えば、ディスプレイ用のフラットパネルの、バックライトユニット中で用いられる、プリズム用の部材やプリズムと導光板との接合用の部材として用いることができる。また、例えば、有機ＥＬディスプレイの光取り出し効率の改善用の部材としても用いることができる。 Further, since the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in transparency and refractive index, it is suitably used as a member for microlenses or prisms, or a member for extracting light. For example, it can be used as a prism member or a member for joining a prism and a light guide plate used in a backlight unit of a flat panel for display. For example, it can be used as a member for improving the light extraction efficiency of an organic EL display.
（タッチパネル表示装置）
　本発明のタッチパネル表示装置は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化した硬化物を有する。また、本発明のタッチパネルは、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化した硬化物を有する。
　本発明の静電容量型入力装置は、本発明の本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化した硬化物を有することを特徴とする。
　本発明の静電容量型入力装置は、前面板と、上記前面板の非接触側に、少なくとも下記（１）～（５）の要素を有し、下記（４）が本発明の熱処理物であることが好ましい。
　（１）マスク層
　（２）複数のパッド部分が接続部分を介して第一の方向に延在して形成された複数の第一の透明電極パターン
　（３）上記第一の透明電極パターンと電気的に絶縁され、上記第一の方向に交差する方向に延在して形成された複数のパッド部分からなる複数の第二の透明電極パターン
　（４）上記第一の透明電極パターンと上記第二の透明電極パターンとを電気的に絶縁する絶縁層
　（５）上記第一の透明電極パターン及び上記第二の透明電極パターンの少なくとも一方に電気的に接続され、上記第一の透明電極パターン及び上記第二の透明電極パターンとは別の導電性要素
　本発明の静電容量型入力装置は、更に上記（１）～（５）の要素の全て又は一部を覆うように透明保護層を設置することが好ましく、上記透明保護層が本発明の硬化膜であることがより好ましい。 (Touch panel display)
The touch panel display device of the present invention has a cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Moreover, the touch panel of this invention has the hardened | cured material which hardened the photosensitive resin composition of this invention.
The capacitance-type input device of the present invention has a cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
The capacitance type input device of the present invention has at least the following elements (1) to (5) on the front plate and the non-contact side of the front plate, and the following (4) is the heat-treated product of the present invention. Preferably there is.
(1) Mask layer (2) A plurality of first transparent electrode patterns formed by extending a plurality of pad portions in a first direction via connection portions (3) The first transparent electrode pattern and the electric A plurality of second transparent electrode patterns comprising a plurality of pad portions which are insulated and extend in a direction intersecting the first direction. (4) The first transparent electrode pattern and the second An insulating layer that electrically insulates the transparent electrode pattern of (5) electrically connected to at least one of the first transparent electrode pattern and the second transparent electrode pattern, and the first transparent electrode pattern and the above Conductive element different from the second transparent electrode pattern In the capacitive input device of the present invention, a transparent protective layer is further provided so as to cover all or part of the elements (1) to (5). The transparent protective layer is preferably And more preferably the cured film.
　まず、静電容量型入力装置の構成について説明する。図３は、静電容量型入力装置の構成を示す断面図である。図３において静電容量型入力装置３０は、前面板３１と、マスク層３２と、第一の透明電極パターン３３と、第二の透明電極パターン３４と、絶縁層３５と、導電性要素３６と、透明保護層３７と、から構成されている。 First, the configuration of the capacitive input device will be described. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of the capacitive input device. In FIG. 3, the capacitive input device 30 includes a front plate 31, a mask layer 32, a first transparent electrode pattern 33, a second transparent electrode pattern 34, an insulating layer 35, and a conductive element 36. And a transparent protective layer 37.
　前面板３１は、ガラス基板等の透光性基板で構成されており、コーニング社のゴリラガラスに代表される強化ガラスなどを用いることができる。また、図３において、前面板３１の各要素が設けられている側を非接触面と称する。本発明の静電容量型入力装置３０においては、前面板３１の接触面（非接触面の反対の面）に指などを接触などさせて入力が行われる。以下、前面板を、「基材」と称する場合がある。 The front plate 31 is composed of a light-transmitting substrate such as a glass substrate, and tempered glass represented by gorilla glass manufactured by Corning Inc. can be used. Moreover, in FIG. 3, the side in which each element of the front plate 31 is provided is called a non-contact surface. In the capacitive input device 30 of the present invention, input is performed by bringing a finger or the like into contact with the contact surface (the surface opposite to the non-contact surface) of the front plate 31. Hereinafter, the front plate may be referred to as a “base material”.
　また、前面板３１の非接触面上にはマスク層３２が設けられている。マスク層３２は、タッチパネル前面板の非接触側に形成された表示領域周囲の額縁状のパターンであり、引回し配線等が見えないようにするために形成される。
　本発明の静電容量型入力装置には、図４に示すように、前面板３１の一部の領域（図４においては入力面以外の領域）を覆うようにマスク層３２が設けられている。更に、前面板３１には、図４に示すように一部に開口部３８を設けることができる。開口部３８には、押圧によるメカニカルなスイッチを設置することができる。 A mask layer 32 is provided on the non-contact surface of the front plate 31. The mask layer 32 is a frame-like pattern around the display area formed on the non-contact side of the touch panel front plate, and is formed so as not to show the lead wiring and the like.
In the capacitive input device of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 4, a mask layer 32 is provided so as to cover a part of the front plate 31 (a region other than the input surface in FIG. 4). . Further, the front plate 31 can be provided with an opening 38 in a part thereof as shown in FIG. A mechanical switch by pressing can be installed in the opening 38.
　図５に示すように、前面板３１の接触面には、複数のパッド部分が接続部分を介して第一の方向に延在して形成された複数の第一の透明電極パターン３３と、第一の透明電極パターン３３と電気的に絶縁され、第一の方向に交差する方向に延在して形成された複数のパッド部分からなる複数の第二の透明電極パターン３４と、第一の透明電極パターン３３と第二の透明電極パターン３４を電気的に絶縁する絶縁層３５とが形成されている。上記第一の透明電極パターン３３と、第二の透明電極パターン３４と、後述する導電性要素３６とは、例えば、ＩＴＯ（Ｉｎｄｉｕｍ　Ｔｉｎ　Ｏｘｉｄｅ）やＩＺＯ（Ｉｎｄｉｕｍ　Ｚｉｎｃ　Ｏｘｉｄｅ）などの透光性の導電性金属酸化膜で作製することができる。このような金属膜としては、ＩＴＯ膜；Ａｌ、Ｚｎ、Ｃｕ、Ｆｅ、Ｎｉ、Ｃｒ、Ｍｏ等の金属膜；ＳｉＯ2等の金属酸化膜などが挙げられる。この際、各要素の、膜厚は１０～２００ｎｍとすることができる。また、焼成により、アモルファスのＩＴＯ膜を多結晶のＩＴＯ膜とするため、電気的抵抗を低減することもできる。また、上記第一の透明電極パターン３３と、第二の透明電極パターン３４と、後述する導電性要素３６とは、上記導電性繊維を用いた感光性樹脂組成物を有する感光性転写材料を用いて製造することもできる。その他、ＩＴＯ等によって第一の導電性パターン等を形成する場合には、特許第４５０６７８５号公報の段落００１４～００１６等を参考にすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 5, on the contact surface of the front plate 31, a plurality of first transparent electrode patterns 33 formed with a plurality of pad portions extending in the first direction via the connection portions, A plurality of second transparent electrode patterns 34 each including a plurality of pad portions that are electrically insulated from one transparent electrode pattern 33 and extend in a direction crossing the first direction; An insulating layer 35 that electrically insulates the electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 is formed. The first transparent electrode pattern 33, the second transparent electrode pattern 34, and the conductive element 36 to be described later are translucent conductive materials such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide). It can be made of a conductive metal oxide film. Examples of such metal films include ITO films; metal films such as Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, and Mo; metal oxide films such as SiO 2 . At this time, the film thickness of each element can be set to 10 to 200 nm. Further, since the amorphous ITO film is made into a polycrystalline ITO film by firing, the electrical resistance can be reduced. In addition, the first transparent electrode pattern 33, the second transparent electrode pattern 34, and the conductive element 36 described later use a photosensitive transfer material having a photosensitive resin composition using the conductive fibers. Can also be manufactured. In addition, when the first conductive pattern or the like is formed of ITO or the like, paragraphs 0014 to 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 4506785 can be referred to.
　また、第一の透明電極パターン３３及び第二の透明電極パターン３４の少なくとも一方は、前面板３１の非接触面及びマスク層３２の前面板３１とは逆側の面の両方の領域にまたがって設置することができる。図３においては、第二の透明電極パターンが、前面板３１の非接触面及びマスク層３２の前面板３１とは逆側の面の両方の領域にまたがって設置されている図が示されている。 In addition, at least one of the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 extends over both the non-contact surface of the front plate 31 and the region opposite to the front plate 31 of the mask layer 32. Can be installed. In FIG. 3, a diagram is shown in which the second transparent electrode pattern is installed across both areas of the non-contact surface of the front plate 31 and the surface opposite to the front plate 31 of the mask layer 32. Yes.
　図５を用いて第一の透明電極パターン３３及び第二の透明電極パターン３４について説明する。図５は、本発明における第一の透明電極パターン及び第二の透明電極パターンの一例を示す説明図である。図５に示すように、第一の透明電極パターン３３は、パッド部分３３ａが接続部分３３ｂを介して第一の方向に延在して形成されている。また、第二の透明電極パターン３４は、第一の透明電極パターン３３と絶縁層３５によって電気的に絶縁されており、第一の方向に交差する方向（図５における第二の方向）に延在して形成された複数のパッド部分によって構成されている。ここで、第一の透明電極パターン３３を形成する場合、上記パッド部分３３ａと接続部分３３ｂとを一体として作製してもよいし、接続部分３３ｂのみを作製して、パッド部分３３ａと第二の透明電極パターン３４とを一体として作製（パターニング）してもよい。パッド部分３３ａと第二の透明電極パターン３４とを一体として作製（パターニング）する場合、図５に示すように接続部分３３ｂの一部とパッド部分３３ａの一部とが連結され、かつ、絶縁層３５によって第一の透明電極パターン３３と第二の透明電極パターン３４とが電気的に絶縁されるように各層が形成される。 The first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the first transparent electrode pattern and the second transparent electrode pattern in the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the first transparent electrode pattern 33 is formed such that a pad portion 33a extends in a first direction via a connection portion 33b. The second transparent electrode pattern 34 is electrically insulated by the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the insulating layer 35 and extends in a direction intersecting the first direction (second direction in FIG. 5). It is constituted by a plurality of pad portions that are formed. Here, when the first transparent electrode pattern 33 is formed, the pad portion 33a and the connection portion 33b may be manufactured as one body, or only the connection portion 33b is manufactured, and the pad portion 33a and the second portion 33b are formed. The transparent electrode pattern 34 may be integrally formed (patterned). When the pad portion 33a and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 are integrally formed (patterned), as shown in FIG. 5, a part of the connection part 33b and a part of the pad part 33a are connected, and an insulating layer is formed. Each layer is formed so that the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34 are electrically insulated by 35.
　図３において、マスク層３２の前面板３１とは逆側の面側には導電性要素３６が設置されている。導電性要素３６は、第一の透明電極パターン３３及び第二の透明電極パターン３４の少なくとも一方に電気的に接続され、かつ、第一の透明電極パターン３３及び第二の透明電極パターン３４とは別の要素である。図３においては、導電性要素３６が第二の透明電極パターン３４に接続されている図が示されている。 In FIG. 3, a conductive element 36 is provided on the surface of the mask layer 32 opposite to the front plate 31. The conductive element 36 is electrically connected to at least one of the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34, and is different from the first transparent electrode pattern 33 and the second transparent electrode pattern 34. Is another element. In FIG. 3, a view in which the conductive element 36 is connected to the second transparent electrode pattern 34 is shown.
　また、図３においては、各構成要素の全てを覆うように透明保護層３７が設置されている。透明保護層３７は、各構成要素の一部のみを覆うように構成されていてもよい。絶縁層３５と透明保護層３７とは、同一材料であってもよいし、異なる材料であってもよい。 Moreover, in FIG. 3, the transparent protective layer 37 is installed so that all of each component may be covered. The transparent protective layer 37 may be configured to cover only a part of each component. The insulating layer 35 and the transparent protective layer 37 may be made of the same material or different materials.
＜静電容量型入力装置、及び、静電容量型入力装置を具備したタッチパネル表示装置＞
　本発明の製造方法によって得られる静電容量型入力装置、及び、当該静電容量型入力装置を構成要素として備えたタッチパネル表示装置は、「最新タッチパネル技術」（２００９年７月６日発行（株）テクノタイムズ）、三谷雄二監修、“タッチパネルの技術と開発”、シーエムシー出版（２００４，１２）、ＦＰＤ　Ｉｎｔｅｒｎａｔｉｏｎａｌ　２００９　Ｆｏｒｕｍ　Ｔ－１１講演テキストブック、Ｃｙｐｒｅｓｓ　Ｓｅｍｉｃｏｎｄｕｃｔｏｒ　Ｃｏｒｐｏｒａｔｉｏｎ　アプリケーションノートＡＮ２２９２等に開示されている構成を適用することができる。 <Capacitance type input device and touch panel display device provided with capacitance type input device>
The capacitance-type input device obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention and the touch panel display device including the capacitance-type input device as a constituent element are “latest touch panel technology” (issued July 6, 2009 (stock) ) Techno Times), supervised by Yuji Mitani, “Technology and Development of Touch Panels”, CMC Publishing (2004, 12), FPD International 2009 Forum T-11 Lecture Textbook, Cypress Semiconductor Corporation Application Note AN2292, etc. Can be applied.
＜タッチパネル及びその製造方法＞
　本発明のタッチパネルは、絶縁層の全部又は一部が本発明の樹脂組成物の熱処理物（硬化物）からなるタッチパネルである。また、本発明のタッチパネルは、透明基板、ＩＴＯ電極及び絶縁層を少なくとも有することが好ましい。
　本発明のタッチパネル表示装置は、本発明のタッチパネルを有するタッチパネル表示装置であることが好ましい。
　また、本発明のタッチパネルの製造方法は、透明基板、ＩＴＯ電極及び絶縁層を有するタッチパネルの製造方法であって、ＩＴＯ電極に接するように、本発明のインクジェット塗布用感光性樹脂組成物をインクジェット塗布方式により塗布する工程、上記樹脂組成物上に所定形状の開口パターンを有するマスクを載置し、活性エネルギー線照射を行い露光する工程、露光後の樹脂組成物を現像する工程、及び、現像後の樹脂組成物を加熱して、絶縁層を製造する工程、を含むことが好ましい。 <Touch panel and manufacturing method thereof>
The touch panel of the present invention is a touch panel in which all or a part of the insulating layer is made of a heat-treated product (cured product) of the resin composition of the present invention. Moreover, it is preferable that the touch panel of this invention has a transparent substrate, an ITO electrode, and an insulating layer at least.
The touch panel display device of the present invention is preferably a touch panel display device having the touch panel of the present invention.
Moreover, the manufacturing method of the touchscreen of this invention is a manufacturing method of the touchscreen which has a transparent substrate, an ITO electrode, and an insulating layer, Comprising: Inkjet application | coating the photosensitive resin composition for inkjet application | coating of this invention so that an ITO electrode may be touched A step of applying by a method, a step of placing a mask having an opening pattern of a predetermined shape on the resin composition, an exposure step by irradiating with active energy rays, a step of developing the resin composition after exposure, and a post-development step It is preferable to include a step of heating the resin composition to produce an insulating layer.
　本発明のタッチパネルにおける透明基板としては、ガラス基板、石英基板、透明樹脂基板等が好ましく挙げられる。
　上記ＩＴＯ電極に接するように、本発明のインクジェット塗布用感光性樹脂組成物をインクジェット塗布方式により塗布する工程におけるインクジェット塗布は、上述した塗布工程と同様に行うことができ、好ましい態様も同様である。また、上記工程においては、塗布された本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の少なくとも一部が、ＩＴＯ電極に接していればよい。
　上記樹脂組成物上に所定形状の開口パターンを有するマスクを載置し、活性エネルギー線照射を行い露光する工程、露光後の樹脂組成物を現像する工程は、上述した露光工程と同様に行うことができ、好ましい態様も同様である。
　上記現像後の樹脂組成物を加熱して、絶縁層を製造する工程は、上述した熱処理工程と同様に行うことができ、好ましい態様も同様である。
　また、本発明のタッチパネルにおけるＩＴＯ電極パターンの一例としては、上述した図５に示すパターンが好ましく挙げられる。 As a transparent substrate in the touch panel of this invention, a glass substrate, a quartz substrate, a transparent resin substrate, etc. are mentioned preferably.
Ink-jet application in the step of applying the photosensitive resin composition for ink-jet application of the present invention by the ink-jet application method so as to be in contact with the ITO electrode can be performed in the same manner as the above-described application step, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. . Moreover, in the said process, at least one part of the apply | coated photosensitive resin composition of this invention should just be in contact with the ITO electrode.
The step of placing a mask having an opening pattern of a predetermined shape on the resin composition, irradiating with exposure to active energy rays, and the step of developing the resin composition after exposure are performed in the same manner as the exposure step described above. The preferred embodiment is also the same.
The step of heating the resin composition after development to produce an insulating layer can be performed in the same manner as the heat treatment step described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
Moreover, as an example of the ITO electrode pattern in the touch panel of this invention, the pattern shown in FIG. 5 mentioned above is mentioned preferably.
　以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「％」は質量基準である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, “part” and “%” are based on mass.
　以下の合成例及び実施例において、以下の符号はそれぞれ以下の化合物を表す。
　ＭＡＴＨＦ：メタクリル酸テトラヒドロフラン－２－イル（合成品）
　ＭＡＥＶＥ：メタクリル酸１－エトキシエチル（和光純薬工業（株）製）
　ＭＡＣＨＯＥ：１－（シクロヘキシルオキシ）エチルメタクリレート（合成品）
　ＭＡＴＨＰ：メタクリル酸テトラヒドロ－２Ｈ－ピラン－２－イル（新中村化学工業（株）製）
　ＧＭＡ：グリシジルメタクリレート（和光純薬工業（株）製）
　ＯＸＥ－３０：メタクリル酸（３－エチルオキセタン－３－イル）メチル（大阪有機化学工業（株）製）
　ＮＢＭＡ：ｎ－ブトキシメチルアクリルアミド（三菱レイヨン（株）製）
　ＭＡＡ：メタクリル酸（和光純薬工業（株）製）
　ＨＥＭＡ：メタクリル酸２－ヒドロキシエチル（和光純薬工業（株）製）
　ＭＭＡ：メタクリル酸メチル（和光純薬工業（株）製）
　Ｓｔ：スチレン（和光純薬工業（株）製）
　ＤＣＰＭ：ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート（日立化成工業（株）製）
　Ｖ－６０１：ジメチル－２，２’－アゾビス（２－メチルプロピオネート）（和光純薬工業（株）製）
　Ｖ－６５：２，２’－アゾビス（２，４－ジメチルバレロニトリル）（和光純薬工業（株）製）
　ＭＥＤＧ：ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル（東邦化学工業（株）製、ハイソルブＥＤＭ）
　ＰＧＭＥＡ：メトキシプロピルアセテート（昭和電工（株）製）
　ＥＥＰ：３－エトキシプロピオン酸エチル（三協化学（株）製） In the following synthesis examples and examples, the following symbols represent the following compounds, respectively.
MATHF: tetrahydrofuran-2-yl methacrylate (synthetic product)
MAEVE: 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
MACHOE: 1- (cyclohexyloxy) ethyl methacrylate (synthetic product)
MATHP: Tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl methacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
GMA: Glycidyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
OXE-30: Methacrylic acid (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
NBMA: n-butoxymethylacrylamide (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.)
MAA: Methacrylic acid (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
HEMA: 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
MMA: Methyl methacrylate (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
St: Styrene (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
DCPM: Dicyclopentanyl methacrylate (manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.)
V-601: Dimethyl-2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
V-65: 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
MEDG: Diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., High Solve EDM)
PGMEA: Methoxypropyl acetate (manufactured by Showa Denko KK)
EEP: Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (manufactured by Sankyo Chemical Co., Ltd.)
＜ＭＡＴＨＦの合成＞
　メタクリル酸（８６ｇ、１ｍｏｌ）を１５℃に冷却しておき、カンファースルホン酸（４．６ｇ，０．０２ｍｏｌ）添加した。その溶液に、２－ジヒドロフラン（７１ｇ、１ｍｏｌ、１．０当量）を滴下した。１時間撹拌した後に、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム（５００ｍＬ）を加え、酢酸エチル（５００ｍＬ）で抽出し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、不溶物を濾過後４０℃以下で減圧濃縮し、残渣の黄色油状物を減圧蒸留して沸点（ｂｐ．）５４～５６℃／３．５ｍｍＨｇ留分のメタクリル酸テトラヒドロフラン－２－イル（ＭＡＴＨＦ）１２５ｇを無色油状物として得た（収率８０％）。 <Synthesis of MATHF>
Methacrylic acid (86 g, 1 mol) was cooled to 15 ° C., and camphorsulfonic acid (4.6 g, 0.02 mol) was added. To the solution, 2-dihydrofuran (71 g, 1 mol, 1.0 equivalent) was added dropwise. After stirring for 1 hour, saturated sodium bicarbonate (500 mL) was added, extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, insolubles were filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. or lower to give a residual yellow oily product. Distillation under reduced pressure gave 125 g of tetrahydrofuran-2-yl methacrylate (MATHF) as a colorless oily substance (yield 80%) at a boiling point (bp.) Of 54 to 56 ° C./3.5 mmHg.
　なお、ＭＡＣＨＯＥは、２－ジヒドロフランを対応する化合物に変更した以外、上記ＭＡＴＨＦと同様の方法で合成した。 MACHOE was synthesized in the same manner as MATH, except that 2-dihydrofuran was changed to the corresponding compound.
（重合体Ａ－１の合成）
　３つ口フラスコにＭＥＤＧ（８９ｇ）を入れ、窒素雰囲気下において９０℃に昇温した。その溶液にＭＡＡ（全単量体成分中の９．５ｍｏｌ％となる量）、ＭＡＴＨＦ（全単量体成分中の４３ｍｏｌ％となる量）、ＧＭＡ（全単量体成分中の４７．５ｍｏｌ％に相当）、Ｖ－６５（全単量体成分の合計１００ｍｏｌ％に対して４ｍｏｌ％に相当）を溶解させ、２時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後２時間撹拌し、反応を終了させた。それにより重合体Ａ－１を得た。なお、ＭＥＤＧとその他の成分の合計量の比を７０：３０とした。すなわち、固形分濃度３０％の重合体溶液を調製した。 (Synthesis of Polymer A-1)
MEDG (89 g) was placed in a three-necked flask and heated to 90 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere. MAA (amount to be 9.5 mol% in all monomer components), MATH (amount to be 43 mol% in all monomer components), GMA (47.5 mol% in all monomer components) V-65 (corresponding to 4 mol% with respect to the total of 100 mol% of all monomer components) was dissolved and added dropwise over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was terminated by stirring for 2 hours. Thereby, a polymer A-1 was obtained. The ratio of the total amount of MEDG and other components was set to 70:30. That is, a polymer solution having a solid content concentration of 30% was prepared.
（重合体Ａ－２～Ａ－１０の合成）
　使用するモノマーの種類、重合開始剤等を下記表に示す通りに変更し、他の重合体を合成した。なお、表中「－」は、該当する成分を使用していないことを意味する。 (Synthesis of polymers A-2 to A-10)
The type of monomer used, the polymerization initiator, etc. were changed as shown in the following table, and other polymers were synthesized. In the table, “-” means that the corresponding component is not used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
　上記表中の特に単位を付していない数値は、ｍｏｌ％を単位とする。また、重合開始剤の数値は、単量体成分を１００ｍｏｌ％とした場合の、ｍｏｌ％である。
　固形分濃度は、以下の式により算出できる。
　固形分濃度：モノマー質量／（モノマー質量＋溶剤質量）×１００（単位：質量％）
　また、開始剤として、Ｖ－６０１を用いた場合は反応温度を９０℃とし、Ｖ－６５を用いた場合は反応温度を７０℃とした。 In the above table, the numerical values without particular units are in mol%. Moreover, the numerical value of a polymerization initiator is mol% when a monomer component is 100 mol%.
The solid content concentration can be calculated by the following equation.
Solid content concentration: monomer mass / (monomer mass + solvent mass) × 100 (unit: mass%)
When V-601 was used as an initiator, the reaction temperature was 90 ° C., and when V-65 was used, the reaction temperature was 70 ° C.
（実施例１）
＜分散液Ｄ１の調製＞
　下記組成の分散液を調合し、これをジルコニアビーズ（０．３ｍｍφ）１７，０００部と混合し、ペイントシェーカーを用いて１２時間分散を行った。ジルコニアビ－ズ（０．３ｍｍφ）をろ別し、分散液Ｄ１を得た。
・二酸化チタン（石原産業（株）製、商品名：ＴＴＯ－５１（Ａ）、平均一次粒径：１０～３０ｎｍ）：１，８７５部
・ＤＩＳＰＥＲＢＹＫ－１１１（ビックケミー・ジャパン（株）製）３０％ＰＧＭＥＡ溶液：２，２００部
・溶剤（ＰＧＭＥＡ）：３，４２５部 (Example 1)
<Preparation of dispersion D1>
A dispersion having the following composition was prepared, mixed with 17,000 parts of zirconia beads (0.3 mmφ), and dispersed for 12 hours using a paint shaker. Zirconia beads (0.3 mmφ) were filtered off to obtain dispersion D1.
・ Titanium dioxide (made by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd., trade name: TTO-51 (A), average primary particle size: 10 to 30 nm): 1,875 parts ・ DISPERBYK-111 (made by Big Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.) 30% PGMEA solution: 2,200 parts ・ Solvent (PGMEA): 3,425 parts
＜感光性樹脂組成物の調製＞
　下記組成にて、配合し混合して均一な溶液とした後、０．２μｍのポアサイズを有するポリエチレン製フィルターを用いてろ過して、実施例１の感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。得られた感光性樹脂組成物を用い、後述する各種評価を行った。評価結果を後述の表３に示す。
・ＰＧＭＥＡ：５１．８部
・ＥＥＰ：１４２．４部
・下記化合物（塩基性化合物、東洋化成工業（株）製、ＣＭＴＵ）：０．０２部
・重合体Ａ－１の３０％ＭＥＤＧ溶液：１００．０部
・光酸発生剤Ｂ－１（下記化合物）：１．９部
・架橋剤Ｉ－１（下記化合物）：６．８部
・３－グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン（ＫＢＭ－４０３、信越化学工業（株）製）：１．７部
・イルガノックス１７２６（酸化防止剤、ＢＡＳＦ社製）：３．０部
・Ｇ－１（フッ素系界面活性剤、Ｆ－５５４、ＤＩＣ（株）製）：０．０８部
・分散液Ｄ１：１８１．７部
・パイオニンＤ－６４１４（竹本油脂（株）製）：２．２部
・特定表面改質剤Ｈ－１：１．０部 <Preparation of photosensitive resin composition>
After mixing and mixing with the following composition to make a uniform solution, the mixture was filtered using a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.2 μm to prepare a photosensitive resin composition of Example 1. Various evaluations described later were performed using the obtained photosensitive resin composition. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3 described later.
-PGMEA: 51.8 parts-EEP: 142.4 parts-The following compound (basic compound, manufactured by Toyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., CMTU): 0.02 parts-30% MEDG solution of polymer A-1: 100 0.0 parts Photoacid generator B-1 (compound below): 1.9 parts Crosslinker I-1 (compound below): 6.8 parts 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (KBM-403, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.): 1.7 parts, Irganox 1726 (Antioxidant, manufactured by BASF): 3.0 parts, G-1 (Fluorine-based surfactant, F-554, DIC Corporation) Manufactured): 0.08 parts ・ Dispersion D1: 181.7 parts ・ Pionine D-6414 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.): 2.2 parts ・ Specific surface modifier H-1: 1.0 part
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
（その他の実施例及び比較例）
　下記表に示す重合体、光酸発生剤、増感剤、界面活性剤、特定表面改質剤に変更した以外は、実施例１と同様に感光性樹脂組成物をそれぞれ調製した。なお、実施例６７～７１、７３～７７、７９～８３、及び、８５～８９では、更に増感剤Ｋ－１を１．９部追加した。 (Other examples and comparative examples)
A photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymer, photoacid generator, sensitizer, surfactant, and specific surface modifier shown in the following table were changed. In Examples 67 to 71, 73 to 77, 79 to 83, and 85 to 89, 1.9 parts of sensitizer K-1 was further added.
　実施例及び比較例に用いた各化合物を示す略号の詳細は、以下の通りである。
（成分Ａ）重合体
　Ａ－１～Ａ－１０：上記合成例に従って合成した重合体
　Ａ－１１：Ｊｏｎｃｒｙｌ６７（ＢＡＳＦ社製） The details of the abbreviations indicating the respective compounds used in Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.
(Component A) Polymer A-1 to A-10: Polymer synthesized according to the above synthesis example A-11: Joncryl 67 (manufactured by BASF)
（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤
　Ｂ－１：下記に示す構造（合成例を後述する。） (Component B) Photoacid generator B-1: Structure shown below (Synthesis examples will be described later)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
　Ｂ－２：下記に示す構造（合成例を後述する。） B-2: Structure shown below (synthesis example will be described later)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
　Ｂ－３：下記に示す構造（特表２００２－５２８４５１号公報の段落０１０８に記載の方法に従って合成した。） B-3: Structure shown below (synthesized according to the method described in paragraph 0108 of JP 2002-528451 A)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
　Ｂ－４：ＰＡＧ－１０３（商品名、下記に示す構造、ＢＡＳＦ社製） B-4: PAG-103 (trade name, structure shown below, manufactured by BASF)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
　Ｂ－５：ＧＳＩＤ－２６－１、トリアリールスルホニウム塩（ＢＡＳＦ社製） B-5: GSID-26-1, triarylsulfonium salt (manufactured by BASF)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
＜Ｂ－１の合成＞
　２－ナフトール（１０ｇ）、クロロベンゼン（３０ｍＬ）の懸濁溶液に塩化アルミニウム（１０．６ｇ）、２－クロロプロピオニルクロリド（１０．１ｇ）を添加し、混合液を４０℃に加熱して２時間反応させた。氷冷下、反応液に４ＮＨＣｌ水溶液（６０ｍＬ）を滴下し、酢酸エチル（５０ｍＬ）を添加して分液した。有機層に炭酸カリウム（１９．２ｇ）を加え、４０℃で１時間反応させた後、２ＮＨＣｌ水溶液（６０ｍＬ）を添加して分液し、有機層を濃縮後、結晶をジイソプロピルエーテル（１０ｍＬ）でリスラリーし、ろ過、乾燥してケトン化合物（６．５ｇ）を得た。
　得られたケトン化合物（３．０ｇ）、メタノール（３０ｍＬ）の懸濁溶液に酢酸（７．３ｇ）、５０質量％ヒドロキシルアミン水溶液（８．０ｇ）を添加し、加熱還流した。放冷後、水（５０ｍＬ）を加え、析出した結晶をろ過、冷メタノール洗浄後、乾燥してオキシム化合物（２．４ｇ）を得た。
　得られたオキシム化合物（１．８ｇ）をアセトン（２０ｍＬ）に溶解させ、氷冷下トリエチルアミン（１．５ｇ）、ｐ－トルエンスルホニルクロリド（２．４ｇ）を添加し、室温（２５℃）に昇温して１時間反応させた。反応液に水（５０ｍＬ）を添加し、析出した結晶をろ過後、メタノール（２０ｍＬ）でリスラリーし、ろ過、乾燥してＢ－１の化合物（上述の構造）（２．３ｇ）を得た。
　なお、Ｂ－１の1Ｈ－ＮＭＲスペクトル（３００ＭＨｚ、ＣＤＣｌ3）は、δ＝８．３（ｄ，１Ｈ），８．０（ｄ，２Ｈ），７．９（ｄ，１Ｈ），７．８（ｄ，１Ｈ），７．６（ｄｄ，１Ｈ），７．４（ｄｄ，１Ｈ）７．３（ｄ，２Ｈ），７．１（ｄ，１Ｈ），５．６（ｑ，１Ｈ），２．４（ｓ，３Ｈ），１．７（ｄ，３Ｈ）であった。 <Synthesis of B-1>
Aluminum chloride (10.6 g) and 2-chloropropionyl chloride (10.1 g) were added to a suspension of 2-naphthol (10 g) and chlorobenzene (30 mL), and the mixture was heated to 40 ° C. for 2 hours. I let you. Under ice-cooling, 4N HCl aqueous solution (60 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction solution, and ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added for liquid separation. Potassium carbonate (19.2 g) was added to the organic layer, reacted at 40 ° C. for 1 hour, 2N HCl aqueous solution (60 mL) was added and separated, and the organic layer was concentrated, and the crystals were diluted with diisopropyl ether (10 mL). The slurry was reslurried, filtered and dried to obtain a ketone compound (6.5 g).
Acetic acid (7.3 g) and a 50 mass% aqueous hydroxylamine solution (8.0 g) were added to a suspension of the obtained ketone compound (3.0 g) and methanol (30 mL), and the mixture was heated to reflux. After allowing to cool, water (50 mL) was added, and the precipitated crystals were filtered, washed with cold methanol, and dried to obtain an oxime compound (2.4 g).
The obtained oxime compound (1.8 g) was dissolved in acetone (20 mL), triethylamine (1.5 g) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2.4 g) were added under ice cooling, and the temperature was raised to room temperature (25 ° C.). The reaction was allowed to warm for 1 hour. Water (50 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and the precipitated crystals were filtered, reslurried with methanol (20 mL), filtered and dried to obtain the compound of B-1 (the above structure) (2.3 g).
The 1 H-NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) of B-1 is δ = 8.3 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 7. 8 (d, 1H), 7.6 (dd, 1H), 7.4 (dd, 1H) 7.3 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 5.6 (q, 1H) , 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.7 (d, 3H).
＜Ｂ－２の合成＞
　１－アミノ－２－ナフトール塩酸塩（東京化成工業（株）製）４．０ｇをＮ－メチルピロリドン（和光純薬工業（株）製）１６ｇに懸濁させ、炭酸水素ナトリウム（和光純薬工業（株）製）３．４ｇを添加後、４，４－ジメチル－３－オキソ吉草酸メチル（和光純薬工業（株）製）４．９ｇを滴下し、窒素雰囲気下１２０℃で２時間加熱した。放冷後、反応混合液に水、酢酸エチルを添加して分液し、有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、ろ過、濃縮して粗Ｂ－２Ａを得た。粗Ｂ－２Ａをシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー精製して、中間体Ｂ－２Ａを１．７ｇ得た。
　Ｂ－２Ａ（１．７ｇ）とｐ－キシレン（６ｍＬ）を混合し、ｐ－トルエンスルホン酸一水和物（和光純薬工業（株）製）０．２３ｇを添加して１４０℃で２時間加熱した。放冷後、反応混合液に水、酢酸エチルを添加して分液し、有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮して粗Ｂ－２Ｂを得た。
　ＴＨＦ（２ｍＬ）と粗Ｂ－２Ｂ全量を混合し、氷冷下２Ｍ塩酸/ＴＨＦ溶液６．０ｍＬ、次いで亜硝酸イソペンチル（和光純薬工業（株）製）（０．８４ｇ）を滴下し、室温まで昇温後２時間撹拌した。得られた反応混合物に水、酢酸エチルを添加して分液し、有機層を水で洗浄後、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、ろ過、濃縮して中間体粗Ｂ－２Ｃを得た。
　中間体粗Ｂ－２Ｃ全量をアセトン（１０ｍＬ）と混合し、氷冷下でトリエチルアミン（和光純薬製）（１．２ｇ）、ｐ－トルエンスルホニルクロリド（東京化成工業（株）製）（１．４ｇ）を添加後、室温まで昇温して１時間撹拌した。得られた反応混合液に水、酢酸エチルを添加して分液し、有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮して粗Ｂ－２を得た。粗Ｂ－２を冷メタノールでリスラリー後、ろ過、乾燥してＢ－２（１．２ｇ）を得た。 <Synthesis of B-2>
4.0 g of 1-amino-2-naphthol hydrochloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is suspended in 16 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and sodium hydrogen carbonate (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.). After adding 3.4 g), methyl 4,4-dimethyl-3-oxovalerate (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 4.9 g was added dropwise and heated at 120 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. did. After allowing to cool, water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction mixture and the phases were separated, and the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to obtain crude B-2A. Crude B-2A was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.7 g of intermediate B-2A.
B-2A (1.7 g) and p-xylene (6 mL) were mixed, 0.23 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and 140 ° C. for 2 hours. Heated. After allowing to cool, water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction mixture and the phases were separated. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to obtain crude B-2B.
THF (2 mL) and the whole amount of crude B-2B were mixed, and 2 mL of 2M hydrochloric acid / THF solution under ice cooling was added dropwise, followed by isopentyl nitrite (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (0.84 g) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the obtained reaction mixture for liquid separation, and the organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to obtain an intermediate crude B-2C.
The total amount of the intermediate crude B-2C was mixed with acetone (10 mL), and triethylamine (Wako Pure Chemical Industries) (1.2 g) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (1. After adding 4 g), the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the obtained reaction mixture to separate it, and the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to obtain crude B-2. Crude B-2 was reslurried with cold methanol, filtered and dried to obtain B-2 (1.2 g).
　なお、Ｂ－２の1Ｈ－ＮＭＲスペクトル（３００ＭＨｚ、ＣＤＣｌ3）は、δ＝８．５－８．４（ｍ，１Ｈ），８．０－７．９（ｍ，４Ｈ），７．７－７．６（ｍ，２Ｈ），７．６－７．５（ｍ，１Ｈ），７．４（ｄ，２Ｈ），２．４（ｓ，３Ｈ），１．４（ｓ，９Ｈ）であった。 The 1 H-NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) of B-2 is δ = 8.5-8.4 (m, 1H), 8.0-7.9 (m, 4H), 7.7. -7.6 (m, 2H), 7.6-7.5 (m, 1H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.4 (s, 9H) there were.
（成分Ｆ）界面活性剤
　Ｆ－１：パイオニンＤ－６４１４（竹本油脂（株）製）
　Ｆ－２：パイオニンＤ－６１１２（竹本油脂（株）製）
　Ｆ－３：パイオニンＤ－６１１５（竹本油脂（株）製）
　Ｆ－４：パイオニンＤ－６１１２－Ｗ（竹本油脂（株）製）
　Ｆ－５：パイオニンＤ－６１０８－Ｗ（竹本油脂（株）製）
　Ｆ－６：パイオニンＤ－６５１２（竹本油脂（株）製）
　Ｆ－７：ニューコールＣＭＰ－６（ポリオキシエチレン４－クミルフェニルエーテル、日本乳化剤（株）製）
　Ｆ－８：ニューコールＣＭＰ－１１（ポリオキシエチレン４－クミルフェニルエーテル、日本乳化剤（株）製）
　Ｆ－９：ニューコール１００６（日本乳化剤（株）製）
　Ｆ－１０：ニューコール１０２０（日本乳化剤（株）製）
　Ｆ－１１：エパン４５０（第一工業製薬（株）製）
　上記Ｆ－１～Ｆ－１１の構造、アルキレンオキサイド付加モル数の合計、及び、ＨＬＢ値を以下の表に示す。なお、ＨＬＢ値は、グリフィン法により測定した値である。 (Component F) Surfactant F-1: Pionein D-6414 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
F-2: Pionein D-6112 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
F-3: Pionein D-6115 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
F-4: Pionein D-6112-W (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
F-5: Pionein D-6108-W (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
F-6: Pionein D-6512 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.)
F-7: New Coal CMP-6 (polyoxyethylene 4-cumylphenyl ether, manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.)
F-8: New Coal CMP-11 (polyoxyethylene 4-cumylphenyl ether, manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.)
F-9: New Coal 1006 (Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.)
F-10: New Coal 1020 (manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.)
F-11: Epan 450 (Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.)
The structures of F-1 to F-11, the total number of moles of alkylene oxide added, and the HLB value are shown in the following table. The HLB value is a value measured by the Griffin method.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
（成分Ｇ）フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤
　Ｇ－１：メガファックＦ－５５４（フッ素系界面活性剤・ＤＩＣ（株）製）
　Ｇ－２：Ｘ－２２－８２２（シリコーン系界面活性剤・信越化学工業（株）製） (Component G) Fluorosurfactant, Silicone Surfactant G-1: Megafac F-554 (Fluorosurfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
G-2: X-22-822 (silicone surfactant, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
（成分Ｈ）２つ以上の窒素原子を有する複素環化合物（特定表面改質剤）
　Ｈ－１：下記化合物
　Ｈ－２：下記化合物
　Ｈ－３：下記化合物
　Ｈ－４：下記化合物
　Ｈ－５：下記化合物 (Component H) A heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms (specific surface modifier)
H-1: The following compound H-2: The following compound H-3: The following compound H-4: The following compound H-5: The following compound
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
（成分Ｋ）増感剤
　Ｋ－１：ＤＢＡ（９，１０－ジブトキシアントラセン、川崎化成工業（株）製）
（成分Ｉ）架橋剤（熱架橋剤）
　Ｉ－１：ｊＥＲ８２８（（株）三菱ケミカルホールディングス製）
　Ｉ－２：ｊＥＲ１５７Ｓ６５（（株）三菱ケミカルホールディングス製）
　Ｉ－３：ｊＥＲ１００７（（株）三菱ケミカルホールディングス製） (Component K) Sensitizer K-1: DBA (9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, manufactured by Kawasaki Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.)
(Component I) Crosslinking agent (thermal crosslinking agent)
I-1: jER828 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Corporation)
I-2: jER157S65 (Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Co., Ltd.)
I-3: jER1007 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Corporation)
（評価）
＜現像後の残渣評価＞
　１００ｍｍ×１００ｍｍのガラス表面にＩＴＯ成膜されたガラス基板（日本板硝子（株）製）上に、得られた感光性樹脂組成物を膜厚２．０μｍとなるようにスピンコーターにて塗布し、９０℃のホットプレート上で１２０秒乾燥（プリベーク）した。
　次に、ｇｈｉ線高圧水銀灯露光機を用いて、照度２０ｍＷ／ｃｍ2、２００ｍＪ／ｃｍ2にて、ラインアンドスペース１：１の１％～６０％グラデーション付きマスクを介して露光した。
　次に、０．５％のＴＭＡＨ水溶液により２３℃で１５秒間浸液盛り法にて現像し、更に超純水で１０秒間リンスした。続いて２２０℃４５分加熱して評価基板を得た。得られた基板を、暗室にて透過白色光にて目視観察した。また、走査型電子顕微鏡（ＳＥＭ）にて１５，０００倍で基板表面を撮影し、残渣の発生を観察することで残渣の評価を行った。３以上が実用範囲である。
　　５：目視観察でもＳＥＭ観察残渣が全く観察されなかった。
　　４：目視観察では残渣が観察されなかったが、ＳＥＭ観察で画素周辺に僅かに残渣が観察された。
　　３：目視観察では残渣が観察されなかったが、ＳＥＭ観察で画素周辺以外にも僅かに残渣が観察された。
　　２：目視観察で残渣が僅かに観察された。
　　１：目視観察ではっきりと残渣が観察された。 (Evaluation)
<Evaluation of residues after development>
On a glass substrate (manufactured by Nippon Sheet Glass Co., Ltd.) having an ITO film formed on a 100 mm × 100 mm glass surface, the obtained photosensitive resin composition was applied with a spin coater so as to have a film thickness of 2.0 μm. It was dried (prebaked) for 120 seconds on a 90 ° C. hot plate.
Next, using a ghi-line high pressure mercury lamp exposure machine, exposure was performed through a 1% to 60% gradation mask with a line and space of 1: 1 at an illuminance of 20 mW / cm 2 and 200 mJ / cm 2 .
Next, the film was developed with a 0.5% TMAH aqueous solution at 23 ° C. for 15 seconds by immersion, and further rinsed with ultrapure water for 10 seconds. Subsequently, an evaluation substrate was obtained by heating at 220 ° C. for 45 minutes. The obtained substrate was visually observed with transmitted white light in a dark room. Moreover, the substrate surface was image | photographed by 15,000 times with the scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the residue was evaluated by observing generation | occurrence | production of a residue. 3 or more is a practical range.
5: SEM observation residue was not observed at all by visual observation.
4: Although no residue was observed by visual observation, a slight residue was observed around the pixel by SEM observation.
3: No residue was observed by visual observation, but a slight amount of residue was observed in addition to the periphery of the pixel by SEM observation.
2: A residue was slightly observed by visual observation.
1: Residue was clearly observed by visual observation.
＜ヘイズ（透明性）の評価＞
　１００ｍｍ×１００ｍｍのガラス基板（商品名：ＸＧ、コーニング社製）上に、得られた感光性樹脂組成物を乾燥膜厚が１．５μｍとなるように塗布し、８０℃のホットプレート上で１２０秒乾燥（プリベーク）した。更に、塗布膜を２２０℃のオーブンで１５分加熱処理（ポストベーク）を施し、ポストベーク後のヘイズを日本電色工業（株）製ＮＤＨ－５０００にて膜面を上にして、プラスチック製品試験方法（ＪＩＳ　Ｋ７１３６・ＪＩＳ　Ｋ７３６１・ＡＳＴＭ　Ｄ１００３）に準拠し、曇り度（ヘイズ値）を測定した。
　なお、ヘイズ値とは、全光線透過光に対する拡散透過光の割合（％）で表される値を指す。ヘイズ値が小さいほど、透明性が高いことを表す。評価基準は、以下の通りである。３以上が実用範囲である。
　　５：ヘイズ値が０．５％未満であった。
　　４：ヘイズ値が０．５％以上０．７％未満であった。
　　３：ヘイズ値が０．７％以上１．０％未満であった。
　　２：ヘイズ値が１．０％以上２．０％未満であった。
　　１：ヘイズ値が２．０％以上であった。
　結果を以下の表に示す。 <Evaluation of haze (transparency)>
The obtained photosensitive resin composition was applied onto a 100 mm × 100 mm glass substrate (trade name: XG, manufactured by Corning) so that the dry film thickness was 1.5 μm, and 120 ° C. on a hot plate at 80 ° C. Second drying (pre-baking). Furthermore, the coating film was heat-treated in an oven at 220 ° C. for 15 minutes (post-baking), and the haze after the post-baking was tested with a NDH-5000 made by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. The haze (haze value) was measured according to the method (JIS K7136, JIS K7361, ASTM D1003).
In addition, a haze value refers to the value represented by the ratio (%) of the diffuse transmitted light with respect to all the light transmitted light. The smaller the haze value, the higher the transparency. The evaluation criteria are as follows. 3 or more is a practical range.
5: Haze value was less than 0.5%.
4: The haze value was 0.5% or more and less than 0.7%.
3: The haze value was 0.7% or more and less than 1.0%.
2: The haze value was 1.0% or more and less than 2.0%.
1: The haze value was 2.0% or more.
The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
　上記表に示す結果から明らかなとおり、本発明の感光性組成物は、残渣の除去性に優れ、ヘイズも良好であった。これに対し、比較例の感光性樹脂組成物では、残渣が発生した。 As is clear from the results shown in the above table, the photosensitive composition of the present invention was excellent in residue removability and good haze. On the other hand, in the photosensitive resin composition of the comparative example, a residue was generated.
（実施例１０２）
　特許第３３２１００３号公報の図１に記載のアクティブマトリクス型液晶表示装置において、層間絶縁膜として硬化膜１７を以下のようにして形成し、実施例１０２の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、実施例１の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上にスピン塗布し、ホットプレート上でプリベーク（９０℃／１２０秒）した後、マスク上から高圧水銀灯を用いてｉ線（３６５ｎｍ）を４５ｍＪ／ｃｍ2（照度２０ｍＷ／ｃｍ2）照射した後、アルカリ水溶液にて現像してパターンを形成し、２３０℃／３０分間の加熱処理を行い、層間絶縁膜として硬化膜１７を形成した。 (Example 102)
In the active matrix liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent No. 3321003, a cured film 17 was formed as an interlayer insulating film as follows, and a liquid crystal display device of Example 102 was obtained. That is, the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was spin-coated on a substrate, pre-baked (90 ° C./120 seconds) on a hot plate, and then i-line (365 nm) was 45 mJ / mm from the mask using a high-pressure mercury lamp. After irradiation with cm 2 (illuminance 20 mW / cm 2 ), development was performed with an alkaline aqueous solution to form a pattern, and heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C./30 minutes to form a cured film 17 as an interlayer insulating film.
　得られた液晶表示装置に対して、駆動電圧を印加したところ、良好な表示特性を示し、信頼性の高い液晶表示装置であることが分かった。 When a driving voltage was applied to the obtained liquid crystal display device, it was found that the liquid crystal display device showed good display characteristics and high reliability.
（実施例１０３）
　薄膜トランジスター（ＴＦＴ）を用いた有機ＥＬ表示装置を以下の方法で作製した（図２参照）。
　ガラス基板６上にボトムゲート型のＴＦＴ１を形成し、このＴＦＴ１を覆う状態でＳｉ3Ｎ4から成る絶縁膜３を形成した。次に、この絶縁膜３に、ここでは図示を省略したコンタクトホールを形成した後、このコンタクトホールを介してＴＦＴ１に接続される配線２（高さ１．０μｍ）を絶縁膜３上に形成した。この配線２は、ＴＦＴ１間、又は、後の工程で形成される有機ＥＬ素子とＴＦＴ１とを接続するためのものである。 (Example 103)
An organic EL display device using a thin film transistor (TFT) was produced by the following method (see FIG. 2).
A bottom gate type TFT 1 was formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 was formed so as to cover the TFT 1. Next, a contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height 1.0 μm) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3. . The wiring 2 is for connecting the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between the TFTs 1 or in a later process.
　更に、配線２の形成による凹凸を平坦化するために、配線２による凹凸を埋め込む状態で絶縁膜３上へ平坦化膜４を形成した。絶縁膜３上への平坦化膜４の形成は、実施例４の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上にスピン塗布し、ホットプレート上でプリベーク（９０℃／１２０秒）した後、マスク上から高圧水銀灯を用いてｉ線（３６５ｎｍ）を４５ｍＪ／ｃｍ2（照度２０ｍＷ／ｃｍ2）照射した後、アルカリ水溶液にて現像してパターンを形成し、２３０℃／３０分間の加熱処理を行った。
　感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する際の塗布性は良好で、露光、現像、焼成の後に得られた硬化膜には、しわやクラックの発生は認められなかった。更に、配線２の平均段差は５００ｎｍ、作製した平坦化膜４の膜厚は２，０００ｎｍであった。 Further, in order to flatten the unevenness due to the formation of the wiring 2, the flattening film 4 was formed on the insulating film 3 in a state where the unevenness due to the wiring 2 was embedded. The planarizing film 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 by spin-coating the photosensitive resin composition of Example 4 on a substrate, pre-baking (90 ° C./120 seconds) on a hot plate, and then applying high pressure from above the mask. After irradiating 45 mJ / cm 2 (illuminance 20 mW / cm 2 ) with i-line (365 nm) using a mercury lamp, a pattern was formed by developing with an alkaline aqueous solution, and heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C./30 minutes.
The applicability when applying the photosensitive resin composition was good, and no wrinkles or cracks were observed in the cured film obtained after exposure, development and baking. Furthermore, the average step of the wiring 2 was 500 nm, and the thickness of the prepared planarizing film 4 was 2,000 nm.
　次に、得られた平坦化膜４上に、ボトムエミッション型の有機ＥＬ素子を形成した。まず、平坦化膜４上に、ＩＴＯからなる第一電極５を、コンタクトホール７を介して配線２に接続させて形成した。その後、レジストを塗布、プリベークし、所望のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、現像した。このレジストパターンをマスクとして、ＩＴＯエッチャント用いたウエットエッチングによりパターン加工を行った。その後、レジスト剥離液（リムーバ１００、ＡＺエレクトロニックマテリアルズ社製）を用いて上記レジストパターンを５０℃で剥離した。こうして得られた第一電極５は、有機ＥＬ素子の陽極に相当する。 Next, a bottom emission type organic EL element was formed on the obtained flattening film 4. First, a first electrode 5 made of ITO was formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7. Thereafter, a resist was applied, prebaked, exposed through a mask having a desired pattern, and developed. Using this resist pattern as a mask, pattern processing was performed by wet etching using an ITO etchant. Thereafter, the resist pattern was stripped at 50 ° C. using a resist stripper (remover 100, manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials). The first electrode 5 thus obtained corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
　次に、第一電極５の周縁を覆う形状の絶縁膜８を形成した。絶縁膜８には、実施例４の感光性樹脂組成物を用い、上記と同様の方法で絶縁膜８を形成した。この絶縁膜８を設けることによって、第一電極５とこの後の工程で形成する第二電極との間のショートを防止することができる。 Next, an insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 was formed. As the insulating film 8, the photosensitive resin composition of Example 4 was used, and the insulating film 8 was formed by the same method as described above. By providing this insulating film 8, it is possible to prevent a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process.
　更に、真空蒸着装置内で所望のパターンマスクを介して、正孔輸送層、有機発光層、電子輸送層を順次蒸着して設けた。次いで、基板上方の全面にＡｌから成る第二電極を形成した。得られた上記基板を蒸着機から取り出し、封止用ガラス板と紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂を用いて貼り合わせることで封止した。 Further, a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer were sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask in a vacuum deposition apparatus. Next, a second electrode made of Al was formed on the entire surface above the substrate. The obtained board | substrate was taken out from the vapor deposition machine, and it sealed by bonding together using the glass plate for sealing, and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin.
　以上のようにして、各有機ＥＬ素子にこれを駆動するためのＴＦＴ１が接続してなるアクティブマトリックス型の有機ＥＬ表示装置が得られた。駆動回路を介して電圧を印加したところ、良好な表示特性を示し、信頼性の高い有機ＥＬ表示装置であることが分かった。 As described above, an active matrix type organic EL display device in which each organic EL element is connected to the TFT 1 for driving it was obtained. When a voltage was applied via the drive circuit, it was found that the organic EL display device showed good display characteristics and high reliability.
（実施例１０４）
　以下に述べる方法により本発明の高屈折率の感光性樹脂組成物を用いてタッチパネル表示装置を作成した。
＜第一の透明電極パターンの形成＞
［透明電極層の形成］
　あらかじめマスク層が形成された強化処理ガラス（３００ｍｍ×４００ｍｍ×０．７ｍｍ）の前面板を、真空チャンバー内に導入し、ＳｎＯ2含有率が１０質量％のＩＴＯターゲット（インジウム：錫＝９５：５（モル比））を用いて、ＤＣマグネトロンスパッタリング（条件：基材の温度２５０℃、アルゴン圧０．１３Ｐａ、酸素圧０．０１Ｐａ）により、厚さ４０ｎｍのＩＴＯ薄膜を形成し、透明電極層を形成した前面板を得た。ＩＴＯ薄膜の表面抵抗は８０Ω／□であった。 (Example 104)
A touch panel display device was prepared using the high refractive index photosensitive resin composition of the present invention by the method described below.
<Formation of first transparent electrode pattern>
[Formation of transparent electrode layer]
A front plate of tempered glass (300 mm × 400 mm × 0.7 mm) with a mask layer formed in advance is introduced into a vacuum chamber, and an ITO target (indium: tin = 95: 5) with a SnO 2 content of 10% by mass. (Molar ratio)) was used to form an ITO thin film having a thickness of 40 nm by DC magnetron sputtering (conditions: substrate temperature 250 ° C., argon pressure 0.13 Pa, oxygen pressure 0.01 Pa), and a transparent electrode layer was formed. A formed front plate was obtained. The surface resistance of the ITO thin film was 80Ω / □.
　次いで、市販のエッチングレジストをＩＴＯ上に塗布・乾燥し、エッチングレジスト層を形成した。露光マスク（透明電極パターンを有す石英露光マスク）面とエッチングレジスト層との間の距離を１００μｍに設定し、露光量５０ｍＪ／ｃｍ2（ｉ線）でパターン露光したのち、専用の現像液で現像を行い、更に１３０℃３０分間のポストベーク処理を行って、透明電極層とエッチング用光硬化性樹脂層パターンとを形成した前面板を得た。 Next, a commercially available etching resist was applied onto ITO and dried to form an etching resist layer. Set the distance between the exposure mask (quartz exposure mask with a transparent electrode pattern) surface and the etching resist layer to 100 μm, pattern exposure with an exposure amount of 50 mJ / cm 2 (i-line), and then use a dedicated developer. Development was performed, and a post-bake treatment at 130 ° C. for 30 minutes was further performed to obtain a front plate on which a transparent electrode layer and a photocurable resin layer pattern for etching were formed.
　透明電極層とエッチング用光硬化性樹脂層パターンとを形成した前面板を、ＩＴＯエッチャント（塩酸、塩化カリウム水溶液。液温３０℃）を入れたエッチング槽に浸漬し、１００秒処理し、エッチングレジスト層で覆われていない露出した領域の透明電極層を溶解除去し、エッチングレジスト層パターンのついた透明電極層パターン付の前面板を得た。
　次に、エッチングレジスト層パターンのついた透明電極層パターン付の前面板を、専用のレジスト剥離液に浸漬し、エッチング用光硬化性樹脂層を除去し、マスク層と第一の透明電極パターンとを形成した前面板を得た。 The front plate on which the transparent electrode layer and the photocurable resin layer pattern for etching are formed is immersed in an etching tank containing ITO etchant (hydrochloric acid, potassium chloride aqueous solution, liquid temperature 30 ° C.), treated for 100 seconds, and etched resist. The exposed transparent electrode layer not covered with the layer was dissolved and removed to obtain a front plate with a transparent electrode layer pattern with an etching resist layer pattern.
Next, the front plate with the transparent electrode layer pattern with the etching resist layer pattern is immersed in a dedicated resist stripping solution, the photocurable resin layer for etching is removed, and the mask layer and the first transparent electrode pattern A front plate formed was obtained.
［絶縁層の形成］
　マスク層と第一の透明電極パターンとを形成した前面板の上に、実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物を塗布・乾燥（膜厚１μｍ、９０℃１２０秒）し、感光性樹脂組成物層を得た。露光マスク（絶縁層用パターンを有す石英露光マスク）面と感光性樹脂組成物層との間の距離を３０μｍに設定し、露光量５０ｍＪ／ｃｍ2（ｉ線）でパターン露光した。
　次に、２．３８質量％のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液により２３℃で１５秒間浸液盛り法にて現像し、更に超純水で１０秒間リンスした。続いて２２０℃４５分のポストベーク処理を行って、マスク層、第一の透明電極パターン、絶縁層パターンを形成した前面板を得た。 [Formation of insulating layer]
On the front plate on which the mask layer and the first transparent electrode pattern were formed, the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6 was applied and dried (film thickness: 1 μm, 90 ° C., 120 seconds) to form a photosensitive resin composition layer. Got. The distance between the exposure mask (quartz exposure mask having the insulating layer pattern) surface and the photosensitive resin composition layer was set to 30 μm, and pattern exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 50 mJ / cm 2 (i-line).
Next, the film was developed with a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution at 23 ° C. for 15 seconds by immersion and further rinsed with ultrapure water for 10 seconds. Subsequently, a post-bake treatment at 220 ° C. for 45 minutes was performed to obtain a front plate on which a mask layer, a first transparent electrode pattern, and an insulating layer pattern were formed.
＜第二の透明電極パターンの形成＞
［透明電極層の形成］
　上記第一の透明電極パターンの形成と同様にして、絶縁層パターンまで形成した前面板をＤＣマグネトロンスパッタリング処理し（条件：基材の温度５０℃、アルゴン圧０．１３Ｐａ、酸素圧０．０１Ｐａ）、厚さ８０ｎｍのＩＴＯ薄膜を形成し、透明電極層を形成した前面板を得た。ＩＴＯ薄膜の表面抵抗は１１０Ω／□であった。
　第一の透明電極パターンの形成と同様にして、市販のエッチングレジストを用いて、第一の透明電極パターン、実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成した絶縁層パターン、透明電極層、エッチングレジストパターンを形成した前面板を得た（ポストベーク処理；１３０℃３０分間）。
　更に、第一の透明電極パターンの形成と同様にして、エッチングし、エッチングレジスト層を除去することにより、マスク層、第一の透明電極パターン、実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物用いて形成した絶縁層パターン、第二の透明電極パターンを形成した前面板を得た。 <Formation of second transparent electrode pattern>
[Formation of transparent electrode layer]
In the same manner as the formation of the first transparent electrode pattern, the front plate formed up to the insulating layer pattern was subjected to DC magnetron sputtering treatment (conditions: substrate temperature 50 ° C., argon pressure 0.13 Pa, oxygen pressure 0.01 Pa). An ITO thin film having a thickness of 80 nm was formed to obtain a front plate on which a transparent electrode layer was formed. The surface resistance of the ITO thin film was 110Ω / □.
Similar to the formation of the first transparent electrode pattern, using a commercially available etching resist, the first transparent electrode pattern, the insulating layer pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6, a transparent electrode layer, A front plate on which an etching resist pattern was formed was obtained (post-baking treatment; 130 ° C. for 30 minutes).
Further, in the same manner as the formation of the first transparent electrode pattern, etching was performed and the etching resist layer was removed to form the mask layer, the first transparent electrode pattern, and the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6. A front plate on which an insulating layer pattern and a second transparent electrode pattern were formed was obtained.
＜第一及び第二の透明電極パターンとは別の導電性要素の形成＞
　上記第一、及び、第二の透明電極パターンの形成と同様にして、第一の透明電極パターン、実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成した絶縁層パターン、第二の透明電極パターンを形成した前面板をＤＣマグネトロンスパッタリング処理し、厚さ２００ｎｍのアルミニウム（Ａｌ）薄膜を形成した前面板を得た。
　上記第一、及び、第二の透明電極パターンの形成と同様にして、市販のエッチングレジストを用いて、第一の透明電極パターン、実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成した絶縁層パターン、第二の透明電極パターン、エッチングレジストパターンを形成した前面板を得た（ポストベーク処理；１３０℃３０分間）。
　更に、第一の透明電極パターンの形成と同様にして、エッチング（３０℃５０秒間）し、エッチングレジスト層を除去（４５℃２００秒間）することにより、マスク層、第一の透明電極パターン、実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成した絶縁層パターン、第二の透明電極パターン、第一及び第二の透明電極パターンとは別の導電性要素を形成した前面板を得た。 <Formation of Conductive Element Different from First and Second Transparent Electrode Pattern>
Similar to the formation of the first and second transparent electrode patterns, the first transparent electrode pattern, the insulating layer pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6, and the second transparent electrode pattern The front plate on which was formed was subjected to DC magnetron sputtering to obtain a front plate on which an aluminum (Al) thin film having a thickness of 200 nm was formed.
Insulating layer formed using the first transparent electrode pattern, the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6, using a commercially available etching resist in the same manner as the first and second transparent electrode patterns. A front plate on which a pattern, a second transparent electrode pattern, and an etching resist pattern were formed was obtained (post-bake treatment; 130 ° C. for 30 minutes).
Further, in the same manner as the formation of the first transparent electrode pattern, etching (30 ° C. for 50 seconds) is performed, and the etching resist layer is removed (45 ° C. for 200 seconds). A front plate on which a conductive element different from the insulating layer pattern, the second transparent electrode pattern, and the first and second transparent electrode patterns formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6 was obtained was obtained.
＜透明保護層の形成＞
　絶縁層の形成と同様にして、上記第一及び第二の透明電極パターンとは別の導電性要素まで形成した前面板に、実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物を塗布・乾燥（膜厚１μｍ、９０℃１２０秒）し、感光性樹脂組成物膜を得た。更に、露光マスクを介さずに露光量５０ｍＪ／ｃｍ2（ｉ線）で前面露光し、現像、ポスト露光（１，０００ｍＪ／ｃｍ2）、ポストベーク処理を行って、マスク層、第一の透明電極パターン、実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成した絶縁層パターン、第二の透明電極パターン、第一及び第二の透明電極パターンとは別の導電性要素の全てを覆うように実施例６の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成した絶縁層（透明保護層）を積層した前面板を得た。 <Formation of transparent protective layer>
In the same manner as the formation of the insulating layer, the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6 was applied and dried (film thickness: 1 μm) on the front plate formed up to the conductive element different from the first and second transparent electrode patterns. , 90 ° C. for 120 seconds) to obtain a photosensitive resin composition film. Furthermore, the front exposure is performed with an exposure amount of 50 mJ / cm 2 (i-line) without using an exposure mask, development, post-exposure (1,000 mJ / cm 2 ), and post-bake treatment are performed to obtain a mask layer and a first transparent The electrode pattern, the insulating layer pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6, the second transparent electrode pattern, and all the conductive elements different from the first and second transparent electrode patterns are covered. The front board which laminated | stacked the insulating layer (transparent protective layer) formed using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 6 was obtained.
＜画像表示装置（タッチパネル）の作製＞
　特開２００９－４７９３６号公報に記載の方法で製造した液晶表示素子に、先に製造した前面板を貼り合わせ、公知の方法で静電容量型入力装置を構成要素として備えた画像表示装置を作製した。 <Production of image display device (touch panel)>
A liquid crystal display device manufactured by the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-47936 is bonded to the previously manufactured front plate, and an image display device including a capacitive input device as a constituent element is manufactured by a known method. did.
＜前面板、及び、画像表示装置の評価＞
　第一の透明電極パターン、第二の透明電極パターン、及び、これらとは別の導電性要素の、各々の導電性には問題がなく、一方で、第一の透明電極パターンと第二の透明電極パターンの間では絶縁性を有しており、タッチパネルとして良好な表示特性が得られた。更に、第一及び第二の透明電極パターンは視認されにくく、表示特性に優れた画像表示装置が得られた。 <Evaluation of front plate and image display device>
There is no problem in the conductivity of each of the first transparent electrode pattern, the second transparent electrode pattern, and other conductive elements, while the first transparent electrode pattern and the second transparent electrode pattern Between the electrode patterns, there was insulation, and good display characteristics as a touch panel were obtained. Furthermore, the first and second transparent electrode patterns were hardly visible and an image display device having excellent display characteristics was obtained.
　１：ＴＦＴ（薄膜トランジスター）、２：配線、３：絶縁膜、４：平坦化膜、５：第一電極、６：ガラス基板、７：コンタクトホール、８：絶縁膜、１０：液晶表示装置、１２：バックライトユニット、１４，１５：ガラス基板、１６：ＴＦＴ、１７：硬化膜、１８：コンタクトホール、１９：ＩＴＯ透明電極、２０：液晶、２２：カラーフィルター、３０：静電容量型入力装置、３１：前面板、３２：マスク層、３３：第一の透明電極パターン、３３ａ：パッド部分、３３ｂ：接続部分、３４：第二の透明電極パターン、３５：絶縁層、３６：導電性要素、３７：透明保護層、３８：開口部 1: TFT (thin film transistor), 2: wiring, 3: insulating film, 4: planarization film, 5: first electrode, 6: glass substrate, 7: contact hole, 8: insulating film, 10: liquid crystal display device, 12: Backlight unit, 14, 15: Glass substrate, 16: TFT, 17: Cured film, 18: Contact hole, 19: ITO transparent electrode, 20: Liquid crystal, 22: Color filter, 30: Capacitive input device 31: front plate, 32: mask layer, 33: first transparent electrode pattern, 33a: pad portion, 33b: connection portion, 34: second transparent electrode pattern, 35: insulating layer, 36: conductive element, 37: Transparent protective layer, 38: Opening

Claims (16)

  1. 　（成分Ａ）下記（１）及び（２）の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分、
    　（１）（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、
    　（２）（ａ１）酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、及び、（ａ２）架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、
    　（成分Ｂ）光酸発生剤、
    　（成分Ｃ）金属酸化物粒子、
    　（成分Ｄ）溶剤、
    　（成分Ｅ）分散剤、並びに、
    　（成分Ｆ）ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤を含有することを特徴とする
    　感光性樹脂組成物。     (Component A) A polymer component containing a polymer satisfying at least one of the following (1) and (2):
    (1) (a1) a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected with an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group,
    (2) (a1) a polymer having a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group,
    (Component B) Photoacid generator,
    (Component C) metal oxide particles,
    (Component D) solvent,
    (Component E) a dispersant, and
    (Component F) A photosensitive resin composition comprising a polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant.
  2. 　前記ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤の分子中のベンゼン環の数の合計が１～４の範囲である、請求項１に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the total number of benzene rings in the molecule of the polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant is in the range of 1 to 4.
  3. 　前記ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤のＨＬＢ値が１２～１６の範囲である、請求項１又は２に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant has an HLB value in the range of 12 to 16.
  4. 　（成分Ｆ）ポリオキシアルキレン置換フェニルエーテル界面活性剤に加え、更に、（成分Ｇ）フッ素系界面活性剤、及び／又は、シリコーン系界面活性剤を含有する、請求項１～３のいずれか１項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 4. The composition according to claim 1, further comprising (Component G) a fluorine-based surfactant and / or a silicone-based surfactant in addition to (Component F) a polyoxyalkylene-substituted phenyl ether surfactant. The photosensitive resin composition according to item.
  5. 　成分Ｃが酸化チタン粒子又は酸化ジルコニウム粒子である、請求項１～４のいずれか１項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein Component C is titanium oxide particles or zirconium oxide particles.
  6. 　（成分Ｈ）２つ以上の窒素原子を有する複素環化合物を更に含む、請求項１～５のいずれか１項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 (Component H) The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising a heterocyclic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms.
  7. 　（成分Ｉ）架橋剤を更に含む、請求項１～６のいずれか１項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising (Component I) a crosslinking agent.
  8. 　少なくとも工程（ａ）～（ｃ）をこの順に含むことを特徴とする硬化物の製造方法。
    　（ａ）請求項１～７のいずれか１項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布する塗布工程
    　（ｂ）塗布された樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する溶剤除去工程
    　（ｃ）溶剤が除去された樹脂組成物を熱処理する熱処理工程     A method for producing a cured product, comprising at least steps (a) to (c) in this order.
    (A) a coating step of coating the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 on a substrate; (b) a solvent removal step of removing the solvent from the coated resin composition; (c) a solvent; Heat treatment step of heat treating the resin composition from which the resin has been removed
  9. 　少なくとも工程（１）～（５）をこの順に含むことを特徴とする樹脂パターン製造方法。
    　（１）請求項１～７のいずれか１項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布する塗布工程
    　（２）塗布された樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する溶剤除去工程
    　（３）溶剤が除去された樹脂組成物を活性光線によりパターン状に露光する露光工程
    　（４）露光された樹脂組成物を水性現像液により現像する現像工程
    　（５）現像された樹脂組成物を熱処理する熱処理工程     A resin pattern manufacturing method comprising at least steps (1) to (5) in this order.
    (1) Application step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 on a substrate (2) Solvent removal step of removing the solvent from the applied resin composition (3) Solvent (4) Development step of developing the exposed resin composition with an aqueous developer (5) Heat treatment step of heat-treating the developed resin composition
  10. 　前記基板の表面の全部又は一部が、ガラス、ＳｉＯ、ＩＴＯ、ＩＺＯ、金属膜、及び、金属酸化物膜よりなる群から選択される少なくとも１つである、請求項９に記載の樹脂パターン製造方法。 The resin pattern manufacturing according to claim 9, wherein all or part of the surface of the substrate is at least one selected from the group consisting of glass, SiO, ITO, IZO, a metal film, and a metal oxide film. Method.
  11. 　請求項８に記載の硬化物の製造方法、もしくは、請求項９又は１０に記載の樹脂パターン製造方法により得られた硬化物。 A cured product obtained by the method for producing a cured product according to claim 8 or the method for producing a resin pattern according to claim 9 or 10.
  12. 　請求項１～７のいずれか１項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  13. 　層間絶縁膜である、請求項１２に記載の硬化膜。 The cured film according to claim 12, which is an interlayer insulating film.
  14. 　請求項１２又は１３に記載の硬化膜を有する液晶表示装置。 A liquid crystal display device having the cured film according to claim 12 or 13.
  15. 　請求項１２又は１３に記載の硬化膜を有する有機ＥＬ表示装置。 An organic EL display device having the cured film according to claim 12 or 13.
  16. 　請求項１２又は１３に記載の硬化膜を有するタッチパネル表示装置。 A touch panel display device having the cured film according to claim 12 or 13.
PCT/JP2014/053026 2013-02-14 2014-02-10 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device WO2014126036A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015500223A JPWO2014126036A1 (en) 2013-02-14 2014-02-10 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and production method thereof, resin pattern production method, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, and touch panel display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013027050 2013-02-14
JP2013-027050 2013-02-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014126036A1 true WO2014126036A1 (en) 2014-08-21

Family

ID=51354039

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/053026 WO2014126036A1 (en) 2013-02-14 2014-02-10 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2014126036A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201445248A (en)
WO (1) WO2014126036A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015017193A (en) * 2013-07-11 2015-01-29 日産化学工業株式会社 High refractive index film-forming composition for solid-state imaging element

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016206503A (en) * 2015-04-24 2016-12-08 Jsr株式会社 Radiation sensitive resin composition, infrared shielding film, forming method therefor, solid state imaging sensor, and illuminance sensor

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005017332A (en) * 2003-06-23 2005-01-20 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Method for forming pattern
JP2009244736A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition, light-shielding color filter and method of producing the same, and solid-state imaging device
JP2010085893A (en) * 2008-10-02 2010-04-15 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Metal oxide-containing film-forming composition, metal oxide-containing film-formed substrate, and patterning process
JP2013083844A (en) * 2011-10-12 2013-05-09 Fujifilm Corp Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured product and optical member
JP2013083698A (en) * 2011-10-06 2013-05-09 Fujifilm Corp Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured product and optical member

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005017332A (en) * 2003-06-23 2005-01-20 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Method for forming pattern
JP2009244736A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition, light-shielding color filter and method of producing the same, and solid-state imaging device
JP2010085893A (en) * 2008-10-02 2010-04-15 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Metal oxide-containing film-forming composition, metal oxide-containing film-formed substrate, and patterning process
JP2013083698A (en) * 2011-10-06 2013-05-09 Fujifilm Corp Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured product and optical member
JP2013083844A (en) * 2011-10-12 2013-05-09 Fujifilm Corp Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured product and optical member

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015017193A (en) * 2013-07-11 2015-01-29 日産化学工業株式会社 High refractive index film-forming composition for solid-state imaging element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201445248A (en) 2014-12-01
JPWO2014126036A1 (en) 2017-02-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6224725B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
WO2014126034A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition for inkjet application, heat-treated substance, manufacturing method therefor, resin-pattern manufacturing method, liquid-crystal display, organic electroluminescent display, touch panel, manufacturing method therefor, and touch-panel display
JP6016918B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, and touch panel display device
WO2014199967A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device
WO2014007040A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, cured film, method for producing cured film, organic el display device, liquid crystal display device, and capacitive input device
JP6041883B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and production method thereof, resin pattern production method, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, and touch panel display device
WO2014136922A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured article, method for producing same, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device
WO2014126033A1 (en) Method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device
JP2016071245A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and production method of the same, production method of resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device
JP2015207284A (en) Pattern forming method, cured product, method for manufacturing touch panel or display panel, and display device
KR20160038849A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and method for producing same, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device
JP6012750B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, organic EL display device, liquid crystal display device, and touch panel display device
WO2014065351A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and method for producing same, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, organic el display device, liquid crystal display device, and touch panel display device
JP2015102756A (en) Method for manufacturing touch panel or display panel, touch panel, display panel, and display device
JP2014085612A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and method for producing the same, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, organic el display apparatus, liquid crystal display apparatus and touch panel display apparatus
JP2015121643A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence (el) display device
JP2014102391A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and production method of the same, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, organic electroluminescence (el) display device, liquid crystal display device, and touch panel display device
KR101763685B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured film, cured film, organic el display device, and liquid crystal display device
WO2014126036A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and touch panel display device
JP2014238438A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method of resin pattern, cured product, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence (el) display device, and touch panel display device
JP2015103102A (en) Touch panel or display panel, method for manufacturing the same, and display device
JP2014071300A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film using the composition, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14751244

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015500223

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14751244

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1